OMAP5912 Applications Processor
Data Manual
Literature Number: SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date.
Products conform to specifications per the terms of Texas Instruments
standard warranty. Production processing does not necessarily include
testing of all parameters.
This page intentionally left blank
Revision History
REVISION HISTORY
This data sheet revision history highlights the technical changes made to SPRS231D to generate SPRS231E.
Scope:
Added 289-ball GDY package.
Added Section 4.2, Differences Between Production and Experimental Devices.
Updated parametric values, added Section 5.7.1.1, updated timing diagrams, etc.
PAGE(S)
NO.
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
Global:
− added 289-ball GDY package
23
Section 2.1.1.1, DSP Tools Support:
− removed “Visual Linker” from list of Code Composer Studio code generation tools
26
Table 2−1, ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments:
− M17: changed “GPIO4(0) / MCBSP3.FSX(2) / TIMER.EVENT4(3) / SPIF.DIN(4)” to
“GPIO4(0) / SPI.CS2(1) / MCBSP3.FSX(2) / TIMER.EVENT4(3) / SPIF.DIN(4)”
− T15: changed “Reserved” to “TDO”
− added “For special consideration with respect to the connection of the VSS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1,
32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.” footnote
33
Table 2−2, ZZG Package Terminal Assignments:
− P20: changed “GPIO4(0) / MCBSP3.FSX(2) / TIMER.EVENT4(3) / SPIF.DIN(4)” to
“GPIO4(0) / SPI.CS2(1) / MCBSP3.FSX(2) / TIMER.EVENT4(3) / SPIF.DIN(4)”
− AA19: changed “Reserved” to “TDO”
− added “For special consideration with respect to the connection of the VSS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1,
32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.” footnote
40
Table 2−3, ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics:
− SDRAM.A[13:0]: transposed ball numbers C8 and D9
− E15: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− H14: updated SUPPLY column
− K17: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− K13: added row for RTDX.D[3]
− L15: added row for RTDX.D[2]
− L14: changed “MCBSP3.ESX” to “MCBSP3.FSX”
− M17: added row for SPIF.DIN
− M16: added row for RTDX.D[0]
− added row for TDO signal (Ball T15)
− U15: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− M8: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− T1: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− G3: updated RESET STATE column
− J8: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− J5: updated PULLUP/PULLDN column
− added “Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in
Mode 1.” footnote
− added “Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in
Mode 1.” footnote
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
3
Revision History
PAGE(S)
NO.
4
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
61
Table 2−4, ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics:
− E18: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− J20: updated SUPPLY column
− M18: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− N20: added row for RTDX.D[3]
− M15: added row for RTDX.D[2]
− P19: changed “MCBSP3.ESX” to “MCBSP3.FSX”
− P20: added row for SPIF.DIN
− M14: added row for RTDX.D[0]
− added row for TDO signal (Ball AA19)
− P14: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− V11: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− Y1: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− K8: updated RESET STATE column
− M4: updated MUX CTRL SETTING column
− M7: updated PULLUP/PULLDN column
− added “Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in
Mode 1.” footnote
− added “Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in
Mode 1.” footnote
81
Table 2−5, Signal Descriptions:
− CAMERA INTERFACE section: added CAM.EXCLK signal
− TDO signal: added Ball T15 for ZDY/GDY package
added Ball AA19 for ZZG package
− MPU_BOOT signal: updated DESCRIPTION
− added “GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set
GPIO13 low to boot from external flash on CS3.” footnote
100
Figure 3−1, OMAP5912 Functional Block Diagram:
− moved Camera I/F from the block on the right to the left under the memory interface traffic controller block
104
Section 3.2.1, MPU Global Memory Map:
− updated “CS1 and CS2 can be split by software to provide ...” NOTE
135
Table 3−29, McBSP2 Registers:
− added DSP WORD ADDRESS column
138
Table 3−35, I2C1 Registers:
− added DSP WORD ADDRESS column
140
Table 3−38, MMC/SDIO2 Registers:
− added DSP WORD ADDRESS column
142
Table 3−40, MPU GPIO3 Registers:
− added DSP WORD ADDRESS column
143
Table 3−41, MPU GPIO4 Registers:
− added DSP WORD ADDRESS column
148
Table 3−47, McBSP1 Registers:
− updated addresses of MCBSP1_RCERB through MCBSP1_REV registers
151
Table 3−50, McBSP3 Registers:
− updated addresses of MCBSP1_RCERB through MCBSP3_REV registers
153
Table 3−51:
− changed title from “MPU UART TIPB Bus Switch Registers” to “MPU TIPB Bus Switch Registers”
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Revision History
PAGE(S)
NO.
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
163
Table 3−70, DSP DMA Controller Registers:
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDFI1 (Channel 1 Destination Frame Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDEI1 (Channel 1 Destination Element Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDFI2 (Channel 2 Destination Frame Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDEI2 (Channel 2 Destination Element Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDFI3 (Channel 3 Destination Frame Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDEI3 (Channel 3 Destination Element Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDFI4 (Channel 4 Destination Frame Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDEI4 (Channel 4 Destination Element Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDFI5 (Channel 5 Destination Frame Index)
− updated address of DSP_DMA_CDEI5 (Channel 5 Destination Element Index)
167
Table 3−77, DSP Level 2.1 Interrupt Handler Registers:
− updated addresses of DSP_L21_SIR_IRQ_CODE through DSP_L21_ILR15 registers
− removed DSP_L21_ISR (Software Interrupt Set Register) from 0x00 4C0Ah
168
Table 3−78, DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Register:
− 0x00 0000:
− changed REGISTER NAME from DSP_ID to DSP_CMR
− changed DESCRIPTION from “Identification Register” to “DSP Control Mode Register”
− removed all the registers from 0x00 0002 to 0x00 006E
168
Table 3−79, DSP EMIF Configuration Registers:
− 0x00 0800 (DSP_EMIF_CNTL): changed RESET VALUE from 002xh to 0000h
− 0x00 0801: changed from Reserved to DSP_EMIF_GRR (DSP EMIF Global Reset Register)
− removed all the registers from 0x00 0802 to 0x00 0814
170
Section 3.4, DSP External Memory (Managed by MMU):
− updated “When the DSP MMU is on, ...” paragraph
170
Figure 3−2, DSP MMU Off:
− DSP Memory: changed “0x05 0000” to “0x02 8000”
171
Figure 3−3, DSP MMU On:
− DSP Memory: changed “0x05 0000” to “0x02 8000”
176
Updated Section 3.6.6, Pulse-Width Light (PWL)
176
Updated Section 3.6.8, HDQ/1-Wire Interface
177
Section 3.6.10, MPUIO Interface:
− updated “The MPUIO feature allows communication ...” paragraph
180
Section 3.7.2, Multichannel Serial Interfaces (MCSI1 and 2):
− changed “Programmable interrupt occurrence time (TX and RX)” to “Programmable interrupt condition (TX and RX)”
181
Section 3.8.2, General-Purpose Timers:
− changed “Interrupts generated on overflow, compare, and capture” to “Interrupts generated on overflow and compare”
182
Section 3.8.3, Serial Port Interface (SPI):
− updated “The serial port interface is a bidirectional ...” paragraph
182
Updated Section 3.8.4, Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
184
Updated Section 3.8.5, I2C Master/Slave Interface
185
Section 3.8.7, Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SDIO2) Interface:
− changed “OMAP5912 also support control signals ...” bullet item to “The MMC2 provides auxiliary signals for external
level shifters ...”
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
5
Revision History
PAGE(S)
NO.
6
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
186
Section 3.8.9, 32-kHz Synchro Counter:
− changed “This is a 32-bit ordinary counter, ...” to “This is a 32-bit simple counter, ...”
187
Section 3.9, System DMA Controller:
− changed “Software enabling” to “Software triggering”
− changed “Hardware enabling” to “Hardware triggering”
189
Updated Section 3.12.1, MPU/DSP Mailbox Registers
190
Section 3.12.3, MPU/DSP Shared Memory:
− updated “The OMAP5912 implements a shared memory architecture via the traffic controller ...” paragraph
191
Section 3.14.1, Core and I/O Voltage Supply Connections:
− updated “The OMAP5912 device is ...” paragraph
191
Figure 3−4, Supply Connections for a Typical System:
− updated footnote
193
Section 4.1, Device and Development-Support Tool Nomenclature:
− under “Device development evolutionary flow”, changed “X or P” to “X”
194
Added Section 4.2, Differences Between Production and Experimental Devices
199
Section 5.3, Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Case Temperature Range (Unless Otherwise Noted):
− added IDDC(Q) , IDDC(A) , IDDCP(A) , VDD4
− added footnotes
204
Section 5.5.2, Base Oscillator (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz) and Input Clock:
− updated “The crystal must be in fundamental-mode operation ...” paragraph
205
Table 5−4:
− changed title from “12-MHz to 19.2-MHz Input Clock Timing Requirements” to “12-MHz, 13-MHz, and 19.2-MHz Input
Clock Timing Requirements”
206
Table 5−5, OMAP5912 Device Reset Timing Requirements:
− added footnote about PWRON_RESET
208
Section 5.7.1, EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Timing:
− added “Section 5.7.1.1 provides information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash
timings.” paragraph
208
Table 5−9, EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Timing Requirements:
− removed parameter F8 [tsu(RDYIV-OEH) , Setup time, FLASH.RDY high before FLASH.OE high]
− changed “async modes” to “async page mode” on F21 and F22
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Revision History
PAGE(S)
NO.
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
209
Table 5−10, EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics:
− Added rows for F17 and F18
− F27:
− updated symbol and description
− changed MIN value from “H − 6.6” ns to “H − 3.29” ns
− changed MAX value from “H + 3.29” ns to “H + 6.6” ns
− F29: updated symbol and description
− F30: updated symbol and description
− F31: updated symbol and description
− F40: updated symbol and description
− F41: updated symbol and description
− F42: updated symbol and description
− F43: updated symbol and description
− added “See Section 5.7.1.1 for information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash
timings.” to second footnote
211
Added Section 5.7.1.1, EMIFS NOR Flash Timing Calculation Example
213
Table 5−11, Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−9 Parametric Values Using Constraints Calculated Above:
− changed “async modes” to “async page mode” on F21 and F22
214
Table 5−12, Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−10 Parametric Values Using Constraints Calculated Above:
− modified values for F13 and f15
− added rows for F17/F18
218
Figure 5−10, EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read, Full-Handshaking Mode Timing:
− removed parameter F8
219
Figure 5−11, EMIFS/NOR Flash—Asynchronous 32-Bit Read Timing:
− changed F13 to F17
− changed F15 to F18
220
Figure 5−13:
− changed title from “EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write Timing” to “EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word
Asynchronous Write Timing, Full-Handshaking Mode”
− removed parameter F8
221
Figure 5−14:
− changed title from “EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write, Full-Handshaking Mode” to “EMIFS/NOR
Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write”
224
Figure 5−18, EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read Timing:
− changed F13 to F17
225
Figure 5−20, EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming Off):
− changed F13 to F17
226
Table 5−14, EMIFS/NAND Flash Switching Characteristics:
− NFE5: updated symbol
229
Table 5−15, EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements:
− added footnote about the CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R control bit
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
7
Revision History
PAGE(S)
NO.
8
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
229
Table 5−16, EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics:
− SD1 [tc(CLK) , DVDD4 = 1.8 V]: changed MIN value from P ns to 10.41 ns
− SD1 [tc(CLK) , DVDD4 = 2.75 V/3.3 V]: changed MIN value from P ns to 10.41 ns
− SD3 [td(CLKH–DQMV) , DVDD4 = 1.8 V]: changed MAX value from “1.20 + D” ns to 1.20 ns
− SD3 [td(CLKH–DQMV) , DVDD4 = 2.75 V/3.3 V]: changed MAX value from “1.22 + D” ns to 1.22 ns
− SD4 [td(CLKH–DQMIV) , DVDD4 = 1.8 V]: changed MIN value from “0 + D” ns to 0.23 ns
− SD4 [td(CLKH–DQMIV) , DVDD4 = 2.75 V/3.3 V]: changed MIN value from “0 + D” ns to 0.30 ns
− added footnote about the CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R control bit
− revised “P = SDRAM.CLK period in nanoseconds” footnote
− revised footnote about external delay element
230
Updated Figure 5−25, EMIFF/SDR Two SDRAM RD (Read) Commands (Active Row)
230
Updated Figure 5−26, EMIFF/SDR Two SDRAM WRT (Write) Commands (Active Row)
231
Updated Figure 5−27, EMIFF/SDR SDRAM ACTV (Activate Row) Command
231
Updated Figure 5−28, EMIFF/SDR SDRAM DCAB (Precharge/Deactivate Row) Command
232
Updated Figure 5−29, EMIFF/SDR SDRAM REFR (Refresh) Command
232
Updated Figure 5−30, EMIFF/SDR SDRAM MRS (Mode Register Set) Command
233
Table 5−17, EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Timing Requirements:
− DD17 [tsu(DV-DQSL/H)]: changed MIN value from “0.76 − 0.2P” ns to −1.32 ns
− DD18 [th(DQSL/H-DV)]: changed MIN value from “0.2P + 0.8” ns to 2.88 ns
− removed “P = SDRAM.CLK period in nanoseconds” footnote
− added “The control bit CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R of the register VOLTAGE_CTRL_0 must be set to 1 regardless of
the DVDD4 voltage level.” footnote
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Revision History
PAGE(S)
NO.
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
233
Table 5−18, EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Switching Characteristics:
− DD1 [tc(CLK)]: changed MIN value from P ns to 10.42 ns
− removed parameter DD2 [tw(CLK) , Pulse duration, SDRAM.CLK/SDRAM.DDR-CLK]
− DD3 [tosu(CLKH-CSL)]: changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− DD4 [toh(CLKH-CSH)]: changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− DD5 [tosu(CLKH-RASL)]:
− changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− added MAX value of 5.21 ns
− DD5A [tosu(CLKH-CASL)]:
− changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− added MAX value of 5.40 ns
− DD6 [toh(CLKH-RASH)]:
− changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− added MAX value of 6.88 ns
− DD6A [toh(CLKH-CASH)]:
− changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− added MAX value of 8.83 ns
− DD7 [tosu(CLKH-BAV)]: changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− DD8 [toh(CLKH-BAIV)]: changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− DD9 [tosu(CLKH-AV)]: changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.71” ns to 1.50 ns
− DD10 [toh(CLKH-AIV)]: changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.71” ns to 1.50 ns
− DD11 [tosu(CLKH-WEL)]:
− changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− added MAX value of 5.37 ns
− DD12 [toh(CLKH-WEH)]:
− changed MIN value from “0.5P − 3.21” ns to 2.00 ns
− added MAX value of 6.47 ns
− DD13:
− updated symbol
− changed MIN value from “0.3P − 2.12” ns to 1.00 ns
− DD14:
− updated symbol and description
− changed MIN value from “0.7P − 6.28” ns to 1.01 ns
− removed “P = SDRAM.CLK period in nanoseconds” footnote
− removed footnote about maximum EMIFF/SDRAM clock rate
− added “The control bit CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R of the register VOLTAGE_CTRL_0 must be set to 1 regardless of
the DVDD4 voltage level.” footnote
− added footnote about DLL phase value
− added footnote about delay time
234
Updated Figure 5−31, EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Command and Address Output Timing Definition
234
Updated Figure 5−32, EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Memory Read Timing
235
Updated Figure 5−33, EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Memory Write Timing
247
Table 5−33, Camera Interface Timing Requirements:
− C1 {1/[tc(LCLK)]}: changed MAX value from 48 MHz to 80 MHz
− C9: changed symbol from tsu(LCLKH-DV) to tsu(DV-LCLKH)
− C10: changed symbol from th(DV-LCLKH) to th(LCLKH-DV)
− C11: changed symbol from tsu(LCLKH-DV) to tsu(CAM.VS/HS-LCLKH)
− C12: changed symbol from th(DV-LCLKH) to th(LCLKH-CAM.VS/HS)
248
Table 5−34, LCD Controller and LCDCONV Switching Characteristics:
− L5: changed symbol from td(CLK-HS) to td(CLK-VS)
− L6: changed symbol from td(CLK-VS) to td(CLK-HS)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
9
Revision History
10
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Contents
Contents
Section
Page
1
OMAP5912 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1
TMS320C55x DSP Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2
ARM926EJ-S RISC Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2
Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3
Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
22
23
24
24
40
81
3
Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1
Functional Block Diagram Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2
MPU Memory Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1
MPU Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2
MPU Subsystem Registers Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3
DSP Memory Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1
DSP Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2
On-Chip Dual-Access RAM (DARAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3
On-Chip Single-Access RAM (SARAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.4
DSP I/O Space Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4
DSP External Memory (Managed by MMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5
MPU and DSP Private Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.1
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.2
Watchdog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.3
Interrupt Handlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.4
LCD Controller (MPU Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.5
LCDCONV (MPU Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.6
Random Number Generator (RNG) (MPU Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.7
DES/3DES (MPU Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.8
SHA1/MD5 (MPU Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6
MPU Public Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.1
USB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.2
Camera Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.3
MICROWIRE Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.4
Real-Time Clock (RTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.5
Pulse-Width Tone (PWT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.6
Pulse-Width Light (PWL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.7
Keyboard Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.8
HDQ/1-Wire Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.9
Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SDIO1) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.10
MPUIO Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.11
LED Pulse Generators (LPG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.12
Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.13
Operating System (OS) Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
101
104
104
106
161
161
161
162
162
170
172
172
172
172
172
173
173
174
174
174
174
175
175
175
176
176
176
176
176
177
177
177
178
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
11
Contents
Section
3.7
Page
DSP Public Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.1
Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports (McBSP1 and 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.2
Multichannel Serial Interfaces (MCSI1 and 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shared Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.1
Mailbox Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.2
General-Purpose Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.3
Serial Port Interface (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.4
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.5
I2C Master/Slave Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.6
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.7
Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SDIO2) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.8
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.9
32-kHz Synchro Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System DMA Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP DMA Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Controller (Memory Interfaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interprocessor Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.1
MPU/DSP Mailbox Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.2
MPU Interface (MPUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.3
MPU/DSP Shared Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Hardware Accelerators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13.1
DCT/iDCT Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13.2
Motion Estimation Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13.3
Pixel Interpolation Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.14.1
Core and I/O Voltage Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.14.2
Core Voltage Noise Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
179
179
180
181
181
181
182
182
184
184
185
186
186
187
188
188
189
189
189
190
190
190
190
190
191
191
192
4
Documentation Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1
Device and Development-Support Tool Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2
Differences Between Production and Experimental Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
193
193
194
5
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2
Recommended Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3
Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Case Temperature Range . . . . . . .
5.4
Timing Parameter Symbology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5
Clock Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.1
32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.2
Base Oscillator (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz) and Input Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6
Reset Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.1
OMAP5912 Device Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.2
OMAP5912 MPU Core Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7
External Memory Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.1
EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.2
EMIFS/NAND Flash Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
196
196
197
199
201
202
202
204
206
206
207
208
208
226
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
12
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Contents
Section
5.8
5.9
5.10
Page
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.10.1
McBSP Transmit and Receive Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.10.2
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multichannel Serial Interface (MCSI) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Port Interface (SPI) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel Camera Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Controller and LCDCONV Interfaces Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Serial Bus (USB) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
233
236
236
240
244
246
247
248
250
252
253
254
255
257
6
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
259
7
Mechanical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1
Package Thermal Resistance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2
Packaging Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
264
264
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
5.18
5.19
5.20
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
13
Figures
List of Figures
Figure
Page
2−1
2−2
OMAP5912 289-Ball ZDY/GDY Plastic Ball Grid Array (Bottom View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5912 289-Ball ZZG Plastic Ball Grid Array (Bottom View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
25
3−1
3−2
3−3
3−4
3−5
OMAP5912 Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP MMU Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP MMU On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Connections for a Typical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External RC Circuits for Noise Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
170
171
191
192
4−1
Example Markings for OMAP5912 ZDY Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
5−1
5−2
5−3
5−4
5−5
5−6
5−7
5−8
5−9
5−10
5−11
5−12
5−13
5−14
5−15
5−16
5−17
5−18
5−19
5−20
5−21
5−22
5−23
5−24
5−25
5−26
5−27
5−28
3.3-V Test Load Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Oscillator External Crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Oscillator External Crystal With PI-Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Input Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal System Oscillator External Crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Clock Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Reset Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Core Reset Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read, Full-Handshaking Mode Timing . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Asynchronous 32-Bit Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Asynchronous Read, Page Mode 8 x 16-Bit Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write Timing, Full-Handshaking Mode . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming Off, Mode 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming On, Mode 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming Off, Mode 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NAND Flash—Command Latch Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NAND Flash—Address Latch Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NAND Flash—Memory Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NAND Flash—Memory Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/SDR Two SDRAM RD (Read) Commands (Active Row) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/SDR Two SDRAM WRT (Write) Commands (Active Row) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM ACTV (Activate Row) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM DCAB (Precharge/Deactivate Row) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
201
202
203
203
204
205
206
207
218
218
219
219
220
221
222
222
223
224
225
225
227
227
228
228
230
230
231
231
14
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Figures
Figure
5−29
5−30
5−31
5−32
5−33
5−34
5−35
5−36
5−37
5−38
5−39
5−40
5−41
5−42
5−43
5−44
5−45
5−46
5−47
5−48
5−49
5−50
5−51
5−52
5−53
5−54
5−55
5−56
5−57
5−58
5−59
5−60
5−61
Page
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM REFR (Refresh) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM MRS (Mode Register Set) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Command and Address Output Timing Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Memory Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Memory Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Receive Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Transmit Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI Master Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI Slave Mode Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPI Interface—Transmit and Receive in Master or Slave Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camera Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Falling and LCD.Px on Rising LCD.PCLK—PCD = 2) . . . . . . . . .
TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Rising and LCD.Px on Falling LCD.PCLK—PCD = 3) . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Host Command Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Card Response Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Host Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Host Read and Card CRC Status Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I2C Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ Break (Reset) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ Interface Reading From HDQ Slave Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ Interface Writing to HDQ Slave Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Communication Between OMAP5912 HDQ and HDQ Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Break (Reset) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-Wire Interface Reading from 1-Wire Slave Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-Wire Interface Writing to 1-Wire Slave Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Normal Mode—Half Rate Clock, Rising and Falling Clock Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Demultiplexed Mode of Full Rate Clock—Rising Clock Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
232
232
234
234
235
238
239
240
241
242
243
245
245
246
247
249
249
250
250
251
251
252
253
254
255
255
256
256
256
256
256
257
258
15
Tables
List of Tables
Table
Page
2−1
2−2
2−3
2−4
2−5
ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZZG Package Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
33
40
61
81
3−1
3−2
3−3
3−4
3−5
3−6
3−7
3−8
3−9
3−10
3−11
3−12
3−13
3−14
3−15
3−16
3−17
3−18
3−19
3−20
3−21
3−22
3−23
3−24
3−25
3−26
3−27
3−28
3−29
3−30
3−31
3−32
3−33
3−34
OMAP5912 MPU Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chip-Select Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCDCONV Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Timer1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Timer2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Timer3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Watchdog Timer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Level 1 Interrupt Handler Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System DMA Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB On-the-Go (OTG) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Client Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real-Time Clock (RTC) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPUIO (Keyboard) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Width Light (PWL) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Width Tone (PWT) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SDIO1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OS Timer 32-kHz Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Host Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Interface Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Pulse Generator 1 (LPG1) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Pulse Generator 2 (LPG2) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UART1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UART2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPI1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer4 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer5 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
104
105
106
107
108
108
108
108
108
109
110
123
124
124
126
127
127
127
127
128
128
129
129
130
130
132
133
134
135
136
136
137
137
138
16
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Tables
Table
3−35
3−36
3−37
3−38
3−39
3−40
3−41
3−42
3−43
3−44
3−45
3−46
3−47
3−48
3−49
3−50
3−51
3−52
3−53
3−54
3−55
3−56
3−57
3−58
3−59
3−60
3−61
3−62
3−63
3−64
3−65
3−66
3−67
3−68
3−69
3−70
3−71
3−72
3−73
3−74
3−75
3−76
Page
I2C1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer6 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer7 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SDIO2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UART3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU GPIO3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU GPIO4 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Synchro Count Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General-Purpose Timer8 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU GPIO1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU GPIO2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU/DSP Shared Mailbox Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU TIPB Bus Switch Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultra Low-Power Device Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5912 Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Die Identification Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Production Identification Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L3 OCP Initiator Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Interface (MPUI) Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TIPB (Private) Bridge 1 Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Controller EMIFS Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Controller OCP−T1/OCP−T2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Controller OCPI Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Controller EMIFF Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Clock/Reset/Power Mode Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPLL1 Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP MMU Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TIPB (Public) Bridge 2 Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DARAM Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SARAM Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP DMA Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Timer1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Timer2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Timer3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Watchdog Timer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Level 2.0 Interrupt Handler Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Interrupt Interface Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
138
139
139
140
141
142
143
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
153
154
154
156
156
156
156
157
157
158
158
159
159
160
160
160
161
161
162
163
165
165
166
166
166
167
17
Tables
Table
Page
3−77
3−78
DSP Level 2.1 Interrupt Handler Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
167
168
3−79
DSP EMIF Configuration Registers
....................................................
168
3−80
DSP I-Cache Registers
..............................................................
168
3−81
3−82
DSP Clock Mode Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP TIPB Bus Switch Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
169
169
4−1
Changes to the OMAP5912
..........................................................
194
5−1
5−2
32-kHz Oscillator Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Input Clock Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
203
203
5−3
Base Oscillator Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
204
5−4
12-MHz, 13-MHz, and 19.2-MHz Input Clock Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
5−5
5−6
OMAP5912 Device Reset Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5912 Device Reset Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
206
206
5−7
MPU_RST Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
207
5−8
MPU_RST Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
207
5−9
5−10
EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208
209
5−11
Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−9 Parametric Values Using Constraints
Calculated Above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
213
5−12
5−13
Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−10 Parametric Values Using Constraints
Calculated Above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/NAND Flash Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
214
226
5−14
EMIFS/NAND Flash Switching Characteristics
226
5−15
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
5−16
5−17
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
233
5−18
EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Switching Characteristics§
..................................
233
5−19
McBSP Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
236
5−20
5−21
McBSP Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . . . . . . .
237
240
5−22
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . . .
240
5−23
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . . . . . . .
241
5−24
5−25
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . . . . . . .
241
242
5−26
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . . .
242
5−27
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . . . . . . .
243
5−28
5−29
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . . .
MCSI Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
243
244
5−30
MCSI Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
244
18
SPRS231E
..........................................
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Tables
Table
Page
5−31
5−32
5−33
5−34
5−35
5−36
5−37
5−38
5−39
5−40
5−41
5−42
5−43
SPI Interface Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPI Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camera Interface Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Controller and LCDCONV Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I2C Signals (I2C.SDA and I2C.SCL) Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETM Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
246
247
248
250
250
252
253
254
254
255
255
257
7−1
7−2
OMAP5912 Thermal Resistance Characteristics (ZZG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5912 Thermal Resistance Characteristics (ZDY/GDY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
264
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
19
Tables
20
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Features
1
OMAP5912 Features
D Low-Power, High-Performance CMOS
D
D
D
D
D
D
Technology
− 0.13-µm Technology
− 192-MHz Maximum Frequency
− 1.6 + 5% V Core Voltage
ARM926EJ-S (MPU) Core
− Support for 32-Bit and 16-Bit
(Thumb Mode) Instruction Sets
− 16K-Byte Instruction Cache
− 8K-Byte Data Cache
− Data and Program Memory Management
Unit (MMU)
− 17-Word Write Buffer
− Two 64-Entry Translation Look-Aside
Buffers (TLBs) for MMUs
TMS320C55x (C55x) DSP Core
− One/Two Instructions Executed per Cycle
− Dual Multipliers
(Two Multiply-Accumulates per Cycle)
− Two Arithmetic/Logic Units
− Five Internal Data/Operand Buses
(3 Read Buses and 2 Write Buses)
− 32K x 16-Bit On-Chip Dual-Access RAM
(DARAM) (64K Bytes)
− 48K x 16-Bit On-Chip Single-Access RAM
(SARAM) (96K Bytes)
− Instruction Cache (24K Bytes)
− Video Hardware Accelerators for DCT,
iDCT, Pixel Interpolation, and Motion
Estimation for Video Compression
250K Bytes of Shared Internal SRAM
Memory Traffic Controller (TC)
− 16-Bit EMIFS Supports up to 256M Bytes
of External Memory (i.e., Async.
ROM/RAM, NOR/NAND Flash, and Sync.
Burst Flash)
− 16-Bit EMIFF to Access up to 64M Bytes
of SDRAM, Mobile SDRAM, or
Mobile DDR
DSP Memory Management Unit
DSP Peripherals
− Three 32-Bit Timers and Watchdog Timer
− Six-Channel DMA Controller
− Two Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports
− Two Multichannel Serial Interfaces
D MPU Peripherals
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
− Three 32-Bit Timers and Watchdog Timer
− USB 1.1 Host and Client Controllers
− USB On-the-Go (OTG) Controller
− 3 USB Ports, One With an Integrated
Transceiver
− Camera Interface for Parallel CMOS
Sensors
− Real-Time Clock (RTC)
− Pulse-Width Tone (PWT) Interface
− Pulse-Width Light (PWL) Interface
− Keyboard Matrix Interface (6 x 5 or 8 x 8)
− HDQ/1-Wire Interface
− Multimedia Card (MMC) and Secure
Digital (SD) Interface
− Up to 16 MPU General-Purpose I/Os
− Two LED Pulse Generators (LPGs)
− ETM9 Trace Module for ARM926EJ-S
Debug
− 16-/18-Bit LCD Controller With Dedicated
System DMA Channel
− 32-kHz Operating System (OS) Timer
Shared Peripherals
− 8 General-Purpose Timers
− Serial Port Interface (SPI)
− Three Universal Asynchronous
Receiver/Transmitters (UARTs) (Two
Supporting SIR mode for IrDA)
− Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Master and
Slave Interface
− Multimedia Card (MMC) and Secure
Digital (SD) Interface
− Multichannel Buffered Serial Port
− Up to 64 Shared General-Purpose I/Os
− 32-kHz Synchro Counter
Endian Conversion Unit
Hardware Accelerators for Cryptographic
Functions
− Random Number Generation
− DES and 3DES
− SHA-1 and MD5
Individual Power-Saving Modes for
MPU/DSP/TC
On-Chip Scan-Based Emulation Logic
IEEE Std 1149.1† (JTAG) Boundary Scan
Logic
Three 289-Ball BGA (Ball Grid Array)
Packages (ZDY and ZZG − Lead-Free;
GDY − With Lead)
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
† IEEE Standard 1149.1-1990 Standard Test-Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
21
Introduction
2
Introduction
This section describes the main features of the OMAP5912 device, lists the terminal assignments, and
describes the function of each terminal. This data manual also provides a detailed description section,
electrical specifications, parameter measurement information, and mechanical data about the available
packaging.
2.1
Description
OMAP5912 is a highly integrated hardware and software platform, designed to meet the application
processing needs of next-generation embedded devices.
The OMAP platform enables OEMs and ODMs to quickly bring to market devices featuring rich user
interfaces, high processing performance, and long battery life through the maximum flexibility of a fully
integrated mixed processor solution.
The dual-core architecture provides benefits of both DSP and reduced instruction set computer (RISC)
technologies, incorporating a TMS320C55x DSP core and a high-performance ARM926EJ-S ARM core.
The OMAP5912 device is designed to run leading open and embedded RISC-based operating systems, as
well as the Texas Instruments (TI) DSP/BIOS software kernel foundation, and is available in three 289-ball
ball grid array (BGA) packages (ZDY and ZZG − lead-free; GDY − with lead).
The OMAP5912 device is targeted at the following applications:
•
Applications Processing Devices
•
Mobile Communications
−
−
−
−
WAN 802.11X
Bluetooth
GSM, GPRS, EDGE
CDMA
•
Video and Image Processing (MPEG4, JPEG, Windows Media Video, etc.)
•
Advanced Speech Applications (text-to-speech, speech recognition)
•
Audio Processing (MPEG-1 Audio Layer3 [MP3], AMR, WMA, AAC, and Other GSM Speech Codecs)
•
Graphics and Video Acceleration
•
Generalized Web Access
•
Data Processing
TMS320C55x, C55x, OMAP, and DSP/BIOS are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
ARM926EJ-S and ETM9 are trademarks of ARM Limited in the EU and other countries.
Thumb and ARM are registered trademarks of ARM Limited in the EU and other countries.
1-Wire is a registered trademark of Dallas Semiconductor Corporation.
Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
22
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
2.1.1 TMS320C55x DSP Core
The DSP core of the OMAP5912 device is based on the TMS320C55x DSP generation CPU processor core.
The C55x DSP architecture achieves high performance and low power through increased parallelism and total
focus on reduction in power dissipation. The CPU supports an internal bus structure composed of one program
bus, three data read buses, two data write buses, and additional buses dedicated to peripheral and DMA
activity. These buses provide the ability to perform up to three data reads and two data writes in a single cycle.
In parallel, the DMA controller can perform up to two data transfers per cycle independent of the CPU activity.
The C55x CPU provides two multiply-accumulate (MAC) units, each capable of 17-bit x 17-bit multiplication
in a single cycle. A central 40-bit arithmetic/logic unit (ALU) is supported by an additional 16-bit ALU. Use of
the ALUs is under instruction set control, providing the ability to optimize parallel activity and power
consumption. These resources are managed in the address unit (AU) and data unit (DU) of the C55x CPU.
The C55x DSPs support a variable byte width instruction set for improved code density. The instruction unit
(IU) performs 32-bit program fetches from internal or external memory and queues instructions for the program
unit (PU). The program unit decodes the instructions, directs tasks to AU and DU resources, and manages
the fully protected pipeline. Predictive branching capability avoids pipeline flushes on execution of conditional
instructions. The OMAP5912 DSP core also includes a 24K-byte instruction cache to minimize external
memory accesses, improving data throughput and conserving system power.
2.1.1.1
DSP Tools Support
The 55x DSP core is supported by the industry’s leading eXpressDSP software environment including the
Code Composer Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE), DSP/BIOS software kernel foundation,
the TMS320 DSP Algorithm Standard, and the industry’s largest third-party network. Code Composer Studio
features code generation tools including a C-Compiler, simulator, Real-Time Data Exchange (RTDX),
XDS510 emulation device drivers, and Chip Support Libraries (CSL). DSP/BIOS is a scalable real-time
software foundation available for no cost to users of Texas Instruments’ DSP products, providing a preemptive
task scheduler and real-time analysis capabilities with very low memory and megahertz overhead. The
TMS320 DSP Algorithm Standard is a specification of coding conventions allowing fast integration of
algorithms from different teams, sites, or third parties into the application framework. Texas Instruments’
extensive DSP third-party network of over 400 providers brings focused competencies and complete solutions
to customers.
2.1.1.2
DSP Software Support
Texas Instruments has also developed foundation software available for the 55x DSP core. The C55x DSP
Library (DSPLIB) features over 50 C-callable software routines (FIR/IIR filters, Fast Fourier Transforms
(FFTs), and various computational functions). The DSP Image/Video Processing Library (IMGLIB) contains
over 20 software routines highly optimized for C55x DSPs and is compiled with the latest revision of the C55x
DSP code generation tools. These imaging functions support a wide range of applications that include
compression, video processing, machine vision, and medical imaging.
eXpressDSP, Code Composer Studio, TMS320, RTDX, and XDS510 are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
23
Introduction
2.1.2 ARM926EJ-S RISC Processor
The MPU core is a ARM926EJ-S reduced instruction set computer (RISC) processor. The ARM926EJ-S is
a 32-bit processor core that performs 32-bit or 16-bit instructions and processes 32-bit, 16-bit, or 8-bit data.
The core uses pipelining so that all parts of the processor and memory system can operate continuously.
The MPU core incorporates:
•
A coprocessor 15 (CP15) and protection module
•
Data and program Memory Management Units (MMUs) with table look-aside buffers.
•
Separate 16K-byte instruction and 8K-byte data caches. Both are four-way associative with virtual index
virtual tag (VIVT).
The OMAP5912 device uses the ARM926EJ-S core in little-endian mode only. To minimize external memory
access time, the ARM926EJ-S includes an instruction cache, data cache, and a write buffer. In general, these
are transparent to program execution.
2.2
Terminal Assignments
Figure 2−1 illustrates the ball locations for the 289-ball ZDY/GDY package and Figure 2−2 illustrates the ball
locations for the 289-ball ZZG package. Figure 2−1 and Figure 2−2 are used in conjunction with Table 2−1
and Table 2−2, respectively, to locate signal names and ball grid numbers. BGA ball numbers in Table 2−1 and
Table 2−2 are read from left-to-right, top-to-bottom.
U
T
R
P
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
11
10
13
12
15
14
17
16
Bottom View
Figure 2−1. OMAP5912 289-Ball ZDY/GDY Plastic Ball Grid Array (Bottom View)
24
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Y
V
T
P
M
K
H
F
D
B
AA
W
U
R
N
L
J
G
E
C
A
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Bottom View
Figure 2−2. OMAP5912 289-Ball ZZG Plastic Ball Grid Array (Bottom View)
In Table 2−1 and Table 2−2, signals with multiplexed functions are highlighted in gray. Signals within a
multiplexed pin name are separated with forward slashes as follows:
•
signal1/signal2/signal3 (e.g., MPUIO1/RTCK/SPIF.SCK)
Signals which are associated with specific peripherals are denoted by using the peripheral name, followed
by a period, and then the signal name; as follows:
•
peripheral1.signal1 (i.e., MCSI1.DOUT)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
25
Introduction
Table 2−1. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
A1
SDRAM.A[1]
A2
SDRAM.DQSL
A5
SDRAM.D[3]
A6
SDRAM.CLKX
A3
SDRAM.D[6]
A4
SDRAM.D[2]
A7
SDRAM.CLK
A8
SDRAM.DQMU
A9
CVDDDLL
A10
SDRAM.A[7]
A11
SDRAM.D[11]
A12
SDRAM.DQSH
A13
LCD.P[12](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO33(7)
A14
LCD.PCLK(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
A15
LCD.P[10](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO31(7)
A16
LCD.P[6](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
A17
LCD.P[0](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
B1
DVDD5
B2
SDRAM.A[0]
B3
SDRAM.D[4]
B4
SDRAM.D[0]
B5
SDRAM.D[1]
B6
SDRAM.D[5]
B7
SDRAM.D[7]
B8
SDRAM.D[10]
B9
SDRAM.D[12]
B10
SDRAM.D[15]
B11
SDRAM.D[13]
B12
SDRAM.D[9]
B13
SDRAM.CKE
B14
LCD.P[11](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO32(7)
B15
LCD.VS(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
B16
LCD.P[1](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
B17
KB.C[2](0)/
GPIO61(7)
C1
FLASH.A[6](0)
C2
FLASH.A[2](0)
C3
SDRAM.A[3]
C4
SDRAM.BA[1]
C5
SDRAM.BA[0]
C6
SDRAM.A[8]
C7
SDRAM.DQML
C8
SDRAM.A[5]
C9
SDRAM.D[8]
C10
SDRAM.D[14]
C11
CVDD
C12
LCD.P[15](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO2(7)
C13
LCD.P[8](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO29(7)
C14
DVDD1
C15
LCD.P[5](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
C16
LCD.P[2](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
C17
KB.C[1](0)/
MPUIO6(1)
D1
FLASH.A[8](0)
D2
FLASH.A[5](0)
D3
FLASH.A[1](0)
D4
SDRAM.RAS
D5
SDRAM.CAS
D6
DVDD4
D7
DVDD4
D8
DVDD4
D9
SDRAM.A[4]
D10
SDRAM.A[13]
D11
DVDD4
D12
LCD.P[14](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO35(7)
D13
LCD.P[7](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
D14
LCD.P[3](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
D15
LCD.HS(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
D16
KB.C[4](0)/
GPIO27(7)
D17
KB.R[3](0)/
MPUIO13(1)
E1
FLASH.A[9](0)
E2
FLASH.A[7](0)
E3
FLASH.A[4](0)
E4
FLASH.A[3](0)
E5
VSS
E6
SDRAM.WE
E7
SDRAM.CS
E8
SDRAM.A[12]
E12
LCD.P[4](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
E16
KB.R[2[(0)/
MPUIO10(1)
E9
SDRAM.A[11]
E10
SDRAM.A[6]
E11
LCD.P[13](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO34(7)
E13
VSS
E14
NC‡
E15
KB.C[3](0)/
GPIO63(6)
SIGNAL
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
26
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−1. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
E17
KB.R[1](0)/
MPUIO9(1)
F1
FLASH.A[11](0)
F2
FLASH.A[10](0)
F3
FLASH.A[25]
F4
FLASH.A[20]
F5
FLASH.A[12](0)
F6
VSS
F7
SDRAM.A[2]
F8
SDRAM.A[10]
F9
SDRAM.A[9]
F10
LCD.AC(0)/
SYS_CLK_OUT(1)/
Z_STATE†(2)
F11
LCD.P[9](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO30(7)
F12
VSS
F13
KB.R[4](0)/
MPUIO15(1)
F14
KB.C[0](0)/
MPUIO0(1)
F15
KB.R[0](0)/
MPUIO8(1)
F16
MCBSP1.CLKX(0)/
GPIO54(7)
F17
KB.C[5](0)/
GPIO28(7)
G1
DVDD5
G2
FLASH.A[15](0)
G3
FLASH.A[13](0)
G4
FLASH.A[14](0)
G5
FLASH.A[16](0)
G6
FLASH.A[17]
G7
VSS
G8
CVDD2
G9
CVDD2
G10
CVDD3
G12
DVDD1
G13
MCBSP1.CLKS(0)/
GPIO62(7)
G14
MCBSP1.DX(0)/
MCBSP1.FSX(1)/
MCBSP1.DXZ(2)/
GPIO52(7)
G15
MCBSP1.FSX(0)/
MCBSP1.DX(1)/
MCBSP1.DXZ(2)
GPIO53(7)
G16
CAM.LCLK(0)/
ETM.CLK(1)/
UWIRE.SCLK(2)/
GPIO39(7)
G17
MCBSP1.DR(0)/
GPIO51(7)
H1
LDO.FILTER
H2
FLASH.A[22]
H3
FLASH.A[18]
H4
FLASH.A[19]
H5
FLASH.A[21]
H8
VSS#
H9
VSS
H12
CAM.EXCLK(0)/
ETM.SYNC[0](1)/
UWIRE.SDO(2)/
LOW_STATE§ (6)/
GPIO57(7)
H13
CAM.D[3](0)/
ETM.D[3](1)/
UART3.RX(2)/
GPIO31(7)
H17
CAM.D[5](0)/
ETM.D[5](1)/
UWIRE.SDI(2)/
GPIO33(7)
G11
VSS
H6
H10
FLASH.ADV
VSS
H7
CVDD2
H11
CVDD3
H14
MPU_BOOT(0)/
USB1.SUSP(2)
H15
CAM.D[6](0)/
ETM.D[6](1)/
UWIRE.CS3(2)/
MMC2.CMD/
GPIO34(7)
H16
CAM.D[7](0)/
ETM.D[7](1)/
UWIRE.CS0(2)/
MMC2.DAT2(3)/
GPIO35(7)
J1
FLASH.BE[0](0)/
FLASH.CS2UOE(1)/
GPIO59(7)
J2
FLASH.A[23]
J3
FLASH.CS1(0)/
FLASH.CS1L(1)
J4
FLASH.A[24]
J5
GPIO62(0)/
FLASH.CS0(1)
J6
FLASH.CS3(0)/
GPIO3(7)
J7
FLASH.D[3]
J8
FLASH.CS2(0)/
FLASH.BAA(1)/
FLASH.CS2L(2)
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
27
Introduction
Table 2−1. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
J9
VSS
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
J11
CAM.D[4](0)/
ETM.D[4](1)/
UART3.TX(2)/
GPIO32(7)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
J12
CAM.HS(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[1](1)/
UART2.CTS(2)/
MMC2.DAT0/
GPIO38(7)
J10
CVDD3
J13
CAM.VS(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[2](1)/
MPUIO14(2)/
MMC2.DAT1(3)
J14
CAM.D[2](0)/
ETM.D[2](1)/
UART3.CTS(2)/
GPIO30(7)
J15
DVDD8
J16
CAM.D[1](0)/
ETM.D[1](1)/
UART3.RTS(2)/
GPIO29(7)
J17
CAM.D[0](0)/
ETM.D[0](1)/
MPUIO12(2)/
MMC2.DAT3(3)
K1
FLASH.CLK(0)/
FLASH.CS2UOE(1)
K2
FLASH.BE[1](0)/
FLASH.CS2UWE(1)/
GPIO60(7)
K3
FLASH.CS2U(0)/
GPIO5(1)
K4
NC‡
K5
CVDD
K6
FLASH.D[6]
K7
FLASH.D[12]
K8
VSS
K9
VSS
K10
VSS
K11
CVDD3
K12
CAM.RSTZ(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[0](1)/
UART2.RTS(2)/
MMC2.CLK(3)/
LOW_STATE§(6)/
GPIO37(7)
K13
GPIO11(0)/
HDQ(1)/
ETM.PSTAT[5](5)/
RTDX.D[3](7)
K14
GPIO14(0)/
KB.R[6](1)/
LCD.RED0(2)/
Z_STATE†(3)
K15
UART3.RX(0)/
PWL(1)/
UART2.RX(3)/
TIMER.PWM1(4)/
GPIO49(7)
L1
FLASH.D[0]
L2
FLASH.D[2]
L5
FLASH.D[8]
L6
FLASH.RDY(0)/
GPIO10(1)
L10
BCLK(0)/
UART3.RTS(1)/
CAM.OUTCLK(6)/
GPIO17(7)
L14
GPIO6(0)/
MCBSP3.FSX(2)/
TIMER.EVENT3(3)/
MCSI1.DIN(4)/
TMS(5)
K16
GPIO15(0)/
KB.R[7](1)/
TIMER.PWM2(2)
K17
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART3.TX(1)/
PWT(2)/
UART2.TX(4)
TIMER.PWM0(5)/
GPIO50(7)
L3
DVDD5
L4
FLASH.D[5]
L8
MCBSP2.DR(0)/
MCBSP2.DX(1)/
MCBSP2.DXZ(2)/
GPIO22(7)
L12
MPUIO2(0)/
EXT_DMA_REQ0(1)/
UWIRE.CS1(2)/
SPIF.CS1(6)
L7
VSS
L11
VSS
L9
CVDDRTC
L13
GPIO3(0)/
MCBSP3.FSX(2)/
LED1(3)/
ETM.PSTAT[3](5)/
RTDX.D[1](7)
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
28
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−1. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
L15
GPIO7(0)/
MMC.DAT2(1)/
TCK(3)/
MCSI1.CLK(4)/
ETM.SYNC[1](5)/
RTDX.D[2](7)
M2
FLASH.D[4]
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
L16
GPIO12(0)/
MCBSP3.FSX(1)/
TIMER.EXTCLK(3)
L17
GPIO13(0)/
KB.R[5](1)/
LCD.BLUE0(2)/
Z_STATE†(3)
M1
FLASH.D[1]
M3
FLASH.D[11]
M4
FLASH.D[10]
M5
FLASH.OE
M6
VSS
M7
CVDD
M8
MMC.CLK(0)/
GPIO57(7)
M9
UART1.CTS(0)/
UART1.IRSEL(2)/
GPIO38(7)
M10
TMS
M11
I2C.SDA(0)/
GPIO48(7)
M12
VSS
M13
DVDD9
M14
MPUIO4(0)/
EXT_DMA_REQ1(1)/
LED2(2)/
UWIRE.CS2(3)/
SPIF.CS2(4)/
MCBSP3.DR(6)
M15
GPIO1(0)/
UART3.RTS(1)
M16
GPIO2(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[4](5)/
RTDX.D[0] (7)
M17
GPIO4(0)/
SPI.CS2(1)/
MCBSP3.FSX(2)/
TIMER.EVENT4(3)/
SPIF.DIN(4)
N1
FLASH.D[7]
N2
FLASH.D[9]
N3
FLASH.RP(0)/
FLASH.CS2UWE(1)
N4
FLASH.D[15]
N5
VSS
N6
MCBSP2.FSX(0)/
GPIO21(7)
N7
MMC.CMD/
GPIO55(7)
N8
PWRON_RESET
N9
RTC_WAKE_INT(0)/
USB1.SE0(4)/
RST_HOST_OUT(5)/
GPIO55(7)
N10
MCSI1.SYNC(0)/
MCBSP3.DR(1)/
USB1.VP(2)/
MCBSP3.FSX(4)
N11
EMU1
N12
RST_OUT(0)/
GPIO41(7)
N15
MPUIO1(0)/
RTCK(1)/
SPIF.SCK(6)
N16
MPUIO5(0)/
LOW_PWR(1)/
UART3.RTS(3)/
UART1.DTR(4)
P2
OSC1_OUT
P3
FLASH.WE
N13
VSS
N14
MPU_RST(0)/
MPUIO14(6)
N17
GPIO0(0)/
USB.VBUS(2)/
SPIF.DOUT(3)/
MMC2.CLKIN(6)
P1
FLASH.D[13]
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
29
Introduction
Table 2−1. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
SIGNAL
P4
USB.PUEN(0)/
USB.CLKO(1)/
USB.PUDIS(3)/
Z_STATE†(4)/
LOW_POWER(6)/
GPIO58(7)
P5
UART2.BCLK(0)/
SYS_CLK_IN(6)
P8
MCSI2.CLK(0)/
USB2.SUSP(1)/
USB0.SUSP(5)/
MMC2.CLK(6)/
GPIO27(7)
P12
MCSI1.DIN(0)/
USB1.RCV(1)/
EMU1(3)/
MCBSP3.DR(4)/
GPIO56(7)
P13
P16
I2C.SCL
P17
P9
MMC.DAT3(0)/
MPUIO9(1)/
MPUIO6(2)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
P6
UART2.CTS(0)/
USB2.RCV(1)/
GPIO7(2)/
USB0.RCV(5)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
P7
GPIO8(0)/
TRST(3)/
MCSI1.DOUT(4)/
MMC2.CMD
P11
MCSI1.DOUT(0)/
USB1.TXD(1)/
TDO(3)/
MCBSP3.DX(4)/
GPIO18(7)/
MCBSP3.DOUT_HIZ
P10
RTC_ON_NOFF(0)
TCK
P14
UWIRE.SDI(0)/
UART3.DSR(1)/
UART1.DSR(2)/
MCBSP3.DR(3)/
SPIF.DIN(6)/
GPIO47(7)
P15
UWIRE.SCLK(0)/
KB.C[7](1)/
MPUIO1(2)/
UART3.CTS(4)
CVDDA
R1
FLASH.D[14]
R2
OSC1_IN
R5
MCBSP2.FSR(0)/
GPIO12(1)
R6
MPUIO3(0)/
MMC2.DAT1(6)
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART2.TX(1)/
USB2.TXD(2)/
USB0.TXD(5)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO17(7)
R3
FLASH.WP
R4
R7
MCSI2.DIN(0)/
USB2.VP(1)/
USB0.VP(5)/
GPIO26(7)
R8
MMC.DAT0/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO58(7)
R9
VSS
R10
DVDDRTC
R11
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART1.RTS(1)/
UART1.IRSHDN(2)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO39(7)
R12
BCLKREQ(0)/
UART3.CTS(1)/
MMC2.DAT2(6)/
GPIO40(7)
R13
TRST
R14
CONF¶
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
30
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−1. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
R15
UWIRE.SDO(0)/
UART3.DTR(1)/
UART1.DTR(2)/
MCBSP3.DX(3)/
UART3.RTS(4)/
MCBSP3.DXZ(5)/
SPIF.DOUT(6)/
GPIO46(7)
T2
USB.DP(0)/
I2C.SDA(4)
UART1.RX(5)/
USB.PUEN(7)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
R16
Z_STATE†(0)/
UWIRE.CS3(1)/
KB.C[6](2)/
SPIF.CS3(3)/
UART3.RX(4)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO44(7)
T4
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART2.RTS(1)/
USB2.SE0(2)/
MPUIO5(3)/
MPUIO12(4)/
USB0.SE0(5)/
LOW_STATE§(6)
T5
MCBSP2.DX(0)/
MCBSP2.DR(1)/
MCBSP2.DXZ(2)/
GPIO19(7)
T9
MMC.DAT2(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
MPUIO11(2)
T13
DVDD7
T17
BFAIL/EXT_FIQ(0)/
UART3.CTS(1)/
UART1.DSR(2)/
MMC.DATDIR1(6)
U4
UART2.RX(0)/
USB2.VM(1)/
USB0.VM(5)/
GPIO18(7)
U8
MCSI2.SYNC(0)/
GIOP7(1)/
USB2.SPEED(2)/
USB0.SPEED(5)/
MMC2.CMDDIR(6)
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART1.TX(1)/
UART1.IRTX(2)
DVDD6
T11
CLK32K_IN
MCBSP2.CLKX(0)/
GPIO20(7)
FLASH.CS1U(0)/
GPIO16(7)
T12
T10
U5
T1
T8
T7
U1
R17
Z_STATE†(0)/
UWIRE.CS0(1)/
MCBSP3.CLKX(2)/
UART3.TX(4)/
SPIF.CS0(6)/
GPIO45(7)
MCSI2.DOUT(0)/
USB2.TXEN(1)/
USB0.TXEN(5)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO25(7)
DVDD3
USB.DM(0)/
I2C.SCL(4)/
UART1.TX(5)/
Z_STATE†(7)
SIGNAL
CVDD1
T6
RTCK
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
T3
MCLKREQ(0)/
EXT_MASTER_REQ(1)/
UART2.RX(2)/
MMC2.DAT3(6)/
GPIO23(7)
T14
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
T15
U2
U6
TDO
DVDD2
MCBSP2.CLKR(0)/
GPIO11(1)
T16
CVDD
U3
MCLK(0)/
MMC2.DATDIR0(6)/
GPIO24(7)
U7
GPIO9(0)/
EMU0(3)/
MCSI1.SYNC(4)/
MMC2.DAT0
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
31
Introduction
Table 2−1. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
U9
MMC.DAT1(0)/
MPUIO10(1)/
MPUIO7(2)
U13
UART1.RX(0)/
UART1.IRRX(2)/
GPIO37(7)
U17
TDI
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
U10
OSC32K_OUT
U14
Z_STATE†(0)/
MCBSP3.CLKX(1)/
USB1.TXEN(2)/
MCSI1.DIN_OUT(3)/
MCSI1.DIN(4)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO42(7)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
U11
OSC32K_IN
U12
CLK32K_OUT(0)/
MPUIO0(4)/
USB1.SPEED(5)/
UART1.TX(6)/
GPIO36(7)
U15
MCSI1.CLK(0)/
MCBSP3.DX(1)/
USB1.VM(2)/
TDI(3)/
MCBSP3.CLKX(4)/
GPIO43(7)
U16
EMU0
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
32
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−2. ZZG Package Terminal Assignments
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
A1
SDRAM.A[3]
A2
SDRAM.A[0]
A3
CVDD2
A5
DVDD4
A7
DVDD4
A9
CVDD2
A11
CVDDDLL
A13
VSS
A15
CVDD
A17
LCD.P[13](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO34(7)
A19
DVDD1
A20
LCD.P[5](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
A21
VSS
B1
VSS
B2
SDRAM.A[1]
B3
SDRAM.BA[0]
B4
SDRAM.CAS
B5
VSS
B6
SDRAM.A[2]
B7
VSS
B8
SDRAM.A[10]
B9
SDRAM.A[5]
B10
DVDD4
B12
SDRAM.A[9]
B13
CVDD3
B14
DVDD4
B15
LCD.AC(0)/
SYS_CLK_OUT(1)/
Z_STATE†(2)
B16
VSS
B17
LCD.P[11](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO32(7)
B18
LCD.VS(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
B19
LCD.P[6](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
B20
CVDD3
B21
LCD.P[1](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
C1
FLASH.A[3](0)
C2
DVDD5
C3
SDRAM.BA[1]
C4
SDRAM.D[6]
C5
SDRAM.D[2]
C6
SDRAM.D[1]
C7
SDRAM.D[5]
C8
SDRAM.DQML
C9
SDRAM.CLK
C10
SDRAM.D[8]
C11
SDRAM.D[12]
C12
SDRAM.D[15]
C13
SDRAM.D[11]
C14
SDRAM.DQSH
C15
LCD.PCLK(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
C16
LCD.P[14](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO35(7)
C17
LCD.P[10](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO31(7)
C18
LCD.P[7](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
C19
LCD.P[2](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
C20
LCD.HS(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
C21
KB.C[4](0)/
GPIO27(7)
D2
FLASH.A[5](0)
D3
FLASH.A[2](0)
D4
SDRAM.DQSL
D5
SDRAM.D[4]
D6
SDRAM.D[0]
D7
SDRAM.D[3]
D8
SDRAM.D[7]
D9
SDRAM.CLKX
D10
SDRAM.DQMU
D11
SDRAM.D[10]
D12
SDRAM.D[14]
D13
SDRAM.D[13]
D14
SDRAM.D[9]
D15
LCD.P[15](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO2(7)
D16
LCD.P[9](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO30(7)
D17
LCD.P[8](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO29(7)
D18
LCD.P[0](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
D19
KB.C[2](0)/
GPIO61(7)
D20
KB.C[1](0)/
MPUIO6(1)
E1
FLASH.A[25]
E2
CVDD2
E3
FLASH.A[7](0)
E4
FLASH.A[4](0)
E5
NC‡
E18
KB.C[3](0)/
GPIO63(6)
E19
KB.R[4](0)/
MPUIO15(1)
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
33
Introduction
Table 2−2. ZZG Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
E20
KB.R[3](0)/
MPUIO13(1)
E21
DVDD1
F2
FLASH.A[20]
F3
FLASH.A[9](0)
F4
FLASH.A[6](0)
F18
KB.C[0](0)/
MPUIO0(1)
F19
KB.R[1](0)/
MPUIO9(1)
F20
VSS
G1
VSS
G2
FLASH.A[12](0)
G3
FLASH.A[11](0)
G4
FLASH.A[10](0)
G8
SDRAM.CS
G9
SDRAM.A[8]
G10
SDRAM.A[4]
G11
SDRAM.A[7]
G12
SDRAM.A[6]
G13
LCD.P[12](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO33(7)
G14
LCD.P[3](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
G18
KB.R[0](0)/
MPUIO8(1)
G19
KB.C[5](0)/
GPIO28(7)
G20
MCBSP1.CLKS(0)/
GPIO62(7)
G21
MCBSP1.CLKX(0)/
GPIO54(7)
H2
DVDD5
H3
FLASH.A[15](0)
H4
FLASH.A[14](0)
H7
SDRAM.RAS
H8
SDRAM.WE
H9
SDRAM.A[12]
H10
SDRAM.A[11]
H11
SDRAM.A[13]
H12
SDRAM.CKE
H13
LCD.P[4](0)/
Z_STATE†(1)
H14
KB.R[2[(0)/
MPUIO10(1)
H15
MCBSP1.FSX(0)/
MCBSP1.DX(1)/
MCBSP1.DXZ(2)
GPIO53(7)
H18
MCBSP1.DX(0)/
MCBSP1.FSX(1)/
MCBSP1.DXZ(2)/
GPIO52(7)
H19
CAM.EXCLK(0)/
ETM.SYNC[0](1)/
UWIRE.SDO(2)/
LOW_STATE§(6)/
GPIO57(7)
H20
MCBSP1.DR(0)/
GPIO51(7)
J1
LDO.FILTER
J2
FLASH.A[17]
J3
FLASH.A[19]
J4
FLASH.A[18]
J7
FLASH.A[8](0)
J8
FLASH.A[1](0)
J14
CAM.D[5](0)/
ETM.D[5](1)/
UWIRE.SDI(2)/
GPIO33(7)
J15
CAM.LCLK(0)/
ETM.CLK(1)/
UWIRE.SCLK(2)/
GPIO39(7)
J18
CAM.D[7](0)/
ETM.D[7](1)/
UWIRE.CS0(2)/
MMC2.DAT2(3)/
GPIO35(7)
J19
CAM.D[6](0)/
ETM.D[6](1)/
UWIRE.CS3(2)/
MMC2.CMD/
GPIO34(7)
J20
MPU_BOOT(0)/
USB1.SUSP(2)
J21
CVDD3
K2
VSS
K3
FLASH.A[23]
K4
FLASH.A[22]
K15
CAM.D[2](0)/
ETM.D[2](1)/
UART3.CTS(2)/
GPIO30(7)
K7
FLASH.A[16](0)
K18
CAM.D[4](0)/
ETM.D[4](1)/
UART3.TX(2)/
GPIO32(7)
K8
FLASH.A[13](0)
K14
CAM.D[1](0)/
ETM.D[1](1)/
UART3.RTS(2)/
GPIO29(7)
K19
CAM.D[3](0)/
ETM.D[3](1)/
UART3.RX(2)/
GPIO31(7)
K20
VSS
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
34
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−2. ZZG Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
L1
NC‡
L3
FLASH.BE[0](0)/
FLASH.CS2UOE(1)/
GPIO59(7)
L4
FLASH.ADV
L7
FLASH.A[24]
L15
CAM.HS(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[1](1)/
UART2.CTS(2)/
MMC2.DAT0/
GPIO38(7)
L18
CAM.VS(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[2](1)/
MPUIO14(2)/
MMC2.DAT1(3)
L8
FLASH.A[21]
L14
UART3.RX(0)/
PWL(1)/
UART2.RX(3)/
TIMER.PWM1(4)/
GPIO49(7)
L19
CAM.D[0](0)/
ETM.D[0](1)/
MPUIO12(2)/
MMC2.DAT3(3)
L21
DVDD8
M2
CVDD
M3
FLASH.CS1(0)/
FLASH.CS1L(1)
M4
FLASH.CS2(0)/
FLASH.BAA(1)/
FLASH.CS2L(2)
M7
GPIO62(0)/
FLASH.CS0(1)
M8
FLASH.BE[1](0)/
FLASH.CS2UWE(1)/
GPIO60(7)
M14
GPIO2(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[4](5)/
RTDX.D[0] (7)
M15
GPIO7(0)/
MMC.DAT2(1)/
TCK(3)/
MCSI1.CLK(4)/
ETM.SYNC[1](5)/
RTDX.D[2](7)
M18
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART3.TX(1)/
PWT(2)/
UART2.TX(4)
TIMER.PWM0(5)/
GPIO50(7)
M19
CAM.RSTZ(0)/
ETM.PSTAT[0](1)/
UART2.RTS(2)/
MMC2.CLK(3)/
LOW_STATE§(6)/
GPIO37(7)
M20
GPIO15(0)/
KB.R[7](1)/
TIMER.PWM2(2)
N1
VSS
N2
FLASH.D[1]
N3
FLASH.CLK(0)/
FLASH.CS2UOE(1)
N4
FLASH.D[0]
N14
Z_STATE†(0)/
UWIRE.CS0(1)/
MCBSP3.CLKX(2)/
UART3.TX(4)/
SPIF.CS0(6)/
GPIO45(7)
N15
MPUIO2(0)/
EXT_DMA_REQ0(1)/
UWIRE.CS1(2)/
SPIF.CS1(6)
N21
GPIO14(0)/
KB.R[6](1)/
LCD.RED0(2)/
Z_STATE†(3)
N8
FLASH.CS3(0)/
GPIO3(7)
N18
GPIO12(0)/
MCBSP3.FSX(1)/
TIMER.EXTCLK(3)
N19
GPIO13(0)/
KB.R[5](1)/
LCD.BLUE0(2)/
Z_STATE†(3)
N20
GPIO11(0)/
HDQ(1)/
ETM.PSTAT[5](5)/
RTDX.D[3](7)
P2
FLASH.D[3]
P3
FLASH.CS2U(0)/
GPIO5(1)
P4
FLASH.D[4]
P7
FLASH.D[5]
P9
USB.DP(0)/
I2C.SDA(4)
UART1.RX(5)/
USB.PUEN(7)
P10
MCBSP2.DR(0)/
MCBSP2.DX(1)/
MCBSP2.DXZ(2)/
GPIO22(7)
P11
MMC.CMD/
GPIO55(7)
N7
FLASH.D[2]
P8
FLASH.D[11]
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
35
Introduction
Table 2−2. ZZG Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
P12
VSS
P18
GPIO3(0)/
MCBSP3.FSX(2)/
LED1(3)/
ETM.PSTAT[3](5)/
RTDX.D[1](7)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
P13
CLK32K_IN
P19
GPIO6(0)/
MCBSP3.FSX(2)/
TIMER.EVENT3(3)/
MCSI1.DIN(4)/
TMS(5)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
P14
MCSI1.CLK(0)/
MCBSP3.DX(1)/
USB1.VM(2)/
TDI(3)/
MCBSP3.CLKX(4)/
GPIO43(7)
P15
Z_STATE†(0)/
UWIRE.CS3(1)/
KB.C[6](2)/
SPIF.CS3(3)/
UART3.RX(4)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO44(7)
P20
GPIO4(0)/
SPI.CS2(1)/
MCBSP3.FSX(2)/
TIMER.EVENT4(3)/
SPIF.DIN(4)
R1
DVDD5
R3
FLASH.D[7]
R4
FLASH.D[8]
R8
USB.DM(0)/
I2C.SCL(4)/
UART1.TX(5)/
Z_STATE†(7)
R10
MCLKREQ(0)/
EXT_MASTER_REQ(1)/
UART2.RX(2)/
MMC2.DAT3(6)/
GPIO23(7)
R11
MMC.DAT0/
Z_STATE†(1)/
GPIO58(7)
R12
PWRON_RESET
R13
CLK32K_OUT(0)/
MPUIO0(4)/
USB1.SPEED(5)/
UART1.TX(6)/
GPIO36(7)
R14
UART1.CTS(0)/
UART1.IRSEL(2)/
GPIO38(7)
R18
GPIO0(0)/
USB.VBUS(2)/
SPIF.DOUT(3)/
MMC2.CLKIN(6)
R19
GPIO1(0)/
UART3.RTS(1)
R20
CVDD3
R21
VSS
T2
FLASH.D[9]
T3
FLASH.D[10]
T20
MPUIO5(0)/
LOW_PWR(1)/
UART3.RTS(3)/
UART1.DTR(4)
R2
FLASH.D[6]
R9
UART2.RX(0)/
USB2.VM(1)/
USB0.VM(5)/
GPIO18(7)
T4
FLASH.D[14]
T18
I2C.SCL
T19
MPUIO4(0)/
EXT_DMA_REQ1(1)/
LED2(2)/
UWIRE.CS2(3)/
SPIF.CS2(4)/
MCBSP3.DR(6)
U1
FLASH.D[12]
U2
VSS
U3
FLASH.D[13]
U4
FLASH.OE
U18
UWIRE.SDI(0)/
UART3.DSR(1)/
UART1.DSR(2)/
MCBSP3.DR(3)/
SPIF.DIN(6)/
GPIO47(7)
U19
MPUIO1(0)/
RTCK(1)/
SPIF.SCK(6)
U20
MPU_RST(0)/
MPUIO14(6)
U21
DVDD9
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
36
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−2. ZZG Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
V2
FLASH.RDY(0)/
GPIO10(1)
V3
FLASH.D[15]
V4
FLASH.WP
V5
MCLK(0)/
MMC2.DATDIR0(6)/
GPIO24(7)
V6
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART2.TX(1)/
USB2.TXD(2)/
USB0.TXD(5)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO17(7)
V7
MCBSP2.CLKR(0)/
GPIO11(1)
V8
MPUIO3(0)/
MMC2.DAT1(6)
V9
MCSI2.SYNC(0)/
GIOP7(1)/
USB2.SPEED(2)/
USB0.SPEED(5)/
MMC2.CMDDIR(6)
V10
MMC.DAT1(0)/
MPUIO10(1)/
MPUIO7(2)
V11
MMC.CLK(0)/
GPIO57(7)
V12
DVDDRTC
V13
OSC32K_IN
V14
UART1.RX(0)/
UART1.IRRX(2)/
GPIO37(7)
V15
MCSI1.DIN(0)/
USB1.RCV(1)/
EMU1(3)/
MCBSP3.DR(4)/
GPIO56(7)
V16
EMU0
V17
TMS
V19
UWIRE.SCLK(0)/
KB.C[7](1)/
MPUIO1(2)/
UART3.CTS(4)
V20
I2C.SDA(0)/
GPIO48(7)
W1
FLASH.RP(0)/
FLASH.CS2UWE(1)
W4
USB.PUEN(0)/
USB.CLKO(1)/
USB.PUDIS(3)/
Z_STATE†(4)/
LOW_POWER(6)/
GPIO58(7)
W5
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART2.RTS(1)/
USB2.SE0(2)/
MPUIO5(3)/
MPUIO12(4)/
USB0.SE0(5)/
LOW_STATE§(6)
W8
GPIO9(0)/
EMU0(3)/
MCSI1.SYNC(4)/
MMC2.DAT0
W9
MCSI2.DOUT(0)/
USB2.TXEN(1)/
USB0.TXEN(5)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO25(7)
W13
RTC_WAKE_INT(0)/
USB1.SE0(4)/
RST_HOST_OUT(5)/
GPIO55(7)
V18
W2
CONF¶
FLASH.WE
W6
MCBSP2.FSR(0)/
GPIO12(1)
W10
MMC.DAT2(0)/
Z_STATE†(1)/
MPUIO11(2)
W3
OSC1_OUT
W7
MCBSP2.FSX(0)/
GPIO21(7)
W11
MMC.DAT3(0)/
MPUIO9(1)/
MPUIO6(2)
W12
CVDDRTC
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
37
Introduction
Table 2−2. ZZG Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
W14
MCSI1.DOUT(0)/
USB1.TXD(1)/
TDO(3)/
MCBSP3.DX(4)/
GPIO18(7)/
MCBSP3.DOUT_HIZ
ZZG
BALL
NO.
W15
SIGNAL
BCLKREQ(0)/
UART3.CTS(1)/
MMC2.DAT2(6)/
GPIO40(7)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
W16
Z_STATE†(0)/
MCBSP3.CLKX(1)/
USB1.TXEN(2)/
MCSI1.DIN_OUT(3)/
MCSI1.DIN(4)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO42(7)
W17
EMU1
W20
VSS
W21
UWIRE.SDO(0)/
UART3.DTR(1)/
UART1.DTR(2)/
MCBSP3.DX(3)/
UART3.RTS(4)/
MCBSP3.DXZ(5)/
SPIF.DOUT(6)/
GPIO46(7)
Y3
VSS
Y4
UART2.BCLK(0)/
SYS_CLK_IN(6)
W18
TCK
W19
BFAIL/EXT_FIQ(0)/
UART3.CTS(1)/
UART1.DSR(2)/
MMC.DATDIR1(6)
Y1
FLASH.CS1U(0)/
GPIO16(7)
Y2
OSC1_IN
Y5
UART2.CTS(0)/
USB2.RCV(1)/
GPIO7(2)/
USB0.RCV(5)
Y6
MCBSP2.CLKX(0)/
GPIO20(7)
Y7
DVDD3
Y8
GPIO8(0)/
TRST(3)/
MCSI1.DOUT(4)/
MMC2.CMD
Y10
MCSI2.CLK(0)/
USB2.SUSP(1)/
USB0.SUSP(5)/
MMC2.CLK(6)/
GPIO27(7)
Y12
RTC_ON_NOFF(0)
Y13
VSS#
Y16
DVDD7
Y17
RTCK
Y20
CVDD
Y21
CVDDA
Y9
CVDD
Y14
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART1.TX(1)/
UART1.IRTX(2)
Y15
BCLK(0)/
UART3.RTS(1)/
CAM.OUTCLK(6)/
GPIO17(7)
Y18
TRST
Y19
TDI
AA1
VSS
AA7
VSS
AA2
DVDD2
AA3
CVDD1
AA5
MCBSP2.DX(0)/
MCBSP2.DR(1)/
MCBSP2.DXZ(2)/
GPIO19(7)
AA9
MCSI2.DIN(0)/
USB2.VP(1)/
USB0.VP(5)/
GPIO26(7)
AA11
DVDD6
AA13
OSC32K_OUT
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
“NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
‡
38
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−2. ZZG Package Terminal Assignments (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
AA15
LOW_STATE§(0)/
UART1.RTS(1)/
UART1.IRSHDN(2)/
Z_STATE†(6)/
GPIO39(7)
AA21
VSS
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL
AA17
MCSI1.SYNC(0)/
MCBSP3.DR(1)/
USB1.VP(2)/
MCBSP3.FSX(4)
AA19
TDO
AA20
RST_OUT(0)/
GPIO41(7)
†
Z_STATE = high-impedance
‡ “NC” denotes “No Connect”.
§ LOW_STATE = 0
¶ Signal must be tied low.
# For special consideration with respect to the connection of the V
SS pin (ZZG ball Y13), refer to Section 5.5.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
NOTES: 1. Shading denotes signals with multiplexed functions.
2. The number within parenthesis at the end of a signal name denotes the Pin Mux setting (see the MUX CTRL SETTING column
in Table 2−3 and Table 2−4).
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
39
Introduction
2.3
Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing
Table 2−3 describes terminal characteristics and the signals multiplexed on each ball for the ZDY/GDY
package. Table 2−4 describes terminal characteristics and the signals multiplexed on each ball for the ZZG
package. The table column headers are explained below:
•
BALL NO.: The package ball number.
•
SIGNAL NAME: The names of all the signals that are multiplexed on each ball.
•
TYPE: The signal direction.
•
MUX CTRL SETTING: Shows control of multiplexing modes.
•
PULLUP/PULLDN: Denotes the presence of an internal pullup or pulldown. Pullups and pulldowns can
be enabled or disabled via software.
•
BUFFER STRENGTH: Drive strength of the associated output buffer.
•
OTHER: Contains various terminal information, such as buffer type, boundary scan capability, and
gating/inhibit functionality.
•
RESET STATE: The state of the terminal at reset.
•
SUPPLY: The voltage supply which powers the terminal’s I/O buffers.
NOTE: Care must be taken to avoid assigning multiple balls to the same signal. Violations may
cause unexpected results.
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
E7
SDRAM.CS
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
A12
SDRAM.DQSH
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
A2
SDRAM.DQSL
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
D5
SDRAM.CAS
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
D4
SDRAM.RAS
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
40
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
C7
SDRAM.DQML
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
A8
SDRAM.DQMU
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
E6
SDRAM.WE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
D10 E8
E9 F8
F9 C6
A10
E10
C8 D9
C3 F7
A1 B2
SDRAM.A[13:0]
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
0
DVDD4
C4 C5
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
0
DVDD4
B10
C10
B11 B9
SDRAM.D[15:0]
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
A7
SDRAM.CLK
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
U
DVDD4
A6
SDRAM.CLKX
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
B13
SDRAM.CKE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
A11 B8
B12 C9
B7 A3
B6 B3
A5 A4
B5 B4
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
41
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
F10
A14
C12
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
LCD.AC
O
RegD[11:9] = 000
SYS_CLK_OUT
O
RegD[11:9] = 001
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[11:9] = 010
LCD.PCLK
O
RegD[17:15] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[17:15] = 001
LCD.P[15]
O
RegD[20:18] = 000
Z
RegD[20:18] = 001
SIGNAL NAME
Z_STATE
D12
GPIO2
I/O
RegD[20:18] = 111
LCD.P[14]
O
RegD[23:21] = 000
Z
RegD[23:21] = 001
Z_STATE
E11
GPIO35
I/O
RegD[23:21] = 111
LCD.P[13]
O
RegD[26:24] = 000
Z_STATE
A13
Z
RegD[26:24] = 001
GPIO34
I/O
RegD[26:24] = 111
LCD.P[12]
O
RegD[29:27] = 000
Z_STATE
B14
A15
F11
B15
Z
RegD[29:27] = 001
GPIO33
I/O
RegD[29:27] = 111
LCD.P[11]
O
RegE[2:0] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[2:0] = 001
GPIO32
I/O
RegE[2:0] = 111
LCD.P[10]
O
RegE[5:3] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[5:3] = 001
GPIO31
I/O
RegE[5:3] = 111
LCD.P[9]
O
RegE[8:6] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[8:6] = 001
GPIO30
I/O
RegE[8:6] = 111
LCD.VS
O
RegE[11:9] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[11:9] = 001
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
F, A, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
42
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
C13
SIGNAL NAME
LCD.P[8]
Z_STATE
D13
A16
C15
E12
D14
C16
B16
A17
D15
D16
E15
B17
C17
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
O
RegE[14:12] = 000
Z
RegE[14:12] = 001
GPIO29
I/O
RegE[14:12] = 111
LCD.P[7]
O
RegE[17:15] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[17:15] = 001
LCD.P[6]
O
RegE[20:18] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[20:18] = 001
LCD.P[5]
O
RegE[23:21] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[23:21] = 001
LCD.P[4]
O
RegE[26:24] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[26:24] = 001
LCD.P[3]
O
RegE[29:27] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[29:27] = 001
LCD.P[2]
O
RegF[2:0] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegF[2:0] = 001
LCD.P[1]
O
RegF[5:3] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegF[5:3] = 001
LCD.P[0]
O
RegF[8:6] = 000
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
Z_STATE
Z
RegF[8:6] = 001
LCD.HS
O
RegD[14:12] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[14:12] = 001
KB.C[4]
O
Reg3[5:3] = 000
PU20,
GPIO27
I/O
Reg3[5:3] = 111
PD20
KB.C[3]
O
Reg3[8:6] = 000
PU20,
GPIO63
I/O
Reg3[8:6] = 110
PD20
KB.C[2]
O
Reg3[11:9] = 000
PU20,
GPIO61
I/O
Reg3[11:9] = 111
PD20
KB.C[1]
O
Reg3[14:12] = 000
PU20,
MPUIO6
I/O
Reg3[14:12] = 001
PD20
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
43
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
F14
F13
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
KB.C[0]
O
Reg3[17:15] = 000
MPUIO0
I/O
Reg3[17:15] = 001
PU20,
PD20
KB.R[4]
I
Reg3[20:18] = 000
I/O
Reg3[20:18] = 001
I
Reg3[23:21] = 000
I/O
SIGNAL NAME
MPUIO15
D17
KB.R[3]
MPUIO13
E16
F15
F17
G13
F16
G15
G14
G17
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
Reg3[23:21] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
I
Reg3[26:24] = 000
PU100,
I/O
Reg3[26:24] = 001
PD20
KB.R[1]
I
Reg3[29:27] = 000
PU100,
MPUIO9
I/O
Reg3[29:27] = 001
PD20
KB.R[0]
I
Reg4[2:0] = 000
PU100,
Z
DVDD1
I/O
Reg4[2:0] = 001
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
MPUIO8
KB.C[5]
O
Reg3[2:0] = 000
DVDD1
Reg3[2:0] = 111
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
0
I/O
PU20,
PD20
A, F
GPIO28
I
Reg4[8:6] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
−
DVDD1
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD1
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD1
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD1
KB.R[2]
MPUIO10
E17
OTHER¶
MCBSP1.CLKS
GPIO62
I/O
Reg4[8:6] = 111
MCBSP1.CLKX
I/O
Reg4[11:9] = 000
GPIO54
I/O
Reg4[11:9] = 111
MCBSP1.FSX
I/O
Reg4[14:12] = 000
MCBSP1.DX
O
Reg4[14:12] = 001
MCBSP1.DXZ
O/Z
Reg4[14:12] = 010
GPIO53
I/O
Reg4[14:12] = 111
MCBSP1.DX
O
Reg4[17:15] = 000
MCBSP1.ESX
I/O
Reg4[17:15] = 001
MCBSP1.DXZ
O/Z
Reg4[17:15] = 010
GPIO52
I/O
Reg4[17:15] = 111
I
Reg4[20:18] = 000
I/O
Reg4[20:18] = 111
MCBSP1.DR
GPIO51
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
44
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
H12
G16
H14
H16
H15
H17
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
CAM.EXCLK
O
Reg4[23:21] = 000
PU20,
ETM.SYNC[0]
O
Reg4[23:21] = 001
PD20
UWIRE.SDO
O
Reg4[23:21] = 010
LOW_STATE
O
Reg4[23:21] = 110
GPIO57
I/O
Reg4[23:21] = 111
CAM.LCLK
I
Reg4[26:24] = 000
PU20,
ETM.CLK
O
Reg4[26:24] = 001
PD20
UWIRE.SCLK
O
Reg4[26:24] = 010
GPIO39
I/O
Reg4[26:24] = 111
MPU_BOOT
I
Reg8[29:27] = 000
USB1.SUSP
O
Reg8[29:27] = 010
CAM.D[7]
I
Reg4[29:27] = 000
PU20,
ETM.D[7]
O
Reg4[29:27] = 001
UWIRE.CS0
O
Reg4[29:27] = 010
MMC2.DAT2
I/O
Reg4[29:27] = 011
GPIO35
I/O
Reg4[29:27] = 111
CAM.D[6]
I
Reg5[2:0] = 000
ETM.D[6]
O
Reg5[2:0] = 001
UWIRE.CS3
O
Reg5[2:0] = 010
MMC2.CMD
I/O
Reg5[2:0] = 011
GPIO34
SIGNAL NAME
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD8
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
−
DVDD8
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PD20
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
I/O
Reg5[2:0] = 111
CAM.D[5]
I
Reg5[5:3] = 000
ETM.D[5]
O
Reg5[5:3] = 001
UWIRE.SDI
I
Reg5[5:3] = 010
I/O
Reg5[5:3] = 111
I
Reg5[8:6] = 000
PU20,
PD20
GPIO33
J11
OTHER¶
CAM.D[4]
ETM.D[4]
O
Reg5[8:6] = 001
UART3.TX
O
Reg5[8:6] = 010
GPIO32
I/O
Reg5[8:6] = 111
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
45
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
H13
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
CAM.D[3]
I
Reg5[11:9] = 000
ETM.D[3]
O
Reg5[11:9] = 001
PU20,
PD20
UART3.RX
I
Reg5[11:9] = 010
SIGNAL NAME
GPIO31
J14
I/O
Reg5[11:9] = 111
CAM.D[2]
I
Reg5[14:12] = 000
ETM.D[2]
O
Reg5[14:12] = 001
I
Reg5[14:12] = 010
UART3.CTS
GPIO30
J16
J17
J13
J12
I/O
Reg5[14:12] = 111
CAM.D[1]
I
Reg5[17:15] = 000
ETM.D[1]
O
Reg5[17:15] = 001
UART3.RTS
O
Reg5[17:15] = 010
GPIO29
I/O
Reg5[17:15] = 111
CAM.D[0]
I
Reg5[20:18] = 000
ETM.D[0]
O
Reg5[20:18] = 001
MPUIO12
I/O
Reg5[20:18] = 010
MMC2.DAT3
I/O
Reg5[20:18] = 011
I
Reg5[23:21] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[2]
O
Reg5[23:21] = 001
MPUIO14
I/O
Reg5[23:21] = 010
MMC2.DAT1
I/O
Reg5[23:21] = 011
CAM.HS
I
Reg5[26:24] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[1]
O
Reg5[26:24] = 001
UART2.CTS
I
Reg5[26:24] = 010
MMC2.DAT0
I/O
Reg5[26:24] = 011
GPIO38
I/O
Reg5[26:24] = 111
CAM.VS
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
46
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
K12
K17
K15
K16
K14
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
CAM.RSTZ
O
Reg5[29:27] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[0]
O
Reg5[29:27] = 001
PU20,
PD20
UART2.RTS
O
Reg5[29:27] = 010
MMC2.CLK
O
Reg5[29:27] = 011
LOW_STATE
O
Reg5[29:27] = 110
GPIO37
I/O
Reg5[29:27] = 111
LOW_STATE
O
Reg6[2:0] = 000
UART3.TX
O
Reg6[2:0] = 001
PWT
O
Reg6[2:0] = 010
UART2.TX
O
Reg6[2:0] = 100
TIMER.PWM0
O
Reg6[2:0] = 101
GPIO50
I/O
Reg6[2:0] = 111
UART3.RX
I
Reg6[5:3] = 000
PWL
O
Reg6[5:3] = 001
SIGNAL NAME
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
−
DVDD9
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
UART2.RX
I
Reg6[5:3] = 011
TIMER.PWM1
O
Reg6[5:3] = 100
GPIO49
I/O
Reg6[5:3] = 111
GPIO15
I/O
Reg6[8:6] = 000
PU100,
KB.R[7]
I
Reg6[8:6] = 001
PD20
TIMER.PWM2
O
Reg6[8:6] = 010
GPIO14
I/O
Reg6[11:9] = 000
PU100,
LZ
DVDD9
I
Reg6[11:9] = 001
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
KB.R[6]
LCD.RED0
O
Reg6[11:9] = 010
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
Z_STATE
L17
OTHER¶
Z
Reg6[11:9] = 011
GPIO13
I/O
Reg6[14:12] = 000
KB.R[5]
I
Reg6[14:12] = 001
LCD.BLUE0
O
Reg6[14:12] = 010
Z_STATE
Z
Reg6[14:12] = 011
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
47
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
L16
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
GPIO12
I/O
Reg6[17:15] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg6[17:15] = 001
PU20,
PD20
I
Reg6[17:15] = 011
GPIO11
I/O
Reg6[20:18] = 000
HDQ
I/O
Reg6[20:18] = 001
ETM.PSTAT[5]
O
Reg6[20:18] = 101
RTDX.D[3]
I/O
Reg6[20:18] = 111
GPIO7
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 000
MMC.DAT2
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 001
SIGNAL NAME
TIMER.EXTCLK
K13
L15
TCK
L14
M17
L13
M16
I
Reg6[23:21] = 011
MCSI1.CLK
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 100
ETM.SYNC[1]
O
Reg6[23:21] = 101
RTDX.D[2]
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 111
GPIO6
I/O
Reg6[26:24] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg6[26:24] = 010
TIMER.EVENT3
I
Reg6[26:24] = 011
MCSI1.DIN
I
Reg6[26:24] = 100
TMS
I
Reg6[26:24] = 101
GPIO4
I/O
Reg6[29:27] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg6[29:27] = 010
TIMER.EVENT4
I
Reg6[29:27] = 011
SPIF.DIN
I
Reg6[29:27] = 100
GPIO3
I/O
Reg7[2:0] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg7[2:0] = 010
LED1
O
Reg7[2:0] = 011
ETM.PSTAT[3]
O
Reg7[2:0] = 101
GPIO2
I/O
Reg7[5:3] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[4]
O
Reg7[5:3] = 101
RTDX.D[0]
I/O
Reg7[5:3] = 111
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
48
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
M15
N17
N16
M14
L12
N14
N15
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
GPIO1
I/O
Reg7[8:6] = 000
UART3.RTS
O
Reg7[8:6] = 001
PU100,
PD20
GPIO0
SIGNAL NAME
I/O
Reg7[11:9] = 000
USB.VBUS
I
Reg7[11:9] = 010
SPIF.DOUT
O
Reg7[11:9] = 011
MMC2.CLKIN
I
Reg7[11:9] = 110
MPUIO5
I/O
Reg7[14:12] = 000
LOW_PWR
O
Reg7[14:12] = 001
UART3.RTS
O
Reg7[14:12] = 011
UART1.DTR
O
Reg7[14:12] = 100
MPUIO4
I/O
Reg7[17:15] = 000
EXT_DMA_REQ1 ||
I
Reg7[17:15] = 001
LED2
O
Reg7[17:15] = 010
UWIRE.CS2
O
Reg7[17:15] = 011
SPIF.CS2
O
Reg7[17:15] = 100
MCBSP3.DR
I
Reg7[17:15] = 110
MPUIO2
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD9
3 mA (Hv)
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
−
DVDD9
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
I/O
Reg7[20:18] = 000
EXT_DMA_REQ0 k
I
Reg7[20:18] = 001
UWIRE.CS1
O
Reg7[20:18] = 010
SPIF.CS1
O
Reg7[20:18] = 110
MPU_RST
I
Reg9[8:6] = 000
MPUIO14
I/O
Reg9[8:6] = 110
MPUIO1
I/O
Reg7[23:21] = 000
PU100,
RTCK
I/O
Reg7[23:21] = 001
PD20
SPIF.SCK
I/O
Reg7[23:21] = 110
P16
I2C.SCL
I/O/Z
Reg7[26:24] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
D
Z
DVDD9
M11
I2C.SDA
I/O/Z
Reg7[29:27] = 000
Z
DVDD9
I
Reg7[29:27] = 111
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
D
GPIO48
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
49
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
P14
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
UWIRE.SDI
I
Reg8[2:0] = 000
UART3.DSR
O
Reg8[2:0] = 001
PU20,
PD20
UART1.DSR
I
Reg8[2:0] = 010
SIGNAL NAME
MCBSP3.DR
R15
P15
R17
I
Reg8[2:0] = 011
SPIF.DIN
I/O
Reg8[2:0] = 110
GPIO47
I/O
Reg8[2:0] = 111
UWIRE.SDO
O
Reg8[5:3] = 000
UART3.DTR
O
Reg8[5:3] = 001
UART1.DTR
O
Reg8[5:3] = 010
MCBSP3.DX
O
Reg8[5:3] = 011
UART3.RTS
O
Reg8[5:3] = 100
MCBSP3.DXZ
O/Z
Reg8[5:3] = 101
SPIF.DOUT
I/O
Reg8[5:3] = 110
GPIO46
I/O
Reg8[5:3] = 111
UWIRE.SCLK
O
Reg8[8:6] = 000
KB.C[7]
O
Reg8[8:6] = 001
MPUIO1
I/O
Reg8[8:6] = 010
UART3.CTS
I
Reg8[8:6] = 100
Z_STATE
Z
Reg8[11:9] = 000
UWIRE.CS0
O
Reg8[11:9] = 001
MCBSP3.CLKX
I/O
Reg8[11:9] = 010
UART3.TX
O
Reg8[11:9] = 100
SPIF.CS0
I/O
Reg8[11:9] = 110
GPIO45
I/O
Reg8[11:9] = 111
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
50
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
R16
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
Z_STATE
Z
Reg8[14:12] = 000
UWIRE.CS3
O
Reg8[14:12] = 001
PU20,
PD20
KB.C[6]
O
Reg8[14:12] = 010
SPIF.CS3
O
Reg8[14:12] = 011
UART3.RX
I
Reg8[14:12] = 100
Z_STATE
Z
Reg8[14:12] = 110
SIGNAL NAME
GPIO44
T17
N12
I/O
Reg8[14:12] = 111
BFAIL/EXT_FIQ
I
Reg8[17:15] = 000
UART3.CTS
I
Reg8[17:15] = 001
UART1.DSR
I
Reg8[17:15] = 010
MMC2.DATDIR1
O
Reg8[17:15] = 110
RST_OUT
O
Reg9[11:9] = 000
GPIO41
I/O
Reg9[11:9] = 111
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD9
R14
CONF
I
NA
PU20,
PD20
A
LZ
DVDD9
U17
TDI
I
NA
PD100,
PU20
A
LZ
DVDD9
T15
TDO
O
0
Z
DVDD9
M10
TMS
I
NA
PD100,
PU20
A
LZ
DVDD9
P13
TCK
I
NA
PD100,
PU20
A
LZ
DVDD9
R13
TRST
I
NA
PU20,
PD20
A
−
DVDD9
U16
EMU0
I/O
NA
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
Input
DVDD9
N11
EMU1
I/O
NA
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
Input
DVDD9
T14
RTCK
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
−
DVDD9
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
51
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
N10
U15
U14
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
MCSI1.SYNC
I/O
RegA[5:3] = 000
MCBSP3.DR
I
RegA[5:3] = 001
PU20,
PD20
USB1.VP
I
RegA[5:3] = 010
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
RegA[5:3] = 100
MCSI1.CLK
I/O
RegA[8:6] = 000
MCBSP3.DX
O
RegA[8:6] = 001
USB1.VM
I
RegA[8:6] = 010
TDI
I
RegA[8:6] = 011
MCBSP3.CLKX
I/O
RegA[8:6] = 100
GPIO43
I/O
RegA[8:6] = 111
Z
Reg9[5:3] = 000
MCBSP3.CLKX
I/O
Reg9[5:3] = 001
USB1.TXEN
O
Reg9[5:3] = 010
MCSI1.DIN_OUT
O
Reg9[5:3] = 011
MCSI1.DIN
I
Reg9[5:3] = 100
Z_STATE
Z
Reg9[5:3] = 110
I/O
Reg9[5:3] = 111
MCSI1.DIN
I
RegA[11:9] = 000
USB1.RCV
I
RegA[11:9] = 001
I/O
RegA[11:9] = 011
I
RegA[11:9] = 100
SIGNAL NAME
Z_STATE
GPIO42
P12
EMU1
MCBSP3.DR
GPIO56
R12
I/O
RegA[11:9] = 111
I
Reg9[29:27] = 000
UART3.CTS
I
Reg9[29:27] = 001
MMC2.DAT2
I/O
Reg9[29:27] = 110
GPIO40
I/O
Reg9[29:27] = 111
BCLKREQ
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD7
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
52
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
L10
R11
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
BCLK
O
RegA[2:0] = 000
UART3.RTS
O
RegA[2:0] = 001
PU20,
PD20
CAM.OUTCLK
O
RegA[2:0] = 110
GPIO17
I/O
RegA[2:0] = 111
LOW_STATE
O
Reg9[14:12] = 000
UART1.RTS
O
Reg9[14:12] = 001
UART1.IRSHDN
O
Reg9[14:12] = 010
Z_STATE
Z
Reg9[14:12] = 110
I/O
Reg9[14:12] = 111
I
Reg9[17:15] = 000
UART1.IRSEL
O
Reg9[17:15] = 010
GPIO38
I/O
Reg9[17:15] = 111
UART1.RX
I
Reg9[20:18] = 000
UART1.IRRX
I
Reg9[20:18] = 010
SIGNAL NAME
GPIO39
M9
U13
T12
P11
U12
U11
UART1.CTS
GPIO37
I/O
Reg9[20:18] = 111
LOW_STATE
O
Reg9[23:21] = 000
UART1.TX
O
Reg9[23:21] = 001
UART1.IRTX
O
Reg9[23:21] = 010
MCSI1.DOUT
O
Reg9[26:24] = 000
USB1.TXD
O
Reg9[26:24] = 001
TDO
O
Reg9[26:24] = 011
MCBSP3.DX
O
Reg9[26:24] = 100
GPIO18
I/O
Reg9[26:24] = 111
CLK32K_OUT
O
RegA[14:12] = 000
MPUIO0
I/O
RegA[14:12] = 100
USB1.SPEED
O
RegA[14:12] = 101
UART1.TX
O
RegA[14:12] = 110
GPIO36
I/O
RegA[14:12] = 111
−
NA
OSC32K_IN
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD7
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B, F,
G1
0
DVDD7
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B, F,
G1, H3
0
DVDD7
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
U
DVDDRTC
E
NA
NA
PU20,
PD20
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
53
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
U10
OSC32K_OUT
−
NA
N9
RTC_WAKE_INT
O
Reg9[2:0] = 000
USB1.SE0
O
Reg9[2:0] = 100
RST_HOST_OUT
O
Reg9[2:0] = 101
GPIO55
I/O
Reg9[2:0] = 111
P10
RTC_ON_NOFF
I
Reg8[20:18] = 000
T11
CLK32K_IN
I
RegA[17:15] = 000
N8
PWRON_RESET
I
NA
P9
MMC.DAT3
I/O
Reg10[17:15] = 000
MPUIO9
I/O
Reg10[17:15] = 001
MPUIO6
I/O
Reg10[17:15] = 010
MMC.CLK
O
RegA[23:21] = 000
GPIO57
I/O
RegA[23:21] = 111
MMC.DAT0
I/O
RegB[2:0] = 000
Z
RegB[2:0] = 001
M8
R8
Z_STATE
T9
U9
N7
P8
GPIO58
I/O
RegB[2:0] = 111
MMC.DAT2
I/O
RegA[20:18] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegA[20:18] = 001
MPUIO11
I/O
RegA[20:18] = 010
MMC.DAT1
I/O
RegA[26:24] = 000
MPUIO10
I/O
RegA[26:24] = 001
MPUIO7
I/O
RegA[26:24] = 010
MMC.CMD
I/O
RegA[29:27] = 000
GPIO55
I/O
RegA[29:27] = 111
MCSI2.CLK
I/O
RegB[5:3] = 000
USB2.SUSP
O
RegB[5:3] = 001
USB0.SUSP
O
RegB[5:3] = 101
MMC2.CLK
O
RegB[5:3] = 110
GPIO27
I/O
RegB[5:3] = 111
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
E
NA
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B
0
DVDDRTC
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B, G1
Z
DVDDRTC
A
Input
DVDDRTC
A
Input
DVDDRTC
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD6
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
54
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
R7
T8
U8
T7
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
MCSI2.DIN
I
RegB[8:6] = 000
USB2.VP
I
RegB[8:6] = 001
PU20,
PD20
USB0.VP
I
RegB[8:6] = 101
SIGNAL NAME
GPIO26
I/O
RegB[8:6] = 111
MCSI2.DOUT
O
RegB[11:9] = 000
USB2.TXEN
O
RegB[11:9] = 001
USB0.TXEN
O
RegB[11:9] = 101
Z_STATE
Z
RegB[11:9] = 110
GPIO25
I/O
RegB[11:9] = 111
MCSI2.SYNC
I/O
RegB[14:12] = 000
GPIO7
I/O
RegB[14:12] = 001
USB2.SPEED
O
RegB[14:12] = 010
USB0.SPEED
O
RegB[14:12] = 110
MMC2.CMDDIR
O
RegB[14:12] = 111
MCLKREQ
I
RegB[20:18] = 000
EXT_MASTER_REQ
O
RegB[20:18] = 001
UART2.RX
U7
P7
R6
I
RegB[20:18] = 010
MMC2.DAT3
I/O
RegB[20:18] = 110
GPIO23
I/O
RegB[20:18] = 111
GPIO9
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 000
EMU0
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 011
MCSI1.SYNC
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 100
MMC2.DAT0
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 110
GPIO8
I/O
RegB[26:24] = 000
TRST
I
RegB[26:24] = 011
MCSI1.DOUT
O
RegB[26:24] = 100
MMC2.CMD
I/O
RegB[26:24] = 110
MPUIO3
I/O
RegB[29:27] = 000
MMC2.DAT1
I/O
RegB[29:27] = 110
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G3
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G3
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD3
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
55
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
L8
SIGNAL NAME
MCBSP2.DR
MCBSP2.DX
N6
U6
U5
R5
T5
U4
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
I
RegC[2:0] = 000
PU20,
PD20
O
RegC[2:0] = 001
MCBSP2.DXZ
O/Z
RegC[2:0] = 010
GPIO22
I/O
RegC[2:0] = 111
MCBSP2.FSX
I/O
RegC[5:3] = 000
GPIO21
I/O
RegC[5:3] = 111
MCBSP2.CLKR
I/O
RegC[8:6] = 000
GPIO11
I/O
RegC[8:6] = 001
MCBSP2.CLKX
I/O
RegC[11:9] = 000
GPIO20
I/O
RegC[11:9] = 111
MCBSP2.FSR
I/O
RegC[14:12] = 000
GPIO12
I/O
RegC[14:12] = 001
MCBSP2.DX
O
RegC[17:15] = 000
MCBSP2.DR
I
RegC[17:15] = 001
MCBSP2.DXZ
O/Z
RegC[17:15] = 010
GPIO19
I/O
RegC[17:15] = 111
UART2.RX
I
RegC[20:18] = 000
USB2.VM
I
RegC[20:18] = 001
USB0.VM
I
RegC[20:18] = 101
I/O
RegC[20:18] = 111
UART2.CTS
I
RegC[23:21] = 000
USB2.RCV
I
RegC[23:21] = 001
I/O
RegC[23:21] = 010
I
RegC[23:21] = 101
GPIO18
P6
TYPE†
GPIO7
USB0.RCV
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
56
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
T4
R4
P5
U3
P4
T2
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
LOW_STATE
O
UART2.RTS
USB2.SE0
MPUIO5
I/O
RegC[26:24] = 011
MPUIO12
I/O
RegC[26:24] = 100
USB0.SE0
O
RegC[26:24] = 101
LOW_STATE
O
RegC[26:24] = 110
LOW_STATE
O
RegC[29:27] = 000
UART2.TX
O
RegC[29:27] = 001
USB2.TXD
O
RegC[29:27] = 010
USB0.TXD
O
RegC[29:27] = 101
Z_STATE
Z
RegC[29:27] = 110
GPIO17
I/O
RegC[29:27] = 111
UART2.BCLK
O
RegD[2:0] = 000
SIGNAL NAME
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
RegC[26:24] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
O
RegC[26:24] = 001
3 mA (Hv)
O
RegC[26:24] = 010
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
1
DVDD2
18.3 mA
(in USB mode)
C
Z
DVDD2
SYS_CLK_IN
I
RegD[2:0] = 110
MCLK
O
RegB[17:15] = 000
MMC2.DATDIR0
O
RegB[17:15] = 110
GPIO24
I/O
RegB[17:15] = 111
USB.PUEN
O
RegD[5:3] = 000
USB.CLKO
O
RegD[5:3] = 001
USB.PUDIS
O
RegD[5:3] = 011
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[5:3] = 100
LOW_POWER
O
RegD[5:3] = 110
GPIO58
I/O
RegD[5:3] = 111
USB.DP
I/O
USBTCTL[6:4] = 000
I2C.SDA
I/O/Z
USBTCTL[6:4] = 100
UART1.RX
I
USBTCTL[6:4] = 101
USB.PUEN
O
USBTCTL[6:4] = 111
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
PU20,
PD20
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
57
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
U1
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
USB.DM
I/O
I2C.SCL
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
I/O/Z
USBTCTL[6:4] = 100
UART1.TX
O
USBTCTL[6:4] = 101
Z_STATE
Z
USBTCTL[6:4] = 111
R2
OSC1_IN
I
NA
P2
OSC1_OUT
O
NA
T1
FLASH.CS1U
O
RegF[14:12] = 000
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
18.3 mA
(in USB mode)
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
C
Z
DVDD2
E
NA
NA
E
NA
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
1
DVDD5
GPIO16
I/O
RegF[14:12] = 111
R3
FLASH.WP
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
0
DVDD5
P3
FLASH.WE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
N3
FLASH.RP
O
RegF[23:21] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
0
DVDD5
FLASH.CS2UWE
O
RegF[23:21] = 001
M5
FLASH.OE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
F3 J4
FLASH.A[25:17]
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
G5
FLASH.A[16]
O
Reg11[5:3] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
G2
FLASH.A[15]
O
Reg11[8:6] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
G4
FLASH.A[14]
O
Reg11[11:9] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
G3
FLASH.A[13]
O
Reg11[14:12] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
F5
FLASH.A[12]
O
Reg11[17:15] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
J2 H2
H5 F4
H4 H3
G6
PU20,
PD20
PU20,
PD20
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
58
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
F1
FLASH.A[11]
O
Reg11[20:18] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
F2
FLASH.A[10]
O
Reg11[23:21] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
E1
FLASH.A[9]
O
Reg11[26:24] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
D1
FLASH.A[8]
O
Reg12[5:3] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
E2
FLASH.A[7]
O
Reg12[8:6] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
C1
FLASH.A[6]
O
Reg12[11:9] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
D2
FLASH.A[5]
O
Reg12[14:12] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
E3
FLASH.A[4]
O
Reg12[17:15] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
E4
FLASH.A[3]
O
Reg12[20:18] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
C2
FLASH.A[2]
O
Reg12[23:21] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
D3
FLASH.A[1]
O
Reg12[26:24] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
N4 R1
FLASH.D[15:0]
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD5
P1 K7
PU20,
PD20
M3 M4
N2 L5
N1 K6
L4 M2
J7 L2
M1 L1
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
59
Introduction
Table 2−3. ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL
NO.
K1
L6
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
FLASH.CLK
O
Reg10[23:21] = 000
FLASH.CS2UOE
O
Reg10[23:21] = 001
FLASH.RDY
I
RegF[29:27] = 000
SIGNAL NAME
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
PU100,
PD20
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K, G1
0
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Input
DVDD5
GPIO10
I/O
RegF[29:27] = 001
H6
FLASH.ADV
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
J8
FLASH.CS2
O
RegD[8:6] = 000
1
DVDD5
O
RegD[8:6] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
FLASH.BAA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Input
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
1
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
1
DVDD5
J5
J3
K3
J1
K2
J6
FLASH.CS2L
O
RegD[8:6] = 010
GPIO62
I/O
Reg10[2:0] = 000
FLASH.CS0
O
Reg10[2:0] = 001
FLASH.CS1
O
Reg10[29:27] = 000
FLASH.CS1L
O
Reg10[29:27] = 001
FLASH.CS2U
O
Reg10[20:18] = 000
GPIO5
I/O
Reg10[20:18] = 001
FLASH.BE[0]
O
Reg10[8:6] = 000
FLASH.CS2UOE
O
Reg10[8:6] = 001
GPIO59
I/O
Reg10[8:6] = 111
FLASH.BE[1]
O
Reg10[5:3] = 000
FLASH.CS2UWE
O
Reg10[5:3] = 001
GPIO60
I/O
Reg10[5:3] = 111
FLASH.CS3
O
Reg10[26:24] = 000
GPIO3
I/O
Reg10[26:24] = 111
PU100
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
60
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
G8
SDRAM.CS
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
C14
SDRAM.DQSH
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
D4
SDRAM.DQSL
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
B4
SDRAM.CAS
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
H7
SDRAM.RAS
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
C8
SDRAM.DQML
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
D10
SDRAM.DQMU
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
H8
SDRAM.WE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
H11 H9
H10 B8
B12 G9
G11
G12
B9 G10
A1 B6
B2 A2
SDRAM.A[13:0]
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
0
DVDD4
C3 B3
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
0
DVDD4
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
61
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
C12
D12
D13
C11
C13
D11
D14
C10
D8 C4
C7 D5
D7 C5
C6 D6
SDRAM.D[15:0]
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
C9
SDRAM.CLK
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
U
DVDD4
D9
SDRAM.CLKX
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD4
H12
SDRAM.CKE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD4
B15
LCD.AC
O
RegD[11:9] = 000
0
DVDD1
O
RegD[11:9] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
SYS_CLK_OUT
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
F, A, G1
0
DVDD1
C15
D15
C16
A17
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[11:9] = 010
LCD.PCLK
O
RegD[17:15] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[17:15] = 001
LCD.P[15]
O
RegD[20:18] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[20:18] = 001
GPIO2
I/O
RegD[20:18] = 111
LCD.P[14]
O
RegD[23:21] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[23:21] = 001
GPIO35
I/O
RegD[23:21] = 111
LCD.P[13]
O
RegD[26:24] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[26:24] = 001
I/O
RegD[26:24] = 111
GPIO34
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
62
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
G13
B17
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
LCD.P[12]
O
RegD[29:27] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[29:27] = 001
GPIO33
I/O
RegD[29:27] = 111
LCD.P[11]
O
RegE[2:0] = 000
Z
RegE[2:0] = 001
SIGNAL NAME
Z_STATE
C17
GPIO32
I/O
RegE[2:0] = 111
LCD.P[10]
O
RegE[5:3] = 000
Z
RegE[5:3] = 001
Z_STATE
D16
GPIO31
I/O
RegE[5:3] = 111
LCD.P[9]
O
RegE[8:6] = 000
Z
RegE[8:6] = 001
Z_STATE
B18
D17
C18
B19
A20
H13
G14
C19
GPIO30
I/O
RegE[8:6] = 111
LCD.VS
O
RegE[11:9] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[11:9] = 001
LCD.P[8]
O
RegE[14:12] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[14:12] = 001
GPIO29
I/O
RegE[14:12] = 111
LCD.P[7]
O
RegE[17:15] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[17:15] = 001
LCD.P[6]
O
RegE[20:18] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[20:18] = 001
LCD.P[5]
O
RegE[23:21] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[23:21] = 001
LCD.P[4]
O
RegE[26:24] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[26:24] = 001
LCD.P[3]
O
RegE[29:27] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegE[29:27] = 001
LCD.P[2]
O
RegF[2:0] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegF[2:0] = 001
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
D = I2C input/output buffers
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
63
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
B21
D18
C20
C21
E18
D19
D20
F18
E19
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
LCD.P[1]
O
RegF[5:3] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegF[5:3] = 001
LCD.P[0]
O
RegF[8:6] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegF[8:6] = 001
LCD.HS
O
RegD[14:12] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[14:12] = 001
KB.C[4]
O
Reg3[5:3] = 000
PU20,
GPIO27
I/O
Reg3[5:3] = 111
PD20
KB.C[3]
O
Reg3[8:6] = 000
PU20,
GPIO63
I/O
Reg3[8:6] = 110
PD20
KB.C[2]
O
Reg3[11:9] = 000
PU20,
GPIO61
I/O
Reg3[11:9] = 111
PD20
KB.C[1]
O
Reg3[14:12] = 000
PU20,
SIGNAL NAME
G18
G19
G20
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD1
I/O
Reg3[14:12] = 001
KB.C[0]
O
Reg3[17:15] = 000
DVDD1
Reg3[17:15] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
0
I/O
PU20,
PD20
A, F
MPUIO0
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
KB.R[4]
KB.R[3]
I
Reg3[20:18] = 000
I/O
Reg3[20:18] = 001
I
Reg3[23:21] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
Z
DVDD1
Reg3[23:21] = 001
PU100,
PD20
A, F
I/O
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
I
Reg3[26:24] = 000
PU100,
I/O
Reg3[26:24] = 001
PD20
KB.R[1]
I
Reg3[29:27] = 000
PU100,
MPUIO9
I/O
Reg3[29:27] = 001
PD20
KB.R[0]
I
Reg4[2:0] = 000
PU100,
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD1
KB.R[2]
MPUIO10
F19
RESET
STATE#
MPUIO6
MPUIO13
H14
OTHER¶
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
PD20
MPUIO15
E20
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
MPUIO8
I/O
Reg4[2:0] = 001
PD20
KB.C[5]
O
Reg3[2:0] = 000
DVDD1
Reg3[2:0] = 111
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
0
I/O
PU20,
PD20
A, F
GPIO28
I
Reg4[8:6] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
−
DVDD1
Reg4[8:6] = 111
PU20,
PD20
A, F
I/O
MCBSP1.CLKS
GPIO62
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
64
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
G21
H15
H18
H20
H19
J15
J20
J18
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD1
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD1
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD1
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD8
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
−
DVDD8
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
MCBSP1.CLKX
I/O
Reg4[11:9] = 000
GPIO54
I/O
Reg4[11:9] = 111
PU20,
PD20
MCBSP1.FSX
I/O
Reg4[14:12] = 000
MCBSP1.DX
O
Reg4[14:12] = 001
MCBSP1.DXZ
O/Z
Reg4[14:12] = 010
GPIO53
I/O
Reg4[14:12] = 111
MCBSP1.DX
O
Reg4[17:15] = 000
MCBSP1.ESX
I/O
Reg4[17:15] = 001
MCBSP1.DXZ
O/Z
Reg4[17:15] = 010
GPIO52
I/O
Reg4[17:15] = 111
I
Reg4[20:18] = 000
SIGNAL NAME
GPIO51
I/O
Reg4[20:18] = 111
PU20,
PD20
CAM.EXCLK
O
Reg4[23:21] = 000
PU20,
PD20
MCBSP1.DR
ETM.SYNC[0]
O
Reg4[23:21] = 001
UWIRE.SDO
O
Reg4[23:21] = 010
LOW_STATE
O
Reg4[23:21] = 110
GPIO57
I/O
Reg4[23:21] = 111
CAM.LCLK
I
Reg4[26:24] = 000
PU20,
ETM.CLK
O
Reg4[26:24] = 001
PD20
UWIRE.SCLK
O
Reg4[26:24] = 010
GPIO39
I/O
Reg4[26:24] = 111
MPU_BOOT
I
Reg8[29:27] = 000
USB1.SUSP
O
Reg8[29:27] = 010
CAM.D[7]
I
Reg4[29:27] = 000
PU20,
PD20
ETM.D[7]
O
Reg4[29:27] = 001
UWIRE.CS0
O
Reg4[29:27] = 010
MMC2.DAT2
I/O
Reg4[29:27] = 011
GPIO35
I/O
Reg4[29:27] = 111
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
65
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
J19
J14
L19
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
A, F
Z
DVDD8
CAM.D[6]
I
Reg5[2:0] = 000
ETM.D[6]
O
Reg5[2:0] = 001
PU20,
PD20
UWIRE.CS3
O
Reg5[2:0] = 010
MMC2.CMD
I/O
Reg5[2:0] = 011
GPIO34
I/O
Reg5[2:0] = 111
CAM.D[5]
I
Reg5[5:3] = 000
ETM.D[5]
O
Reg5[5:3] = 001
I
Reg5[5:3] = 010
I/O
Reg5[5:3] = 111
CAM.D[4]
I
Reg5[8:6] = 000
PU20,
ETM.D[4]
O
Reg5[8:6] = 001
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
UART3.TX
O
Reg5[8:6] = 010
GPIO32
I/O
Reg5[8:6] = 111
CAM.D[3]
I
Reg5[11:9] = 000
DVDD8
Reg5[11:9] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
Z
O
PU20,
PD20
A, F
ETM.D[3]
UART3.RX
I
Reg5[11:9] = 010
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
I/O
Reg5[11:9] = 111
CAM.D[2]
I
Reg5[14:12] = 000
ETM.D[2]
O
Reg5[14:12] = 001
UART3.CTS
I
Reg5[14:12] = 010
I/O
Reg5[14:12] = 111
CAM.D[1]
I
Reg5[17:15] = 000
ETM.D[1]
O
Reg5[17:15] = 001
UART3.RTS
O
Reg5[17:15] = 010
GPIO29
GPIO30
K14
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
GPIO31
K15
SUPPLY
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
GPIO33
K19
RESET
STATE#
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
UWIRE.SDI
K18
OTHER¶
TYPE†
SIGNAL NAME
I/O
Reg5[17:15] = 111
CAM.D[0]
I
Reg5[20:18] = 000
ETM.D[0]
O
Reg5[20:18] = 001
MPUIO12
I/O
Reg5[20:18] = 010
MMC2.DAT3
I/O
Reg5[20:18] = 011
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
D = I2C input/output buffers
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
66
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
L18
L15
M19
M18
L14
M20
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD8
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
−
DVDD9
Reg6[8:6] = 000
PU100,
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
I
Reg6[8:6] = 001
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
O
Reg6[8:6] = 010
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
CAM.VS
I
Reg5[23:21] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[2]
O
Reg5[23:21] = 001
PU20,
PD20
MPUIO14
I/O
Reg5[23:21] = 010
MMC2.DAT1
I/O
Reg5[23:21] = 011
CAM.HS
I
Reg5[26:24] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[1]
O
Reg5[26:24] = 001
UART2.CTS
I
Reg5[26:24] = 010
MMC2.DAT0
I/O
Reg5[26:24] = 011
GPIO38
I/O
Reg5[26:24] = 111
CAM.RSTZ
O
Reg5[29:27] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[0]
O
Reg5[29:27] = 001
UART2.RTS
O
Reg5[29:27] = 010
MMC2.CLK
O
Reg5[29:27] = 011
LOW_STATE
O
Reg5[29:27] = 110
GPIO37
I/O
Reg5[29:27] = 111
LOW_STATE
O
Reg6[2:0] = 000
UART3.TX
O
Reg6[2:0] = 001
PWT
O
Reg6[2:0] = 010
UART2.TX
O
Reg6[2:0] = 100
TIMER.PWM0
O
Reg6[2:0] = 101
GPIO50
I/O
Reg6[2:0] = 111
UART3.RX
I
Reg6[5:3] = 000
PWL
O
Reg6[5:3] = 001
UART2.RX
I
Reg6[5:3] = 011
TIMER.PWM1
O
Reg6[5:3] = 100
GPIO49
I/O
Reg6[5:3] = 111
GPIO15
I/O
KB.R[7]
TIMER.PWM2
SIGNAL NAME
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
D = I2C input/output buffers
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
67
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
N21
N19
N18
M15
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
GPIO14
I/O
Reg6[11:9] = 000
PU100,
KB.R[6]
I
Reg6[11:9] = 001
PD20
LCD.RED0
O
Reg6[11:9] = 010
Z_STATE
Z
Reg6[11:9] = 011
GPIO13
I/O
Reg6[14:12] = 000
KB.R[5]
I
Reg6[14:12] = 001
LCD.BLUE0
O
Reg6[14:12] = 010
Z_STATE
Z
Reg6[14:12] = 011
GPIO12
I/O
Reg6[17:15] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg6[17:15] = 001
I
Reg6[17:15] = 011
GPIO11
I/O
Reg6[20:18] = 000
HDQ
I/O
Reg6[20:18] = 001
ETM.PSTAT[5]
O
Reg6[20:18] = 101
RTDX.D[3]
I/O
Reg6[20:18] = 111
GPIO7
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 000
MMC.DAT2
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 001
I
Reg6[23:21] = 011
MCSI1.CLK
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 100
ETM.SYNC[1]
O
Reg6[23:21] = 101
RTDX.D[2]
I/O
Reg6[23:21] = 111
GPIO6
I/O
Reg6[26:24] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg6[26:24] = 010
TIMER.EVENT3
I
Reg6[26:24] = 011
MCSI1.DIN
I
Reg6[26:24] = 100
TMS
P20
SUPPLY
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
TCK
P19
RESET
STATE#
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
TIMER.EXTCLK
N20
OTHER¶
TYPE†
SIGNAL NAME
I
Reg6[26:24] = 101
GPIO4
I/O
Reg6[29:27] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg6[29:27] = 010
TIMER.EVENT4
I
Reg6[29:27] = 011
SPIF.DIN
I
Reg6[29:27] = 100
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
68
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
P18
M14
R19
R18
T20
T19
N15
U20
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD9
3 mA (Hv)
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD9
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
−
DVDD9
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
GPIO3
I/O
Reg7[2:0] = 000
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
Reg7[2:0] = 010
PU100,
PD20
LED1
O
Reg7[2:0] = 011
ETM.PSTAT[3]
O
Reg7[2:0] = 101
GPIO2
I/O
Reg7[5:3] = 000
ETM.PSTAT[4]
O
Reg7[5:3] = 101
RTDX.D[0]
I/O
Reg7[5:3] = 111
GPIO1
I/O
Reg7[8:6] = 000
UART3.RTS
O
Reg7[8:6] = 001
GPIO0
I/O
Reg7[11:9] = 000
USB.VBUS
I
Reg7[11:9] = 010
SPIF.DOUT
O
Reg7[11:9] = 011
MMC2.CLKIN
I
Reg7[11:9] = 110
MPUIO5
I/O
Reg7[14:12] = 000
LOW_PWR
O
Reg7[14:12] = 001
UART3.RTS
O
Reg7[14:12] = 011
UART1.DTR
O
Reg7[14:12] = 100
MPUIO4
I/O
Reg7[17:15] = 000
EXT_DMA_REQ1 ||
I
Reg7[17:15] = 001
LED2
O
Reg7[17:15] = 010
UWIRE.CS2
O
Reg7[17:15] = 011
SPIF.CS2
O
Reg7[17:15] = 100
MCBSP3.DR
I
Reg7[17:15] = 110
I/O
Reg7[20:18] = 000
EXT_DMA_REQ0 k
I
Reg7[20:18] = 001
UWIRE.CS1
O
Reg7[20:18] = 010
SPIF.CS1
O
Reg7[20:18] = 110
MPU_RST
I
Reg9[8:6] = 000
MPUIO14
I/O
Reg9[8:6] = 110
SIGNAL NAME
MPUIO2
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
D = I2C input/output buffers
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
69
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
U19
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
MPUIO1
I/O
Reg7[23:21] = 000
PU100,
RTCK
I/O
Reg7[23:21] = 001
PD20
SIGNAL NAME
I/O
Reg7[23:21] = 110
T18
SPIF.SCK
I2C.SCL
I/O/Z
Reg7[26:24] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
D
Z
DVDD9
V20
I2C.SDA
I/O/Z
Reg7[29:27] = 000
D
Z
DVDD9
GPIO48
I
Reg7[29:27] = 111
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
UWIRE.SDI
I
Reg8[2:0] = 000
DVDD9
Reg8[2:0] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
LZ
O
PU20,
PD20
A, F
UART3.DSR
UART1.DSR
I
Reg8[2:0] = 010
MCBSP3.DR
I
Reg8[2:0] = 011
SPIF.DIN
I/O
Reg8[2:0] = 110
GPIO47
I/O
Reg8[2:0] = 111
UWIRE.SDO
O
Reg8[5:3] = 000
DVDD9
Reg8[5:3] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
0
O
PU20,
PD20
A, F, G1
UART3.DTR
UART1.DTR
O
Reg8[5:3] = 010
MCBSP3.DX
O
Reg8[5:3] = 011
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD9
U18
W21
UART3.RTS
V19
O
Reg8[5:3] = 100
MCBSP3.DXZ
O/Z
Reg8[5:3] = 101
SPIF.DOUT
I/O
Reg8[5:3] = 110
GPIO46
I/O
Reg8[5:3] = 111
UWIRE.SCLK
O
Reg8[8:6] = 000
KB.C[7]
O
Reg8[8:6] = 001
MPUIO1
I/O
Reg8[8:6] = 010
I
Reg8[8:6] = 100
UART3.CTS
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
D = I2C input/output buffers
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
70
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
N14
P15
AA20
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD9
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD9
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
Z_STATE
Z
Reg8[11:9] = 000
UWIRE.CS0
O
Reg8[11:9] = 001
PU100,
PD20
MCBSP3.CLKX
I/O
Reg8[11:9] = 010
UART3.TX
O
Reg8[11:9] = 100
SPIF.CS0
I/O
Reg8[11:9] = 110
GPIO45
I/O
Reg8[11:9] = 111
Z_STATE
Z
Reg8[14:12] = 000
UWIRE.CS3
O
Reg8[14:12] = 001
KB.C[6]
O
Reg8[14:12] = 010
SPIF.CS3
O
Reg8[14:12] = 011
UART3.RX
I
Reg8[14:12] = 100
Z_STATE
Z
Reg8[14:12] = 110
GPIO44
W19
OTHER¶
TYPE†
SIGNAL NAME
I/O
Reg8[14:12] = 111
BFAIL/EXT_FIQ
I
Reg8[17:15] = 000
UART3.CTS
I
Reg8[17:15] = 001
UART1.DSR
I
Reg8[17:15] = 010
MMC2.DATDIR1
O
Reg8[17:15] = 110
RST_OUT
O
Reg9[11:9] = 000
GPIO41
I/O
Reg9[11:9] = 111
V18
CONF
I
NA
PU20,
PD20
A
LZ
DVDD9
Y19
TDI
I
NA
PD100,
PU20
A
LZ
DVDD9
AA19
TDO
O
0
Z
DVDD9
V17
TMS
I
NA
PD100,
PU20
A
LZ
DVDD9
W18
TCK
I
NA
PD100,
PU20
A
LZ
DVDD9
Y18
TRST
I
NA
PU20,
PD20
A
−
DVDD9
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
71
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
V16
EMU0
I/O
NA
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
Input
DVDD9
W17
EMU1
I/O
NA
PU100,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
Input
DVDD9
Y17
RTCK
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
−
DVDD9
AA17
MCSI1.SYNC
I/O
RegA[5:3] = 000
LZ
DVDD7
I
RegA[5:3] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
MCBSP3.DR
PU20,
PD20
USB1.VP
I
RegA[5:3] = 010
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O
RegA[5:3] = 100
MCSI1.CLK
I/O
RegA[8:6] = 000
DVDD7
RegA[8:6] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
LZ
O
PU20,
PD20
A, F, G1
MCBSP3.DX
USB1.VM
I
RegA[8:6] = 010
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD7
P14
TDI
W16
I
RegA[8:6] = 011
MCBSP3.CLKX
I/O
RegA[8:6] = 100
GPIO43
I/O
RegA[8:6] = 111
Z_STATE
Z
Reg9[5:3] = 000
MCBSP3.CLKX
I/O
Reg9[5:3] = 001
USB1.TXEN
O
Reg9[5:3] = 010
MCSI1.DIN_OUT
O
Reg9[5:3] = 011
MCSI1.DIN
I
Reg9[5:3] = 100
Z
Reg9[5:3] = 110
Z_STATE
GPIO42
V15
MCSI1.DIN
USB1.RCV
EMU1
MCBSP3.DR
GPIO56
I/O
Reg9[5:3] = 111
I
RegA[11:9] = 000
I
RegA[11:9] = 001
I/O
RegA[11:9] = 011
I
RegA[11:9] = 100
I/O
RegA[11:9] = 111
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
72
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
W15
Y15
AA15
V14
Y14
W14
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD7
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD7
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B, F,
G1
0
DVDD7
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B, F,
G1, H3
0
DVDD7
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
BCLKREQ
I
Reg9[29:27] = 000
UART3.CTS
I
Reg9[29:27] = 001
PU20,
PD20
MMC2.DAT2
I/O
Reg9[29:27] = 110
GPIO40
I/O
Reg9[29:27] = 111
BCLK
O
RegA[2:0] = 000
UART3.RTS
O
RegA[2:0] = 001
CAM.OUTCLK
O
RegA[2:0] = 110
GPIO17
I/O
RegA[2:0] = 111
LOW_STATE
O
Reg9[14:12] = 000
UART1.RTS
O
Reg9[14:12] = 001
UART1.IRSHDN
O
Reg9[14:12] = 010
Z_STATE
Z
Reg9[14:12] = 110
I/O
Reg9[14:12] = 111
UART1.CTS
I
Reg9[17:15] = 000
UART1.IRSEL
O
Reg9[17:15] = 010
GPIO38
I/O
Reg9[17:15] = 111
UART1.RX
I
Reg9[20:18] = 000
UART1.IRRX
I
Reg9[20:18] = 010
GPIO39
R14
OTHER¶
TYPE†
SIGNAL NAME
GPIO37
I/O
Reg9[20:18] = 111
LOW_STATE
O
Reg9[23:21] = 000
UART1.TX
O
Reg9[23:21] = 001
UART1.IRTX
O
Reg9[23:21] = 010
MCSI1.DOUT
O
Reg9[26:24] = 000
USB1.TXD
O
Reg9[26:24] = 001
TDO
O
Reg9[26:24] = 011
MCBSP3.DX
O
Reg9[26:24] = 100
GPIO18
I/O
Reg9[26:24] = 111
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
73
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
R13
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
CLK32K_OUT
O
RegA[14:12] = 000
MPUIO0
I/O
RegA[14:12] = 100
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
USB1.SPEED
O
RegA[14:12] = 101
UART1.TX
O
RegA[14:12] = 110
GPIO36
SIGNAL NAME
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
A
U
DVDDRTC
I/O
RegA[14:12] = 111
V13
OSC32K_IN
−
NA
E
NA
NA
AA13
OSC32K_OUT
−
NA
E
NA
NA
W13
RTC_WAKE_INT
O
Reg9[2:0] = 000
0
DVDDRTC
O
Reg9[2:0] = 100
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B
USB1.SE0
RST_HOST_OUT
O
Reg9[2:0] = 101
GPIO55
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, B, G1
Z
DVDDRTC
A
Input
DVDDRTC
I/O
Reg9[2:0] = 111
Y12
RTC_ON_NOFF
I
Reg8[20:18] = 000
P13
CLK32K_IN
I
RegA[17:15] = 000
R12
PWRON_RESET
I
NA
W11
MMC.DAT3
I/O
Reg10[17:15] = 000
MPUIO9
I/O
Reg10[17:15] = 001
MPUIO6
I/O
Reg10[17:15] = 010
MMC.CLK
O
RegA[23:21] = 000
GPIO57
I/O
RegA[23:21] = 111
MMC.DAT0
I/O
RegB[2:0] = 000
Z
RegB[2:0] = 001
GPIO58
I/O
RegB[2:0] = 111
MMC.DAT2
V11
R11
Z_STATE
W10
V10
I/O
RegA[20:18] = 000
Z_STATE
Z
RegA[20:18] = 001
MPUIO11
I/O
RegA[20:18] = 010
MMC.DAT1
I/O
RegA[26:24] = 000
MPUIO10
I/O
RegA[26:24] = 001
MPUIO7
I/O
RegA[26:24] = 010
A
Input
DVDDRTC
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD6
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PD100,
PU20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
74
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
P11
Y10
AA9
W9
V9
R10
W8
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Z
DVDD6
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G3
LZ
DVDD3
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
MMC.CMD
I/O
RegA[29:27] = 000
GPIO55
I/O
RegA[29:27] = 111
PD100,
PU20
MCSI2.CLK
I/O
RegB[5:3] = 000
USB2.SUSP
O
RegB[5:3] = 001
USB0.SUSP
O
RegB[5:3] = 101
MMC2.CLK
O
RegB[5:3] = 110
GPIO27
SIGNAL NAME
I/O
RegB[5:3] = 111
MCSI2.DIN
I
RegB[8:6] = 000
USB2.VP
I
RegB[8:6] = 001
USB0.VP
I
RegB[8:6] = 101
GPIO26
I/O
RegB[8:6] = 111
MCSI2.DOUT
O
RegB[11:9] = 000
USB2.TXEN
O
RegB[11:9] = 001
USB0.TXEN
O
RegB[11:9] = 101
Z_STATE
Z
RegB[11:9] = 110
GPIO25
I/O
RegB[11:9] = 111
MCSI2.SYNC
I/O
RegB[14:12] = 000
GPIO7
I/O
RegB[14:12] = 001
USB2.SPEED
O
RegB[14:12] = 010
USB0.SPEED
O
RegB[14:12] = 110
MMC2.CMDDIR
O
RegB[14:12] = 111
MCLKREQ
I
RegB[20:18] = 000
EXT_MASTER_REQ
O
RegB[20:18] = 001
UART2.RX
I
RegB[20:18] = 010
MMC2.DAT3
I/O
RegB[20:18] = 110
GPIO23
I/O
RegB[20:18] = 111
GPIO9
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 000
EMU0
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 011
MCSI1.SYNC
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 100
MMC2.DAT0
I/O
RegB[23:21] = 110
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
75
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
Y8
V8
P10
W7
V7
Y6
W6
AA5
R9
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G3
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Z
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
LZ
DVDD3
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
GPIO8
I/O
RegB[26:24] = 000
TRST
I
RegB[26:24] = 011
PU20,
PD20
MCSI1.DOUT
O
RegB[26:24] = 100
MMC2.CMD
I/O
RegB[26:24] = 110
MPUIO3
I/O
RegB[29:27] = 000
MMC2.DAT1
I/O
RegB[29:27] = 110
MCBSP2.DR
I
RegC[2:0] = 000
MCBSP2.DX
O
RegC[2:0] = 001
MCBSP2.DXZ
O/Z
RegC[2:0] = 010
GPIO22
I/O
RegC[2:0] = 111
MCBSP2.FSX
I/O
RegC[5:3] = 000
GPIO21
I/O
RegC[5:3] = 111
MCBSP2.CLKR
I/O
RegC[8:6] = 000
GPIO11
I/O
RegC[8:6] = 001
MCBSP2.CLKX
I/O
RegC[11:9] = 000
GPIO20
I/O
RegC[11:9] = 111
MCBSP2.FSR
I/O
RegC[14:12] = 000
GPIO12
I/O
RegC[14:12] = 001
MCBSP2.DX
O
RegC[17:15] = 000
MCBSP2.DR
I
RegC[17:15] = 001
MCBSP2.DXZ
O/Z
RegC[17:15] = 010
GPIO19
I/O
RegC[17:15] = 111
UART2.RX
I
RegC[20:18] = 000
USB2.VM
I
RegC[20:18] = 001
USB0.VM
I
RegC[20:18] = 101
GPIO18
Y5
OTHER¶
TYPE†
SIGNAL NAME
UART2.CTS
USB2.RCV
GPIO7
USB0.RCV
I/O
RegC[20:18] = 111
I
RegC[23:21] = 000
I
RegC[23:21] = 001
I/O
RegC[23:21] = 010
I
RegC[23:21] = 101
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
76
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
W5
V6
Y4
V5
W4
P9
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
RegC[26:24] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
RegC[26:24] = 001
3 mA (Hv)
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G2
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
0
DVDD3
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
1
DVDD2
18.3 mA
(in USB mode)
C
Z
DVDD2
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
LOW_STATE
O
UART2.RTS
O
USB2.SE0
O
RegC[26:24] = 010
MPUIO5
I/O
RegC[26:24] = 011
MPUIO12
I/O
RegC[26:24] = 100
USB0.SE0
O
RegC[26:24] = 101
LOW_STATE
O
RegC[26:24] = 110
LOW_STATE
O
RegC[29:27] = 000
UART2.TX
O
RegC[29:27] = 001
USB2.TXD
O
RegC[29:27] = 010
USB0.TXD
O
RegC[29:27] = 101
Z_STATE
Z
RegC[29:27] = 110
GPIO17
I/O
RegC[29:27] = 111
UART2.BCLK
O
RegD[2:0] = 000
SYS_CLK_IN
I
RegD[2:0] = 110
MCLK
O
RegB[17:15] = 000
MMC2.DATDIR0
O
RegB[17:15] = 110
GPIO24
I/O
RegB[17:15] = 111
USB.PUEN
O
RegD[5:3] = 000
USB.CLKO
O
RegD[5:3] = 001
USB.PUDIS
O
RegD[5:3] = 011
Z_STATE
Z
RegD[5:3] = 100
LOW_POWER
O
RegD[5:3] = 110
GPIO58
I/O
RegD[5:3] = 111
USB.DP
I/O
USBTCTL[6:4] = 000
I2C.SDA
I/O/Z
USBTCTL[6:4] = 100
UART1.RX
I
USBTCTL[6:4] = 101
USB.PUEN
O
USBTCTL[6:4] = 111
SIGNAL NAME
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
PU20,
PD20
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
77
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
R8
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
USB.DM
I/O
I2C.SCL
I/O/Z
USBTCTL[6:4] = 100
UART1.TX
O
USBTCTL[6:4] = 101
Z_STATE
Z
USBTCTL[6:4] = 111
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
18.3 mA
(in USB mode)
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
C
Z
DVDD2
Y2
OSC1_IN
I
NA
E
NA
NA
W3
OSC1_OUT
O
NA
E
NA
NA
Y1
FLASH.CS1U
O
RegF[14:12] = 000
1
DVDD5
I/O
RegF[14:12] = 111
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
GPIO16
V4
FLASH.WP
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
0
DVDD5
W2
FLASH.WE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
W1
FLASH.RP
O
RegF[23:21] = 000
0
DVDD5
O
RegF[23:21] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
FLASH.CS2UWE
U4
FLASH.OE
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
E1 L7
K3 K4
L8 F2
J3 J4
J2
FLASH.A[25:17]
O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
K7
FLASH.A[16]
O
Reg11[5:3] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
H3
FLASH.A[15]
O
Reg11[8:6] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
H4
FLASH.A[14]
O
Reg11[11:9] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
K8
FLASH.A[13]
O
Reg11[14:12] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
G2
FLASH.A[12]
O
Reg11[17:15] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
G3
FLASH.A[11]
O
Reg11[20:18] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
PU20,
PD20
PU20,
PD20
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
78
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
G4
FLASH.A[10]
O
Reg11[23:21] = 000
F3
FLASH.A[9]
O
Reg11[26:24] = 000
J7
FLASH.A[8]
O
Reg12[5:3] = 000
E3
FLASH.A[7]
O
Reg12[8:6] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
F4
FLASH.A[6]
O
Reg12[11:9] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
D2
FLASH.A[5]
O
Reg12[14:12] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
E4
FLASH.A[4]
O
Reg12[17:15] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
C1
FLASH.A[3]
O
Reg12[20:18] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
D3
FLASH.A[2]
O
Reg12[23:21] = 000
PU20,
PD20
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
J8
FLASH.A[1]
O
Reg12[26:24] = 000
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, G1
0
DVDD5
V3 T4
U3 U1
P8 T3
T2 R4
R3 R2
P7 P4
P2 N7
N2 N4
FLASH.D[15:0]
I/O
NA
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K
0
DVDD5
N3
FLASH.CLK
O
Reg10[23:21] = 000
0
DVDD5
O
Reg10[23:21] = 001
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, K, G1
FLASH.CS2UOE
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
Input
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
V2
L4
FLASH.RDY
I
RegF[29:27] = 000
GPIO10
I/O
RegF[29:27] = 001
FLASH.ADV
O
NA
PU20,
PD20
PU100,
PD20
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
79
Introduction
Table 2−4. ZZG Package Terminal Characteristics (Continued)
ZZG
BALL
NO.
M4
M7
M3
P3
L3
M8
N8
TYPE†
MUX CTRL SETTING
(see Notes 3 and 4)
FLASH.CS2
O
RegD[8:6] = 000
FLASH.BAA
O
RegD[8:6] = 001
SIGNAL NAME
FLASH.CS2L
O
RegD[8:6] = 010
GPIO62
I/O
Reg10[2:0] = 000
FLASH.CS0
O
Reg10[2:0] = 001
FLASH.CS1
O
Reg10[29:27] = 000
FLASH.CS1L
O
Reg10[29:27] = 001
FLASH.CS2U
O
Reg10[20:18] = 000
GPIO5
I/O
Reg10[20:18] = 001
FLASH.BE[0]
O
Reg10[8:6] = 000
FLASH.CS2UOE
O
Reg10[8:6] = 001
GPIO59
I/O
Reg10[8:6] = 111
FLASH.BE[1]
O
Reg10[5:3] = 000
FLASH.CS2UWE
O
Reg10[5:3] = 001
GPIO60
I/O
Reg10[5:3] = 111
FLASH.CS3
O
Reg10[26:24] = 000
GPIO3
I/O
Reg10[26:24] = 111
PULLUP/
PULLDN‡
PU100
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F, G1
Input
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A
1
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
1
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
0
DVDD5
2 mA (Lv)
3 mA (Hv)
A, F
1
DVDD5
BUFFER
STRENGTH§
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ PD20 = 20-µA internal pulldown, PD100=100-µA internal pulldown, PU20 = 20-µA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-µA internal pullup. Pullup or
pulldown can be enabled or disabled by software.
§ Lv = Low voltage (1.65 V), Hv = High voltage (2.5 V)
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = SUBLVDS input/ouput
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/ouput
G3 = Terminal my be gated by BFAIL and OMAP5912 Internal Reset
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Analog oscillator terminals
H3 = MCSI1.DOUT pin can be forced into a high-impedance
F = Boundary-scannable terminal
state by the OMAP5912 HIGH_IMP3 control bit
K = Output buffer includes a serial resistor of 20 Ω to match with PCB line impedance and ensure proper signal integrity
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
||
Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ1 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
k Slew time constraint of the EXT_DMA_REQ0 must be lower than or equal to 10 ns (from 10% to 90% of DVDD) in Mode 1.
NOTES: 3. NA denotes no multiplexing on the ball
4. ‘Regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where Regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
80
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
2.4
Signal Description
Table 2−5 provides a description of the signals on OMAP5912. Many signals are available on multiple pins,
depending upon the software configuration of the pin multiplexing options.
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE FAST (EMIFF) SDRAM INTERFACE
SDRAM.CS
E7
G8
SDRAM chip-select
O
SDRAM.DQSH
A12
C14
DDR DQ strobe high
I/O
SDRAM.DQSL
A2
D4
DDR DQ strobe low
I/O
SDRAM.CAS
D5
B4
SDRAM column address strobe. SDRAM.CAS is active (low) during reads,
writes, and the REFR and MRS commands to SDRAM memory.
O
SDRAM.DQML
C7
C8
SDRAM lower data mask. Active-high data mask for the lower byte of the
SDRAM data bus (SDRAM.D[7:0]). The data mask outputs allow for both
16-bit-wide and 8-bit-wide accesses to SDRAM memory.
O
SDRAM.DQMU
A8
D10
SDRAM upper data mask. Active-high data mask for the upper byte of the
SDRAM data bus (SDRAM.D[15:8]). The data mask outputs allow for both
16-bit-wide and 8-bit-wide accesses to SDRAM memory.
O
SDRAM.RAS
D4
H7
SDRAM row address strobe. SDRAM.RAS is active (low) during ACTV,
DCAB, REFR, and MRS commands to SDRAM memory.
O
SDRAM.WE
E6
H8
SDRAM write enable. SDRAM.WE is active (low) during writes, DCAB, and
MRS commands to SDRAM memory.
O
D10 E8
E9 F8
F9 C6
A10 E10
C8 D9
C3 F7
A1 B2
H11 H9
H10 B8
B12 G9
G11 G12
B9 G10
A1 B6
B2 A2
SDRAM address bus. Provides row and column address information to the
SDRAM memory as well as MRS command data. SDRAM.A[10] also serves
as a control signal to define specific commands to SDRAM memory.
O
SDRAM bank address bus. Provides the bank address to SDRAM memories
O
SDRAM data bus. SDRAM.D[15:0] provides data exchange between the
traffic controller and SDRAM memory.
I/O
SDRAM.A[13:0]
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
C4 C5
C3 B3
SDRAM.D[15:0]
B10 C10
B11 B9
A11 B8
B12 C9
B7 A3
B6 B3
A5 A4
B5 B4
C12 D12
D13 C11
C13 D11
D14 C10
D8 C4
C7 D5
D7 C5
C6 D6
SDRAM.CLK
A7
C9
SDRAM clock. Clock for synchronization SDRAM memory
commands/accesses.
O
SDRAM.CLKX
A6
D9
DDR clock. Inverted clock for synchronization DDR memory
commands/accesses
O
SDRAM.CKE
B13
H12
SDRAM clock enable (active-high). Asserting this signal enables the
SDRAM clock for normal operation; negating puts SDRAM memory into
low-power mode.
O
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
81
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE SLOW (EMIFS) FLASH AND ASYNCHRONOUS MEMORY INTERFACE
FLASH.A[25:1]
F3 J4
J2 H2
H5 F4
H4 H3
G6 G5
G2 G4
G3 F5
F1 F2
E1 D1
E2 C1
D2 E3
E4 C2
D3
E1 L7
K3 K4
L8 F2
J3 J4
J2 K7
H3 H4
K8 G2
G3 G4
F3 J7
E3 F4
D2 E4
C1 D3
J8
EMIFS address bus. Address output bus for all EMIFS accesses.
O
FLASH.D[15:0]
N4 R1
P1 K7
M3 M4
N2 L5
N1 K6
L4 M2
J7 L2
M1 L1
V3 T4
U3 U1
P8 T3
T2 R4
R3 R2
P7 P4
P2 N7
N2 N4
EMIFS data bus. Bidirectional 16-bit data bus used to transfer read and write
data during EMIFS accesses.
The 16-bit data bus becomes address/data in case the EMIFS is configured
in address/data multiplexed mode.
I/O
FLASH.CLK
K1
N3
Flash clock. Clock output that is active during synchronous modes of flash
operation for synchronous burst flash memories.
O
FLASH.RDY
L6
V2
Flash ready. Active-high ready input used to suspend the flash interface
when the external memory or asynchronous device is not ready to continue
the current cycle.
I
FLASH.ADV
H6
L4
Flash address valid. Active-low control signal used to indicate a valid
address is present on the FLASH.A[25:1] bus.
O
FLASH.BAA
J8
M4
Flash burst advance acknowledge. Active-low control signal used with
Advanced Micro Devices E burst flash.
O
K2 J1
M8 L3
Flash byte enables. Active-low byte enable signals used to perform
byte-wide accesses to memories or devices that support byte enables.
O
FLASH.CS0
J5
M7
Flash chip-select bit 0
O
FLASH.CS1
J3
M3
Flash chip-select bit 1
O
FLASH.CS1L
J3
M3
Lower half of FLASH.CS1 address range
O
FLASH.CS1U
T1
Y1
Upper half of FLASH.CS1 address range
O
FLASH.CS2
J8
M4
Flash chip-select bit 2
O
FLASH.CS2L
J8
M4
Lower half of FLASH.CS2 address range
O
FLASH.CS2U
K3
P3
Upper half of FLASH.CS2 address range
O
FLASH.CS2UOE
J1
L3
O
K1
N3
FLASH.CS2U gated with FLASH.OE. Output enable if EMIFS is used to
interface with external flash.
FLASH.CS2U gated with FLASH.WE. Write enable if EMIFS is used to
interface with external flash.
O
Flash chip-select bit 3. If MPU_BOOT is high and the device is an emulation
device, select external boot memory.
O
FLASH.BE[1:0]
FLASH.CS2UWE
FLASH.CS3
†
‡
K2
M8
N3
W1
J6
N8
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
Advanced Micro Devices is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
82
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE SLOW (EMIFS) FLASH AND ASYNCHRONOUS MEMORY INTERFACE (CONTINUED)
FLASH.OE
M5
U4
Flash output enable. Active-low output enable output for Flash or SRAM
memories or asynchronous devices.
O
FLASH.RP
N3
W1
Flash power down (TI Flash devices) or reset output (Intel Flash devices)
O
FLASH.WE
P3
W2
Flash write enable. Active-low write enable output for Flash or SRAM
memories or asynchronous devices.
O
FLASH.WP
R3
V4
Flash write protect. Active-low output for hardware write protection feature
on standard memory devices.
O
MULTIMEDIA CARD/SECURE DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACES (MMC/SDIOs)
MMC.CLK
M8
V11
MMC/SDIO1 clock. Clock output to the MMC/SD card.
O
MMC.CMD
N7
P11
MMC/SDIO1 command. MMC/SD commands are transferred to/from this
pin.
I/O
MMC.DAT0
R8
R11
MMC/SDIO1 data bit 0. MMC.DAT0 functions as data bit 0 during MMC and
secure digital operation.
I/O
MMC.DAT1
U9
V10
SD card data bit 1. Data bit 1 is used in 4-bit secure digital mode.
I/O
MMC.DAT2
T9
W10
SD card data bit 2. Data bit 2 is used in 4-bit secure digital mode.
I/O
L15
M15
MMC.DAT3
P9
W11
SD card data bit 3. Data bit 3 is used in 4-bit secure digital mode.
I/O
MMC2.CLK
K12
M19
MMC/SDIO2 clock. Clock output to the MMC/SD card.
O
P8
Y10
MMC2.CLKIN
N17
R18
P7
Y8
H15
MMC2.CMD
MMC/SDIO2 clock feedback
I
J19
MMC/SDIO2 command. MMC/SD commands are transferred to/from this
pin.
MMC2.CMDDIR
U8
V9
MMC/SDIO2 command direction control
O
MMC2.DAT0
J12
L15
I/O
U7
W8
MMC/SDIO2 data bit 0. MMC2.DAT0 functions as data bit 0 during MMC
and secure digital operation.
MMC2.DAT1
J13
L18
MMC/SDIO2 card data bit 1
I/O
R6
V8
MMC2.DAT2
H16
J18
MMC/SDIO2 card data bit 2
I/O
R12
W15
MMC/SDIO2 card data bit 3
I/O
MMC/SDIO2 data bit 0 direction control
O
MMC/SDIO2 data bit 1, 2, 3 direction control
O
MMC2.DAT3
J17
L19
T7
R10
MMC2.DATDIR0
U3
V5
MMC2.DATDIR1
T17
W19
I/O
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
83
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
MULTICHANNEL BUFFERED SERIAL PORTS (McBSPs)
MCBSP1.CLKX
F16
G21
McBSP1 bit clock
MCBSP1.CLKS
G13
G20
McBSP1 clock input
I
MCBSP1.DR
G17
H20
McBSP1 data input
I
MCBSP1.DX
G14
H18
McBSP1 data output
O
G15
H15
G15
H15
G14
H18
G15
H15
G14
H18
MCBSP2.CLKR
U6
MCBSP2.CLKX
U5
MCBSP1.DXZ
MCBSP1.FSX
MCBSP2.DR
MCBSP2.DX
MCBSP2.DXZ
McBSP1 data output (for multichannel mode)
O/Z
McBSP1 frame synchronization
I/O
V7
McBSP2 receive clock
I/O
Y6
McBSP2 transmit clock
I/O
McBSP2 data input
I
McBSP2 data output
O
L8
P10
T5
AA5
L8
P10
T5
AA5
McBSP2 data output (for multichannel mode)
O/Z
W6
McBSP2 receive frame synchronization
I/O
W7
McBSP2 transmit frame synchronization
I/O
U14
W16
McBSP3 clock
I/O
R17
N14
U15
P14
N10
AA17
P14
U18
P12
V15
L8
P10
T5
AA5
MCBSP2.FSR
R5
MCBSP2.FSX
N6
MCBSP3.CLKX
MCBSP3.DR
MCBSP3.DX
I/O
M14
T19
U15
P14
R15
W21
McBSP3 data input
I
McBSP3 data output
O
P11
W14
MCBSP3.DXZ
R15
W21
McBSP3 data output (for multichannel mode)
O/Z
MCBSP3.FSX
L16
N18
McBSP3 frame synchronization
I/O
L13
P18
L14
P19
†
‡
84
M17
P20
N10
AA17
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
MULTICHANNEL SERIAL INTERFACES (MCSIs)
MCSI1.CLK
MCSI1.DIN
MCSI1.DOUT
U15
P14
L15
M15
L14
P19
P12
V15
U14
W16
P11
W14
P7
Y8
MCSI1 bit clock
I/O
MCSI1 data input
I
MCSI1 data output
O
MCSI1.DIN_OUT
U14
W16
MCSI1 data-in looped backout
O
MCSI1.SYNC
N10
AA17
MCSI1 frame synchronization
I/O
I/O
U7
W8
MCSI2.CLK
P8
Y10
MCSI2 bit clock
MCSI2.DIN
R7
AA9
MCSI2 data input
I
MCSI2.DOUT
T8
W9
MCSI2 data output
O
MCSI2.SYNC
U8
V9
MCSI2 frame synchronization
I/O
SPIF.CS0
R17
N14
SPIF.CS1
L12
N15
SPIF.CS2
M14
T19
SPIF.CS3
R16
P15
SPIF.SCK
N15
SPIF.DIN
M17
P14
U18
SPIF.DOUT
N17
R18
R15
W21
SERIAL PORT INTERFACE (SPI)
SPI output chip-selects in master mode/input chip-select when SPI is in
slave mode.
I/O
U19
SPI output clock in master mode. SPI input clock in slave mode.
I/O
P20
SPI data-In in master mode. SPI data-out in slave mode.
I/O
O
I/O
SPI data-out in master mode. SPI data-in in slave mode.
I/O
I/O
UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER (UART) INTERFACES
UART1.CTS
M9
R14
UART1 clear to send
I
UART1.DSR
P14
U18
UART1 data set ready
I
T17
W19
UART1.DTR
R15
W21
UART1 data terminal ready
O
UART1 request to send
O
UART1 receive data
I
UART1 transmit data
O
N16
T20
UART1.RTS
R11
AA15
UART1.RX
U13
V14
T2
P9
T12
Y14
U1
R8
U12
R13
UART1.IRTX
T12
Y14
UART1 IrDA transmit data
O
UART1.IRRX
U13
V14
UART1 IrDA receive data
I
UART1.TX
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
85
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER (UART) INTERFACES (CONTINUED)
UART1.IRSEL
M9
R14
UART1 IrDA mode select for external transceiver
O
UART1.IRSHDN
R11
AA15
UART1 IrDA mode select for external transceiver
O
UART2.BCLK
P5
Y4
UART2 baud clock. A clock of 16x
O
UART2 clear to send
I
UART2 request to send
O
UART2 receive data
I
UART2 transmit data
O
UART3 clear to send
I
UART2.CTS
UART2.RTS
UART2.RX
P6
Y5
J12
L15
T4
W5
K12
M19
U4
R9
T7
R10
K15
L14
UART2.TX
R4
V6
K17
M18
UART3.CTS
R12
W15
T17
W19
J14
K15
P15
V19
P14
U18
UART3 data set ready
I
UART3.DTR
R15
W21
UART3 data terminal ready
O
UART3.RTS
M15
R19
UART3 request to send in UART mode SD_MODE in IrDA mode
O
L10
Y15
UART3 receive data
I
UART3 transmit data
O
UART3.DSR
UART3.RX
J16
K14
N16
T20
R15
W21
K15
L14
H13
K19
R16
P15
K17
M18
J11
K18
R17
N14
USB.DM
U1
R8
USB differential (–) line
I/O
USB.DP
T2
P9
USB differential (+) line
I/O
UART3.TX
USB (INTEGRATED TRANSCEIVER)
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
86
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
P6
Y5
USB port 0 receive data
I
USB0.SE0
T4
W5
USB port 0 single-ended zero
O
USB0.SPEED
U8
V9
USB 0 speed
O
USB0.SUSP
P8
Y10
USB 0 suspend
O
USB0.TXD
R4
V6
USB port 0 transmit data
O
USB0.TXEN
T8
W9
USB port 0 transmit enable
O
USB0.VM
U4
R9
USB port 0 V minus receive data
I
USB0.VP
R7
AA9
USB port 0 V plus receive data
I
USB1.RCV
P12
V15
USB port 1 receive data
I
USB1.SE0
N9
W13
USB port 1 single-ended zero
O
USB1.SPEED
U12
R13
USB port 1 bus segment speed control
O
USB1.SUSP
H14
J20
USB port 1 bus segment suspend control
O
USB1.TXD
P11
W14
USB port 1 transmit data
O
USB1.TXEN
U14
W16
USB port 1 transmit enable
O
USB1.VM
U15
P14
USB port 1 V minus receive data
I
USB1.VP
N10
AA17
USB port 1 V plus receive data
I
SIGNAL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
USB PORT 0
USB0.RCV
USB PORT 1
USB PORT 2
USB2.RCV
P6
Y5
USB port 2 receive data
I
USB2.SE0
T4
W5
USB port 2 single-ended zero
O
USB2.SPEED
U8
V9
Low-speed USB device or full-speed USB device
O
USB2.SUSP
P8
Y10
USB port 2 bus segment suspend control
O
USB2.TXD
R4
V6
USB port 2 transmit data
O
USB2.TXEN
T8
W9
USB port 2 transmit enable
O
USB2.VM
U4
R9
USB port 2 V minus receive data
I
USB2.VP
R7
AA9
USB port 2 V plus receive data
I
USB.CLKO
P4
W4
USB clock output. 6-MHz divided clock output of the internal USB DPLL
provided for reference. Common for all USB host and function peripherals.
O
USB.VBUS
N17
R18
USB voltage bus enable. USB.VBUS is an input which allows the
OMAP5912 device to detect whether the USB cable is connected or not.
USB.VBUS must be connected to USB power from the USB cable through a
voltage translation buffer to convert the 5-V power from the USB cable to
within the 3.3-V nominal range specified for the OMAP device input.
I
USB.PUEN
P4
W4
USB pullup enable
O
T2
P9
USB.PUDIS
P4
W4
USB pullup disable
O
UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS (USB) MISCELLANEOUS SIGNALS
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
87
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (I2C) MASTER AND SLAVE INTERFACE
I2C.SCL
P16
U1
R8
I2C.SDA
M11
V20
T2
P9
K13
N20
T18
I2C serial clock
I/O
I2C serial data
I/O
HDQ/1-Wire INTERFACE
HDQ
HDQ/1-Wire interface. HDQ optionally implements one of two serial
protocols: HDQ or 1-Wire.
I/O
MICROWIRE INTERFACE
UWIRE.CS0
R17
N14
H16
J18
MICROWIRE chip-select 0. The output selects a single MICROWIRE device
(configurable as active-high or active-low).
UWIRE.CS1
L12
N15
MICROWIRE chip-select 1
UWIRE.CS2
M14
T19
MICROWIRE chip-select 2
UWIRE.CS3
R16
P15
MICROWIRE chip-select 3
UWIRE.SCLK
UWIRE.SDI
H15
J19
P15
V19
J15
MICROWIRE serial clock. This pin drives a clock to a MICROWIRE device.
The active edge is software-configurable.
O
G16
MICROWIRE serial data input
I
MICROWIRE serial data output
O
P14
U18
H17
J14
R15
W21
H12
H19
L10
Y15
H16 H15
H17 J11
H13 J14
J16 J17
J18 J19
J14 K18
K19 K15
K14 L19
CAM.HS
J12
CAM.LCLK
CAM.RSTZ
UWIRE.SDO
O
CAMERA INTERFACE
CAM.OUTCLK
CAM.D[7:0]
Camera output clock
O
Camera digital image data bits
I
L15
Camera interface horizontal synchronization. Horizontal synchronization
input from external camera sensor.
I
G16
J15
Camera interface line clock. Input clock to provide external timing reference
from camera sensor logic
I
K12
M19
Camera interface reset. Reset output used to reset or Initialize external
camera sensor logic.
O
CAM.VS
J13
L18
Camera vertical synchronization
I
CAM.EXCLK
H12
H19
Camera interface external clock. Output clock used to provide a timing
reference to a camera sensor.
O
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
MICROWIRE is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor Corporation.
88
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
LCD.AC
F10
B15
LCD AC-bias. LCD.AC signals the LCD display to switch the polarity of the
row and column power supplies to counteract charge buildup causing DC
offset. In TFT mode, LCD.AC is used as the output enable to latch LCD pixel
data using the pixel clock.
O
LCD.BLUE0
L17
N19
Blue bit 0 in 18-bit LCD output mode
O
LCD.HS
D15
C20
LCD horizontal sync. LCD_HSYNC is the line clock that signals the end of a
line of pixels to the LCD display panel. In TFT mode, LCD_HSYNC is the
horizontal synchronization signal.
O
LCD.PCLK
A14
C15
LCD pixel clock output. Clock output provided to synchronize pixel data to
LCD display panels. In passive mode, LCD_PCLK transitions only when
LCD.P[15:0] is valid. In active mode, LCD_PCLK transitions continuously
and LCD.AC is used as the output enable when LCD.P[15:0] is valid.
O
LCD.P[15:0]
C12 D12
E11 A13
B14 A15
F11 C13
D13 A16
C15 E12
D14 C16
B16 A17
D15 C16
A17 G13
B17 C17
D16 D17
C18 B19
A20 H13
G14 C19
B21 D18
LCD pixel data bits
O
LCD.RED0
K14
N21
Red bit 0 in 18-bit LCD output mode
O
LCD.VS
B15
B18
LCD vertical synchronization (sync) output. LCD.VS is the frame clock that
signals the start of a new frame of pixels to the LCD display panel. In TFT
mode, LCD.VS is the vertical synchronization signal.
O
SIGNAL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
LCD AND LCDCONV INTERFACE
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
89
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
P13
W18
L15
M15
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
JTAG/EMULATION INTERFACE
TCK
RTCK
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test clock. TCK is normally a free-running clock signal
with a 50% duty cycle. The changes on the test access port (TAP) of input
signals TDI and TMS are clocked into the TAP controller, instruction register,
or selected test data register on the rising edge of TCK. Changes at the TAP
output signal TDO occur on the falling edge of TCK.
I
ARM926EJ-S return clock emulation
I/O
M14
Emulation data transmit
I/O
P18
Emulation data transmit
I/O
L15
M15
Emulation data transmit
I/O
RTDX.D[3]
K13
N20
Emulation data transmit
I/O
TDI
U17
Y19
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test data input. TDI is clocked into the selected
register (instruction or data) on the rising edge of TCK.
I
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test data output. The contents of the selected register
(instruction or data) are shifted out of TDO on the falling edge of TCK. TDO
is in the high-impedance state except when the scanning of data is in
progress.
O
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test mode select. This serial control input is clocked
into the TAP controller on the rising edge of TCK.
I
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test reset. TRST, when high, gives the IEEE standard
1149.1 scan system control of the operations of the device. If TRST is not
connected, or driven low, the device operates in its functional mode, and the
IEEE standard 1149.1 signals are ignored.
I
T14
Y17
N15
U19
RTDX.D[0]
M16
RTDX.D[1]
L13
RTDX.D[2]
TDO
TMS
TRST
U15
P14
P11
W14
T15
AA19
M10
V17
L14
P19
R13
Y18
P7
Y8
WARNING: By default, the internal pulldown on TRST is disabled. An
external pulldown is needed for proper operation of the device in functional
mode.
EMU1
EMU0
†
‡
90
N11
W17
P12
V15
U16
V16
U7
W8
Emulation pin 1. When TRST is driven high, EMU1 is used as an interrupt to
or from the emulator system and is defined as input/output by way of the
IEEE standard 1149.1 scan system.
I/O
EMU0 V16 Emulation pin 0. When TRST is driven high, EMU0 is used as an
interrupt to or from the emulator system and is defined as input/output by
way of the IEEE standard 1449.1 scan system.
I/O
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
E15
E18
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
SHARED GENERAL-PURPOSE IO MODULES (GPIOs)
GPIO63
GPIO62
J5
M7
G13
G20
GPIO61
B17
D19
GPIO60
K2
M8
GPIO59
J1
L3
GPIO58
R8
R11
GPIO57
P4
W4
M8
V11
H12
H19
GPIO56
P12
V15
GPIO55
N7
P11
N9
W13
GPIO54
F16
G21
GPIO53
G15
H15
GPIO52
G14
H18
GPIO51
G17
H20
GPIO50
K17
M18
GPIO49
K15
L14
GPIO48
M11
V20
†
‡
General-Purpose IOs module 4.
GPIO pins can be accessed and controlled by either the DSP Public
Peripheral Bus or the MPU Public Peripheral Bus.
I/O
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
91
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
SHARED GENERAL-PURPOSE IO MODULES (GPIOs) (CONTINUED)
GPIO47
P14
U18
GPIO46
R15
W21
GPIO45
R17
N14
GPIO44
R16
P15
GPIO43
U15
P14
GPIO42
U14
W16
GPIO41
N12
AA20
GPIO40
R12
W15
GPIO39
R11
AA15
GPIO38
GPIO37
G16
J15
M9
R14
J12
L15
U13
V14
K12
M19
GPIO36
U12
R13
GPIO35
H16
J18
D12
C16
GPIO34
GPIO33
GPIO32
†
‡
92
H15
J19
E11
A17
H17
J14
A13
G13
J11
K18
B14
B17
General-Purpose IOs module 3.
GPIO pins can be accessed and controlled by either the DSP Public
Peripheral Bus or the MPU Public Peripheral Bus.
I/O
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
SHARED GENERAL-PURPOSE IO MODULES (GPIOs) (CONTINUED)
GPIO31
GPIO30
GPIO29
H13
K19
A15
C17
J14
K15
F11
D16
J16
K14
C13
D17
GPIO28
F17
G19
GPIO27
P8
Y10
D16
C21
GPIO26
R7
AA9
GPIO25
T8
W9
GPIO24
U3
V5
GPIO23
T7
R10
GPIO22
L8
P10
GPIO21
N6
W7
GPIO20
U5
Y6
GPIO19
T5
AA5
GPIO18
P11
W14
GPIO17
GPIO16
U4
R9
L10
Y15
R4
V6
T1
Y1
General-Purpose IOs module 2.
GPIO pins can be accessed and controlled by either the DSP Public
Peripheral Bus or the MPU Public Peripheral Bus.
I/O
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
93
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
SHARED GENERAL-PURPOSE IO MODULES (GPIOs) (CONTINUED)
GPIO15
K16
M20
GPIO14
K14
N21
GPIO13‡
L17
N19
GPIO12
L16
N18
GPIO11
R5
W6
K13
N20
U6
V7
GPIO10
L6
V2
GPIO9
U7
W8
GPIO8
P7
Y8
GPIO7
L15
M15
U8
V9
GPIO6
P6
Y5
L14
P19
GPIO5
K3
P3
GPIO4
M17
P20
GPIO3
L13
P18
J6
N8
GPIO2
M16
M14
C12
D15
GPIO1
M15
R19
GPIO0
N17
R18
General-Purpose IOs module 1.
GPIO pins can be accessed and controlled by either the DSP Public
Peripheral Bus or the MPU Public Peripheral Bus.
I/O
Value sampled at power-up reset selects protocol on EMIFS interface. If 0 is
sampled, protocol is non-address/data multiplexed. If 1 is sampled, protocol
is address/data multiplexed.
I/O
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
94
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
F13
E19
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
MPU GENERAL-PURPOSE IO (MPUIOs)
MPUIO15
MPUIO14
J13
L18
N14
U20
MPUIO13
D17
E20
MPUIO12
J17
L19
T4
W5
MPUIO11
T9
W10
MPUIO10
U9
V10
E16
H14
P9
W11
MPUIO9
MPUIO8
E17
F19
F15
G18
MPUIO7
U9
V10
MPUIO6
C17
D20
P9
W11
MPUIO5
N16
T20
T4
W5
MPUIO4
M14
T19
MPUIO3
R6
V8
MPUIO2
L12
N15
MPUIO1
N15
U19
P15
V19
F14
F18
U12
R13
MPUIO0
MPU general-purpose I/O. MPUIO pins may only be used by the MPU core.
I/O
KEYBOARD MATRIX INTERFACE
KB.C[7:0]
P15 R16
F17 D16
E15 B17
C17 F14
V19 P15
G19 C21
E18 D19
D20 F18
Keyboard matrix column outputs. KB.Cx column outputs are used in
conjunction with the KB.Rx row inputs to implement a 6 x 5 or 8 x 8
keyboard matrix.
O
KB.R[7:0]
K16 K14
L17 F13
D17 E16
E17 F15
M20 N21
N19 E19
E20 H14
F19 G18
Keyboard matrix row inputs. KB.Rx row inputs are used in conjunction with
the KB.Cx column outputs to implement a 6 x 5 or 8 x 8 keyboard matrix.
I
LED PULSE GENERATOR (LPG)
LED1
L13
P18
LED pulse generator output 1. LED1 produces a static or pulsing output
used to drive an external LED indicator.
O
LED2
M14
T19
LED pulse generator output 2. LED2 produces a static or pulsing output
used to drive an external LED indicator.
O
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
95
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
SIGNAL
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
PULSE-WIDTH TONE (PWT) AND PULSE-WIDTH LIGHT (PWL) INTERFACE
PWL
K15
L14
Pulse-width light output. The PWL output pin provides a pseudo-random
modulated voltage output used for LCD or keypad backlighting.
O
PWT
K17
M18
Pulse-width tone output. The PWT output pin provides a modulated output
for use with an external buzzer.
O
GENERAL-PURPOSE TIMERS
TIMER.EVENT3
L14
P19
Event capture input signal for GP timer 3
I
TIMER.EVENT4
M17
P20
Event capture input signal for GP timer 4
I
TIMER.EXTCLK
L16
N18
Input clock for the GP timers
I
TIMER.PWM2
K16
M20
PWM output of GP timer 2
O
TIMER.PWM1
K15
L14
PWM output of GP timer 1
O
TIMER.PWM0
K17
M18
PWM output of GP timer 0
O
ETM.CLK
G16
J15
ETM.PSTAT[5:0]
K13 M16
L13 J13
J12 K12
ETM.D[7:0]
ETM.SYNC[1:0]
EMBEDDED TRACE MACROCELL (ETM) INTERFACE
ETM9 trace clock
O
N20 M14
P18 L18
L15 M19
ETM9 trace pipe state bits
O
H16 H15
H17 J11
H13 J14
J16 J17
J18 J19
J14 K18
K19 K15
K14 L19
ETM9 trace packet bits
O
L15 H12
M15 H19
ETM9 trace synchronization bits
O
DEVICE CLOCK PINS
CLK32K_IN
T11
P13
32-kHz clock input. Digital CMOS 32-kHz clock input driven by an external
32-kHz oscillator if the internal 32-kHz oscillator is not used.
I
CLK32K_OUT
U12
R13
32-kHz clock output. Clock output reflecting the internal 32-kHz clock.
O
OSC32K_IN
U11
V13
32-kHz crystal XI connection. Analog clock input to 32-kHz oscillator for use
with external crystal.
I
OSC32K_OUT
U10
AA13
32-kHz crystal XO connection. Analog output from 32-kHz oscillator for use
with external crystal.
O
SYS_CLK_IN
P5
Y4
Reserved
I
SYS_CLK_OUT
F10
B15
Reserved
O
OSC1_IN
R2
Y2
Base crystal XI connection. Analog input to base oscillator for use with
external crystal or to be driven by external 19.2-MHz or 12/13-MHz
oscillator. (Reset Mode 0)
I
OSC1_OUT
P2
W3
Base crystal XO connection. Analog output from base oscillator for use with
external 19.2-MHz or 12/13-MHz crystal. (Reset Mode 0)
O
BCLK
L10
Y15
General-purpose clock output that can be configured to run at 12 or 13 MHz
(depending on base oscillator frequency) or 48 MHz. BCLK can be
configured to drive constantly or only when the BCLKREQ signal is asserted
active-high.
O
BCLKREQ
R12
W15
BCLK clock request. Active-high request input that allows an external device
to request that BCLK be driven.
I
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
Embedded Trace Macrocell, ETM, and ETM9 are trademarks of ARM Limited in the EU and other countries.
96
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
MCLK
U3
V5
General-purpose master clock output that may be configured to run at 12 or
13 MHz (depending on base oscillator frequency) or 48 MHz. MCLK can be
configured to drive constantly or only when the MCLKREQ signal is asserted
active-high.
O
MCLKREQ
T7
R10
MCLK clock request. Active-high request input that allows an external device
to request that MCLK be driven.
I
SIGNAL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
DEVICE CLOCK PINS (CONTINUED)
RESET LOGIC PINS
PWRON_RESET
N8
R12
Reset input to device. Active-low asynchronous reset input resets the entire
OMAP5912 device.
I
MPU_RST
N14
U20
MPU reset input. Active-low asynchronous reset input resets the MPU core.
NOTE: MPU_RST must meet minimum specified pulse width requirements
and must be free of glitching to guard against potential operational issues.
I
RST_OUT
N12
AA20
Reset output. Active-low output is asserted when RST_OUT is active (after
synchronization).
O
INTERRUPTS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL AND CONFIGURATION PINS
MPU_BOOT
H14
J20
MPU boot mode. Pull this signal high to the I/O rail during boot. Protocol
(address/data multiplexed or address/data non-multiplexed) is determined by
the value on GPIO1.
I
BFAIL/EXT_FIQ
T17
W19
Battery power failure and external FIQ interrupt input. BFAIL can be used to
gate certain input pins when battery power is low or failing. The pins that can
be gated are configured via software. This pin can also optionally be used as
an external FIQ interrupt source to the MPU. The function of this pin is
configurable via software.
For more details, see the OMAP5912 Multimedia Processor Power
Management Reference Guide (literature number SPRU753).
I
EXT_DMA_REQ0
L12
N15
External DMA request. EXT_DMA_REQ0 provides DMA request inputs
which external devices can use to trigger system DMA transfers. The system
DMA must be configured in software to respond to these external requests.
I
EXT_DMA_REQ1
M14
T19
External DMA request. EXT_DMA_REQ1 provides DMA request inputs
which external devices may use to trigger system DMA transfers. The
system DMA must be configured in software to respond to these external
requests.
I
LOW_PWR
N16
T20
Low-power request output. This active-high output indicates that the
OMAP5912 device is in a LOW_PWR sleep mode. During reset and
functional modes, LOW_PWR is driven low. This signal can be used to
indicate a low-power state to external power management devices in a
system.
O
LOW_POWER
P4
W4
Inverted polarity of the LOW_PWR signal
O
RTC_ON_NOFF
P10
Y12
Active-low asynchronous reset signal if real-time clock (RTC) is used.
I
RTC_WAKE_INT
N9
W13
RTC wake-up interrupt. RTC periodic interrupt to external power device to
restart the main power supplies when RTC times out.
O
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
97
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
SIGNAL
ZZG
BALL#
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
INTERRUPTS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONTROL AND CONFIGURATION PINS (CONTINUED)
EXT_MASTER_REQ
T7
R10
External master request. If the base clock is provided by an external device
instead of an on-chip oscillator, a high level on this output indicates to the
external device that the clock must be driven. A low level indicates that the
OMAP5912 device is in sleep mode and the 12- or 13-MHz external clock
source is not necessary.
O
RST_HOST_OUT
N9
W13
A software-controllable reset or shutdown output to an external device
O
CONF
R14
V18
OMAP5912 configuration input. Must be tied low for normal operations.
I
CVDD
C11 K5
M7 T16
A15 M2
Y9 Y20
CVDD1
T3
AA3
CVDD2
H7 G9 G8
CVDD3
POWER SUPPLIES
Core supply voltage. Supplies power to OMAP5912 core logic and
low-voltage sections of I/O.
Power
Core supply voltage 1. Supplies power to OMAP5912 core logic.
Power
A3 A9 E2
Core supply voltage 2. Supplies power to the MPU subsystem logic and
memory.
Power
G10 H11
K11 J10
B13 B20
J21 R20
Core supply voltage 3. Supplies power to the DSP subsystem logic and
memory. If the DSP system is not used, can be grounded after the isolation
control in ULPD is set.
Power
L9
W12
Core supply voltage for the RTC. Supplies power to the RTC core logic. Can
be connected to CVDD if the RTC is not used as a standalone.
Power
CVDDA
P17
Y21
Analog supply voltage. Supplies power to the analog phase-locked loop
(APLL) used to provide 48-MHz clock to peripherals such as USB, UART, or
MMC/SD/SDIO peripherals. Note: The voltage to this supply pin must be
kept as clean as possible to maximize performance by minimizing clock jitter.
Power
CVDDDLL
A9
A11
Core supply voltage for the digitally controlled delay element (calibration
module) used to control read and write timings to external dual data rate
(DDR) SDRAM. It is recommended that an RC (R = 10 Ω, C = 100 nF)
low-pass filter be implemented externally to filter switching noises.
Power
DVDD1
C14 G12
A19 E21
I/O supply voltage 1. Supplies power to the majority of peripheral I/O buffers.
DVDD1 can be connected in common with the other DVDD supplies if the
same operating voltage is desired.
Power
DVDD2
U2
AA2
I/O supply voltage 2. Supplies power to the internal USB transceiver buffers
of USB port 0. DVDD2 can optionally be used for USB connect and
disconnect detection by connecting DVDD2 to the power from the USB bus in
the system. DVDD2 can be connected in common with the other DVDD
supplies if the same operating voltage is desired.
Power
DVDD3
T6
Y7
I/O supply voltage 3. Supplies power to the MCSI2 and McBSP2 peripheral
I/O buffers as well as to GPIO[9:8] I/O buffers. The DVDD3 supply can
operate within a high-voltage or low-voltage range. DVDD3 can be connected
in common with the other DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage is
desired.
Power
DVDD4
D6 D7
D8 D11
A5 A7
B10 B14
I/O supply voltage 4. Supplies power to the DDR/SDRAM interface I/O
buffers. The DVDD4 supply can operate within a high-voltage or low-voltage
range. DVDD4 can be connected in common with the other DVDD supplies if
the same operating voltage is desired.
Power
DVDD5
B1 G1
L3
C2 H2
R1
I/O supply voltage 5. Supplies power to the flash interface I/O buffers. The
DVDD5 supply can operate within a high-voltage or low-voltage range.
DVDD5 can be connected in common with the other DVDD supplies if the
same operating voltage is desired.
Power
CVDDRTC
†
‡
98
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Introduction
Table 2−5. Signal Descriptions (Continued)
ZDY/
GDY
BALL#
ZZG
BALL#
DVDD6
T10
AA11
I/O supply voltage 6. Supplies power to the MMC/SD1 interface I/O buffers.
DVDD6 can be connected in common with the other DVDD supplies if the
same operating voltage is desired.
Power
DVDD7
T13
Y16
I/O supply voltage 7. Supplies power to the McBSP3, MCSI1, UART, and
USB port 1 I/O buffers. DVDD7 can be connected in common with the other
DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage is desired.
Power
DVDD8
J15
L21
I/O supply voltage 8. Supplies power to the camera interface (I/F) and
embedded trace macrocell (ETM) I/O buffers. DVDD8 can be connected in
common with the other DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage is
desired.
Power
DVDD9
M13
U21
I/O supply voltage 9. Supplies power to the GPIO (except GPIO[9:8]),
MPUIO, and MICROWIRE I/O buffers. DVDD9 can be connected in common
with the other DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage is desired.
Power
DVDDRTC
R10
V12
I/O supply voltage for the RTC I/O. (RTC_ON_NOFF, RTC_WAKE_INT,
CLK32K_IN, CLK32K_OUT, OSC32K_OUT, OSC32K_IN,
PWRON_RESET). DVDDRTC can be connected in common with the other
DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage is desired and the RTC is not
used in standalone.
Power
LDO.FILTER
H1
J1
A regulated supply is delivered by an embedded LDO to the DPLL
macro(s).The regulated supply is available on the bond pad. A decoupling
capacitor of 1 µF must be connected externally between LDO.FILTER and
the ground.
Power
F6 E13
E5 G7
F12 K10
K9 H9
H10 M12
J9 R9
M6 K8
L11 N5
H8 G11
N13 L7
A13 A21
B1 B5
B7 B16
F20 G1
K2 K20
N1 P12
R21 U2
W20 Y3
Y13 AA1
AA7 AA21
Common ground for all core and I/O-Voltage supplies.
Power
SIGNAL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
POWER SUPPLIES (CONTINUED)
VSS
†
‡
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
GPIO13 is used to select between full and fast boot. Set GPIO13 high to boot from the USB peripheral. Set GPIO13 low to boot from external
flash on CS3.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
99
Functional Overview
3
Functional Overview
The following functional overview is based on the block diagram in Figure 3−1.
OMAP5912
Endianism
Conversion
32
E
M
I
F
S
16
MPU
Interface
E
M
I
F
F
16
SDRAM
MPU
Peripheral
Bridge
32
System
DMA
Controller
McBSP3
MPU/DSP Shared Peripherals
Mailbox
MPU/DSP Static Shared
8 x GPTIMERS
SPI
UART1,2,3
I2C
MMC/SDIO2
McBSP2
MPU/DSP Dynamic Shared
GPIO1,2,3,4
32−kHz Synchro Counter
32
MPU Public Peripherals
USB Controllers
O O
C C
P P
− −
T1 T2
Frame
Buffer
MPU Public
Peripheral Bus
32
32
Memory
Interface
Traffic
Controller
(TC)
McBSP1
DSP Public (Shared)
Peripheral Bus
16
32
DSP Public Peripherals
MCSI1
MCSI2
16
MPU
Bus
Flash
and
SRAM
16
Endianism
Conversion
DSP
MMU
32
DSP Private Peripherals
Timers (3)
Watchdog Timer
Level 1/2 Interrupt
Handlers
DSP Public
Peripheral
Bus
TMS320C55x DSP
(Instruction Cache,
SARAM, DARAM, DMA,
H/W Accelerators)
32
O
C
P
−
I
OCP
MPU Private
Peripheral Bus
Switch
Switch
Camera I/F
JTAG/Emulation I/F
32
MPU Core
ARM926EJ-S
(Instruction
Cache, Data
Cache, MMU)
ETM9
32
LCD
I/F
ULPD
Clock and Reset
Management
OSC
OSC
12 MHz
32 kHz
MPU Private
Peripherals
Timers (3)
Watchdog Timer
Level 1/2
Interrupt
Handlers
Configuration
Registers
System DMA
MICROWIRE I/F
RTC
PWT
PWL
Keyboard I/F
HDQ/1-Wire
MMC/SDIO1
MPUIO
LPG1,2
FAC
QS Timer
32−kHz
Watchdog
LCD CONV
16
Clock
Reset
External Clock
Requests
Figure 3−1. OMAP5912 Functional Block Diagram
100
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.1
Functional Block Diagram Features
The OMAP5912 devices include the following functional blocks:
•
ARM926EJS megacell including:
−
−
−
−
ARM926EJS, supporting the operating system
MMU with translation lookaside buffer (TLBx)
L1 16K-byte, four-way, set-associative instruction cache
L1 8K-byte, four-way, set-associative data cache with write buffer
•
MPU interrupt handler level 1
•
Embedded trace macrocell module, ETM version 2.a in a 13-bit mode configuration or in a 17-bit
demultiplexed mode configuration
•
C55x DSP subsystem:
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Embedded ICE emulator interface through JTAG port
TMS320C55x (C55x) DSP rev 2.1
L1 cache (24K bytes)
16K-byte, two-way, set-associative instruction cache
2 × 4K-byte RAM set for instruction
DARAM 64K-byte, zero-wait state, 32-bit organization
SARAM 96K-byte, zero-wait state, 32-bit organization
PDROM (32K bytes)
DMA controller: Six physical channels, five ports
DSP trace module
Hardware accelerators motion estimation (ME), discrete/inverse discrete cosine transform
(DCT/IDCT), and pixel interpolation (PI)
DSP interrupt handler level 1 in the C55x DSP core
•
DSP MMU
•
DSP level 2 interrupt handler enabling connection to 16 additional interrupt lines outside OMAP. The
priority of each interrupt line is controlled by software.
•
DSP interrupt interface enabling connection to the interrupt lines coming out of the level 2 interrupt handler
and the interrupt lines requiring higher priority. The outcome interrupt of this module is then connected
to the DSP megacell to be processed by the DSP. This module mainly ensures that all interrupts going
to the DSP megacell are level-sensitive.
•
DSP peripherals:
−
−
•
3 × 16-bit DSP private timers
1 × 16-bit DSP private watchdog
Mailboxes:
Four mailboxes are implemented:
−
−
Two read/write accessible by MPU, read-only by the DSP
Two read/write accessible by the DSP, read-only by the MPU
Each mailbox is implemented with 2 × 16-bit registers. When a write is done into a register by one
processor, it generates an interrupt; this interrupt is released by the read access of the other processor.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
101
Functional Overview
•
MPU peripherals
−
−
•
External LCD controller support, in addition to the OMAP LCD controller
−
•
•
LCD controller with its own tearing-effect logic
Memory traffic controller
−
External memory interface slow (EMIFS); connects external device memories (such as common flash
and SRAM memories). This interface enables 16-bit data accesses and provides four chip-selects;
each chip-select is able to support up to 64M bytes address space through a 25-bit address bus.
−
External memory interface fast (EMIFF) is a memory interface that enables16-bit data SDRAM
memory access. It supports connection to a maximum of 64M bytes of SDRAM. The address width is
16 bits and two bank selection bits are also provided. The OMAP5912 chip provides interfacing with a
maximum of four banks of 64M × 16-bit SDRAM memory with DDR capability.
Hardware security accelerators
−
−
−
−
−
DES/3DES
SHA1/MD5
Random number generator
Support provided by third-party software library
Bootloader
•
Emulator interface through JTAG port
•
Two DPLLs:
−
−
−
•
−
Two coupled domains in scalable mode. This means that only one DPLL is active and the other clocks
are a multiple of it.
−
Mixed mode: In this case only one domain is working in asynchronous mode. The other domains are in
scalable mode.
Endianism conversion for DSP
−
•
OMAP provides a single DPLL for the following clock domains:
MPU/traffic controller clock domain
DSP clock domain
The OMAP gigacell enables the software to define either:
−
The DSP uses big-endian format, whereas the MPU uses little-endian format. Also, as a rule, the
OMAP5912 chip works in little endian format. Thus, the endianism conversion is useful for all memory
or peripheral accesses from on-chip peripherals or all shared memories to the C55x DSP.
The OMAP3.2 is considered to be a subchip of OMAP5912. To connect the OMAP peripherals, six buses
are delivered:
−
−
−
−
−
−
102
3 × 32-bit private timers; their clock is either the OMAP3.2 reference input clock or the divided MPU
clock.
1 × 16-bit private watchdog; can be configured as a 16-bit general-purpose timer by software. Its clock
is the OMAP3.2 reference input clock divided by 14.
SPRS231E
MPU shared TIPB
MPU private TIPB
DSP shared TIPB
DSP private TIPB
OCP T1/T2 (master)
OCP-I (slave)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
•
MPU private peripherals (accessible only by the MPU)
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
•
DSP private peripherals (accessible only by the DSP)
−
−
−
•
USB interface
Camera interface providing connectivity to CMOS image sensors
MICROWIRE serial interface
Real-time clock module (RTC)
Pulse-width tone (PWT)
Pulse-width light (PWL)
Keyboard interface (6×5 or 8×8 matrix)
HDQ/1-Wire interface for serial communication to battery management devices
Multimedia card/secure digital (MMC/SDIO1)
Up to 16 MPU general-purpose I/Os (MPUIOs)
LED pulse generators (LPG)
Frame adjustment counter (FAC)
32-kHz OS timer
DSP public peripherals (accessible by the DSP, DSP DMA, and the MPU via the MPU interface)
−
−
•
Three 32-bit general-purpose timers
Watchdog timer
Level 1/level 2 interrupt handlers
MPU public peripherals (accessible by the MPU and the system DMA)
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
•
Three 32-bit general-purpose timers
Watchdog timer
Level 1/level 2 interrupt handlers
Configuration registers for pin multiplexing and other device-level configurations
DES/3DES
SHA1/MD5
LCD controller supporting monochrome panels or STN and TFT color panels
LCDCONV to provide 18 bits (instead of 16 bits) to the LCD interface
Two multichannel buffered serial port (McBSP1 and 3)
Two multichannel serial interfaces (MCSI1 and 2)
MPU/DSP shared peripherals (controlling processor is selected by the MPU)
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Four mailboxes for interprocessor communications
Eight general-purpose timers
Serial port interface (SPI)
Three UARTs (UART1 and UART3 have SIR mode for IrDA operation)
Inter-integrated circuit (I2C) multimode master and slave interface
Multimedia card/secure digital (MMC/SDIO2)
Multichannel buffered serial port (McBSP2)
Up to 64 general-purpose I/O pins with interrupt capability to either processor
32-kHz synchro counter
•
MPU/DSP shared peripherals (accessible via OCP-T2 port)
•
MPU/DSP shared peripherals (accessible via OCP-T2 or OCP-T1 port)
−
TI Camera I/F (//)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
103
Functional Overview
3.2
MPU Memory Maps
3.2.1 MPU Global Memory Map
The MPU has a unified address space; therefore, the internal and external memories for program and data,
as well as peripheral registers and configuration registers, are all accessed within the same address space.
The MPU space is always addressed using byte addressing. Table 3−1 provides a high level illustration of the
entire MPU addressable space. Table 3−2 shows the chip-select mapping. More details about the peripheral
and configuration registers are provided in Section 3.2.2, MPU Subsystem Registers Memory Map.
Table 3−1. OMAP5912 MPU Global Memory Map
BGA BALL #
DEVICE NAME
SIGNAL
START ADDRESS
(HEX)
BGA BALL #
END ADDRESS
(HEX)
CS0
0000 0000
03FF FFFF
Boot ROM
0000 0000
0000 FFFF
64K bytes
32-bit Ex/R
Reserved boot ROM
0001 0000
0003 FFFF
192K bytes
32-bit Ex/R
Reserved
0004 0000
001F FFFF
Reserved
0020 0000
0020 3FFF
Reserved
0020 4000
0020 FFFF
Reserved
0021 0000
0021 000F
Reserved
0021 0010
0021 002F
Reserved
0021 0030
01FF FFFF
NOR flash
0200 0000
03FF FFFF
32M bytes
8/16/32-bit Ex/R/W
16-bit or 32-bit
organized
CS1
0400 0000
07FF FFFF
64M bytes
NOR flash
0400 0000
07FF FFFF
64M bytes
8/16/32-bit Ex/R/W
16-bit or 32-bit
organized
CS2
0800 0000
0BFF FFFF
64M bytes
NOR flash
0800 0000
0BFF FFFF
64M bytes
8/16/32-bit Ex/R/W
16-bit or 32-bit
organized
CS3
0C00 0000
0FFF FFFF
64M bytes
NOR flash
0C00 0000
0FFF FFFF
64M bytes
8/16/32-bit Ex/R/W
16-bit or 32-bit
organized
SDRAM external
1000 0000
13FF FFFF
64M bytes
16-bit Ex/R/W
Reserved
1400 0000
1FFF FFFF
250K bytes
32-bit Ex/R/W
2K bytes
32-bit Ex/R/W
2K bytes
32-bit Ex/R/W
SIGNAL
SIZE
SIGNAL
DATA ACCESS
TYPE
SIGNAL
COMMENT
EMIFS
64M bytes
EMIFF
L3 OCP T1
Frame buffer
2000 0000
2003 E7FF
Reserved
2003 E800
2007 CFFF
Reserved
2007 D000
2007 D3FF
Reserved
2007 D400
2007 D7FF
TI Camera I/F (//)
2007 D800
2007 DFFF
L3 OCP T2
104
Reserved
3000 0000
3000 0FFF
Reserved
3000 1000
3000 1FFF
Reserved
3000 2000
3000 21FF
Reserved
3000 2200
3007 D7FF
TI Camera I/F (//)
3007 D800
3007 DFFF
Reserved
3007 E000
30FF FFFF
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−1. OMAP5912 MPU Global Memory Map (Continued)
BGA BALL #
DEVICE NAME
SIGNAL
START ADDRESS
(HEX)
BGA BALL #
END ADDRESS
(HEX)
Reserved
3100 0000
34FF FFFF
Reserved
3500 0000
7FFF FFFF
SIGNAL
SIZE
SIGNAL
DATA ACCESS
TYPE
SIGNAL
COMMENT
DSP MPUI Interface
MPUI memory
+
MPUI peripheral
E000 0000
Reserved
E102 0000
Reserved memory
space
E101 FFFF
EFFF FFFF
TIPB Peripheral and Control Registers
Reserved
F000 0000
FFFA FFFF
OMAP5912 peripherals
FFFB 0000
FFFE FFFF
Reserved
FFFF 0000
FFFF FFFF
NOTE:
CS1 and CS2 can be split by software to provide up to four chip-selects. In this case, each
chip-select can support 32M bytes of asynchronous memory.
Table 3−2. Chip-Select Mapping
CHIP SELECT
START ADDRESS
END ADDRESS
NOR FLASH SIZE
CS1a
0x0400 0000
0x05FF FFFF
32M bytes
CS1b
0x0600 0000
0x07FF FFFF
32M bytes
CS2a
0x0800 0000
0x09FF FFFF
32M bytes
CS2b
0x0A00 0000
0x0BFF FFFF
32M bytes
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
105
Functional Overview
3.2.2 MPU Subsystem Registers Memory Map
The MPU accesses peripheral and configuration registers in the same way that internal and external memory
are accessed. The following tables specify the MPU base addresses where each set of registers is accessed.
All accesses to these registers must utilize the appropriate access width (8-, 16-, or 32-bit-wide accesses) as
indicated in the tables. Accessing registers with the incorrect access width are illegal.
WARNING: Access to Reserved areas is illegal.
3.2.2.1
MPU Private Peripheral Registers
The MPU private peripheral registers include the following:
•
MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers
•
LCDCONV Registers
•
LCD Controller Registers
•
MPU Timer1 Registers
•
MPU Timer2 Registers
•
MPU Timer3 Registers
•
MPU Watchdog Timer Registers
•
MPU Level 1 Interrupt Handler Registers
•
System DMA Controller Registers
Table 3−3. MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:0000
MPU_L2_ITR
Interrupt Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0004
MPU_L2_MIR
Interrupt Mask Register
32
R/W
FFFFFFFFh
FFFE:0008
RESERVED
Reserved
FFFE:000C
RESERVED
Reserved
FFFE:0010
MPU_L2_SIR_IRQ
Interrupt Encoded Source (IRQ) Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:0014
MPU_L2_SIR_FIQ
Interupt Encoded Source (FIQ) Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:0018
MPU_L2_CONTROL
Interrupt Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:001C
MPU_L2_ILR0
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 0 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0020
MPU_L2_ILR1
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 1 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0024
MPU_L2_ILR2
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 2 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0028
MPU_L2_ILR3
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 3 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:002C
MPU_L2_ILR4
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 4 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0030
MPU_L2_ILR5
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 5 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0034
MPU_L2_ILR6
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 6 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0038
MPU_L2_ILR7
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 7 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:003C
MPU_L2_ILR8
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 8 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0040
MPU_L2_ILR9
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 9 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0044
MPU_L2_ILR10
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 10 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
106
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−3. MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:0048
MPU_L2_ILR11
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 11 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:004C
MPU_L2_ILR12
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 12 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0050
MPU_L2_ILR13
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 13 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0054
MPU_L2_ILR14
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 14 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0058
MPU_L2_ILR15
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 15 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:005C
MPU_L2_ILR16
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 16 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0060
MPU_L2_ILR17
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 17 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0064
MPU_L2_ILR18
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 18 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0068
MPU_L2_ILR19
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 19 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:006C
MPU_L2_ILR20
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 20 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0070
MPU_L2_ILR21
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 21 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0074
MPU_L2_ILR22
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 22 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0078
MPU_L2_ILR23
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 23 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:007C
MPU_L2_ILR24
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 24 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0080
MPU_L2_ILR25
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 25 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0084
MPU_L2_ILR26
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 26 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0088
MPU_L2_ILR27
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 27 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:008C
MPU_L2_ILR28
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 28 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0090
MPU_L2_ILR29
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 29 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0094
MPU_L2_ILR30
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 30 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:0098
MPU_L2_ILR31
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 31 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:009C
MPU_L2_ISR
Software Interrupt Set Register
32
W
0000 0000h
FFFE:00A0
MPU_L2_STATUS
Status Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:00A4
MPU_L2_OCP_CFG
OCP Configuration Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:00A8
MPU_L2_INTH_REV
Interrupt Controller Revision ID
32
R
0000 0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−4. LCDCONV Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:3000 −
LCDCONV_R_LOOK_UP
FFFE:301F
R Look-up Table Register File
8
R/W
undefined
FFFE:3020 −
LCDCONV_B_LOOK_UP
FFFE:303F
B Look-up Table Register File
8
R/W
undefined
FFFE:3040−
FFFE:307F
LCDCONV_G_LOOK_UP
G Look-up Table Register File
8
R/W
undefined
FFFE:3080
LCDCONV_CONTROL
Control Register
8
R/W
0000h
FFFE:3084
LCDCONV_DEV_REV
Device Revision Register
8
R
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
undefined
SPRS231E
107
Functional Overview
Table 3−5. LCD Controller Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C000
LCD_CONTROL
LCD Control Register
32
R/W
xx00 0000h
FFFE:C004
LCD_TIMING0
LCD Timing0 Register
32
R/W
0000 000Fh
FFFE:C008
LCD_TIMING1
LCD Timing1 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C00C
LCD_TIMING2
LCD TIming2 Register
32
R/W
xx00 0000h
FFFE:C010
LCD_STATUS
LCD Status Register
32
R/W
xxxx xxx0h
FFFE:C014
LCD_SUBPANEL
LCD Subpanel Display Register
32
R/W
xx00 0000h
FFFE:C018
LCD_LINEINT
LCD Line Interrupt Register
32
R/W
xxxx xx00h
FFFE:C01C
LCD_DISPLAYSTATUS
LCD Display Status Register
32
R/W
xxxx x3FFh
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−6. MPU Timer1 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C500
MPU_CNTL_TIMER1
MPU Timer1 Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C504
MPU_LOAD_TIMER1
MPU Timer1 Load Register
32
W
undefined
FFFE:C508
MPU_READ_TIMER1
MPU Timer1 Read Register
32
R
undefined
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−7. MPU Timer2 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C600
MPU_CNTL_TIMER2
MPU Timer2 Control Register
32
R/W
FFFE:C604
MPU_LOAD_TIMER2
MPU Timer2 Load Register
32
W
0000 0000h
undefined
FFFE:C608
MPU_READ_TIMER2
MPU Timer2 Read Register
32
R
undefined
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−8. MPU Timer3 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C700
MPU_CNTL_TIMER3
MPU Timer3 Control Register
32
R/W
FFFE:C704
MPU_LOAD_TIME3
MPU Timer3 Load Register
32
W
0000 0000h
undefined
FFFE:C708
MPU_READ_TIMER3
MPU Timer3 Read Register
32
R
undefined
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−9. MPU Watchdog Timer Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
FFFE:C800
MPU_WDT_CNTL_TIMER
MPU Watchdog Timer Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0E02h
FFFE:C804
MPU_WDT_LOAD_TIMER
MPU Watchdog Timer Load Register
32
W
xxxx FFFFh
FFFE:C804
MPU_WDT_READ_TIMER
MPU Watchdog Timer Read Register
32
R
xxxx FFFFh
FFFE:C808
MPU_WDT_TIMER_MODE
MPU Watchdog Timer Mode Register
32
R/W
0000 8000h
108
SPRS231E
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−10. MPU Level 1 Interrupt Handler Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CB00
MPU_L1_ITR
Interrupt Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB04
MPU_L1_MIR
Interrupt Mask Register
32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB08
RESERVED
Reserved
FFFE:CB0C
RESERVED
Reserved
FFFE:CB10
MPU_L1_SIR_IRQ_CODE
Interrupt Encoded Source (IRQ) Register
32
FFFE:CB14
MPU_L1_SIR_FIQ_CODE
Interupt Encoded Source (FIQ) Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB18
MPU_L1_CONTROL
Interrupt Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB1C
MPU_L1_ILR0
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 0 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB20
MPU_L1_ILR1
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 1 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB24
MPU_L1_ILR2
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 2 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB28
MPU_L1_ILR3
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 3 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB2C
MPU_L1_ILR4
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 4 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB30
MPU_L1_ILR5
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 5 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB34
MPU_L1_ILR6
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 6 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB38
MPU_L1_ILR7
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 7 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB3C
MPU_L1_ILR8
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 8 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB40
MPU_L1_ILR9
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 9 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB44
MPU_L1_ILR10
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 10 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB48
MPU_L1_ILR11
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 11 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB4C
MPU_L1_ILR12
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 12 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB50
MPU_L1_ILR13
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 13 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB54
MPU_L1_ILR14
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 14 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB58
MPU_L1_ILR15
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 15 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB5C
MPU_L1_ILR16
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 16 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB60
MPU_L1_ILR17
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 17 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB64
MPU_L1_ILR18
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 18 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB68
MPU_L1_ILR19
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 19 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB6C
MPU_L1_ILR20
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 20 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB70
MPU_L1_ILR21
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 21 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB74
MPU_L1_ILR22
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 22 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB78
MPU_L1_ILR23
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 23 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB7C
MPU_L1_ILR24
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 24 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB80
MPU_L1_ILR25
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 25 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB84
MPU_L1_ILR26
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 26 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB88
MPU_L1_ILR27
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 27 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB8C
MPU_L1_ILR28
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 28 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB90
MPU_L1_ILR29
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 29 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB94
MPU_L1_ILR30
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 30 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB98
MPU_L1_ILR31
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 31 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C9C
MPU_L1_ISR
Interrupt Priority Level For IRQ 0 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
MPU_L1_ENHANCED_CNTL
Enhanced Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CBA0
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
109
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D800
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D802
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D804
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D806
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D808
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D80A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D80C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D80E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D810
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D812
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D814
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D816
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D818
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D81A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D81C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D81E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D820
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D822
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH0
Logical Channel 0 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D824
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D828
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D82A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D82C −
FFFE:D83F
Reserved
FFFE:D840
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D842
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D844
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D846
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D848
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D84A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D84C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D84E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
110
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D850
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D852
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D854
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D856
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D858
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D85A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D85C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D85E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH1
Logical Channel 1 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D860
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH0
Logical Channel 1 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D862
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH0
Logical Channel 1 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D864
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D868
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D86A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D86C −
FFFE:D87F
Reserved
FFFE:D880
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D882
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D884
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D886
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D888
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D88A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D88C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D88E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D890
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D892
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D894
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D896
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D898
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D89A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D89C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
111
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D89E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH2
Logical Channel 2 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8A0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH0
Logical Channel 2 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8A2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH0
Logical Channel 2 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8A4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8A8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8AA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8AC −
FFFE:D8BF
Reserved
FFFE:D8C0
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D8C2
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D8C4
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D8C6
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D8C8
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8CA
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8CC
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8CE
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D0
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D2
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D4
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D6
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D8
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D8DA
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D8DC
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8DE
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8E0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Color Parameter
Register, Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8E2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH3
Logical Channel 3 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8E4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8E8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8EA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D8EC −
FFFE:D8FF
FFFE:D900
112
Reserved
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH4
SPRS231E
Logical Channel 4 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D902
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D904
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D906
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D908
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D90A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D90C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D90E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D910
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D912
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D914
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D916
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D918
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D91A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D91C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D91E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D920
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D822
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH4
Logical Channel 4 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D824
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D828
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D82A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D92C −
FFFE:D93F
Reserved
FFFE:D940
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D942
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D944
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D946
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D948
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D94A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D94C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D94E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D950
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
113
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D952
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D954
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D956
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D958
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D95A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D95C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D95E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH5
Logical Channel 5 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D960
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH0
Logical Channel 5 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D962
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH0
Logical Channel 5 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D964
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D968
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D96A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D96C −
FFFE:D97F
Reserved
FFFE:D980
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D982
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D984
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D986
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D988
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D98A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D98C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D98E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D990
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D992
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D994
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D996
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D998
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D99A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D99C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D99E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
114
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D9A0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9A2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH6
Logical Channel 6 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9A4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9A8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9AA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9AC −
FFFE:D9BF
Reserved
FFFE:D9C0
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D9C2
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D9C4
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D9C6
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D9C8
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9CA
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9CC
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9CE
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D0
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D2
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D4
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D6
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D8
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D9DA
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:D9DC
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9DE
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9E0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9E2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH7
Logical Channel 7 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9E4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9E8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9EA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9EC −
FFFE:D9FF
Reserved
FFFE:DA00
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DA02
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
115
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:DA04
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DA06
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DA08
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA0A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA0C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA0E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA10
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA12
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA14
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA16
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA18
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DA1A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DA1C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA1E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA20
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA22
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH8
Logical Channel 8 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA24
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA28
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA2A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB2C −
FFFE:DA3F
Reserved
FFFE:DA40
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DA42
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DA44
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DA46
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DA48
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA4A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA4C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Destination Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA4E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Destination Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA50
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA52
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
116
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:DA54
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA56
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA58
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DA5A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DA5C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Destination Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA5E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA60
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Color Parameter Register,
Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA62
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH9
Logical Channel 9 Color Parameter Register,
Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA64
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA68
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA6A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA6C −
FFFE:DA7F
Reserved
FFFE:DA80
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DA82
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DA84
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Interrupt Control
Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DA86
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DA88
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA8A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA8C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Destination Start
Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA8E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Destination Start
Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA90
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Element Number
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA92
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA94
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA96
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA98
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DA9A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DA9C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Destination Element
Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA9E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH10
Logical Channel 10 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
117
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:DAA0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH0
Logical Channel 10 Color Parameter
Register, Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAA2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH0
Logical Channel 10 Color Parameter
Register, Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAA4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAA8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAAA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAAC −
FFFE:DABF
Reserved
FFFE:DAC0
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DAC2
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DAC4
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DAC6
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DAC8
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DACA
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DACC
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Destination Start
Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DACE
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Destination Start
Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAD0
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Element Number
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAD2
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAD4
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAD6
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAD8
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DADA
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DADC
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Destination Element
Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DADE
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAE0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_C11
Logical Channel 11 Color Parameter
Register, Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAE2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH11
Logical Channel 11 Color Parameter
Register, Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAE4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAE8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAEA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DAEC −
FFFE:DAFF
Reserved
FFFE:DB00
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DB02
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
118
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:DB04
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Interrupt Control
Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DB06
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DB08
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB0A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB0C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Destination Start
Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB0E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Destination Start
Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB10
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Element Number
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB12
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB14
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB16
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB18
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DB1A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DB1C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Destination Element
Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB1E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB20
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH12
Logical Channel 12 Color Parameter
Register, Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB22
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH12
Logical Channel12 Color Parameter
Register, Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB24
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB28
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB2A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB2C −
FFFE:DB3F
Reserved
FFFE:DB40
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DB42
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DB44
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Interrupt Control
Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DB46
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DB48
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB4A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB4C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Destination Start
Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB4E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Destination Start
Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
119
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:DB50
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Element Number
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB52
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB54
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB56
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB58
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DB5A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DB5C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Destination Element
Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB5E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB60
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Color Parameter
Register, Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB62
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH13
Logical Channel 13 Color Parameter
Register, Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB64
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB68
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB6A
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB60 −
FFFE:DB7F
Reserved
FFFE:DB80
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DB82
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DB84
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Interrupt Control
Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DB86
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DB88
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB8A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB8C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Destination Start
Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB8E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Destination Start
Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB90
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Element Number
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB92
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB94
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB96
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB98
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DB9A
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
120
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:DB9C
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Destination Element
Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB9E
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBA0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Color Parameter
Register, Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBA2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH14
Logical Channel 14 Color Parameter
Register, Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBA4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBA8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBAA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBAC −
FFFE:DBBF
Reserved
FFFE:DBC0
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Source/Destination
Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DBC2
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DBC4
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Interrupt Control
Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DBC6
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DBC8
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Source Start Address
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBCA
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Source Start Address
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBCC
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Destination Start
Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBCE
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Destination Start
Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBD0
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Element Number
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBD2
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBD4
SYS_DMA_CSFI_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Source Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBD6
SYS_DMA_CSEI_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Source Element Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBD8
SYS_DMA_CSAC_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Source Address Counter
Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DBDA
SYS_DMA_CDAC_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Destination Address
Counter Register
16
R
undef
FFFE:DBDC
SYS_DMA_CDEI_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Destination Element
Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBDE
SYS_DMA_CDFI_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Destination Frame Index
Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBE0
SYS_DMA_COLOR_L_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Color Parameter
Register, Lower Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBE2
SYS_DMA_COLOR_U_CH15
Logical Channel 15 Color Parameter
Register, Upper Bits
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBE4
SYS_DMA_CCR2
Channel Control Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBE8
SYS_DMA_CLNK_CTRL
Channel Link Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DBEA
SYS_DMA_LCH_CTRL
Logical Channel Control Register
16
RW
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
121
Functional Overview
Table 3−11. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
FFFE:DBEC −
FFFE:DBFF
FFFE:DC00
SYS_DMA_GCR
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
System DMA Global Control Register
16
RW
0000h
16
RW
0000h
16
RW
0000h
Reserved
SYS_DMA_GSCR
FFFE:DC06
FFFE:DC08
ACCESS
WIDTH
Reserved
FFFE:DC02
FFFE:DC04
DESCRIPTION
System DMA Software Compatible Register
Reserved
SYS_DMA_GRST
FFFE:DC0A −
FFFE:DC41
System DMA Global Software Reset Control
Register
Reserved
FFFE:DC42
SYS_DMA_HW_ID
System DMA Version ID Register
16
R
0001h
FFFE:DC44
SYS_DMA_PCh2_ID
System DMA Physical Channel 2 Version ID
Register
16
R
0001h
FFFE:DC46
SYS_DMA_PCh0_ID
System DMA Physical Channel 0 Version ID
Register
16
R
0001h
FFFE:DC48
SYS_DMA_PCh1_ID
System DMA Physical Channel 1 Version ID
Register
16
R
0001h
FFFE:DC4A −
FFFE:DC4D
Reserved
FFFE:DC4E
SYS_DMA_CAPS_0_U
System DMA Global DMA Capability U
Register 0
16
R
000Ch
FFFE:DC50
SYS_DMA_CAPS_0_L
System DMA Global DMA Capability L
Register 0
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DC52
SYS_DMA_CAPS_1_U
System DMA Global DMA Capability U
Register 1
16
R
undef
FFFE:DC54
SYS_DMA_CAPS_1_L
System DMA Global DMA Capability L
Register 1
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DC56
SYS_DMA_CAPS_2
System DMA Global DMA Capability
Register 2
16
R
01FFh
FFFE:DC58
SYS_DMA_CAPS_3
System DMA Global DMA Capability
Register 3
16
R
001Fh
FFFE:DC5A
SYS_DMA_CAPS_4
System DMA Global DMA Capability
Register 4
16
R
007Fh
16
R
00FFh
FFFE:DC5C −
FFFE:DC5F
FFFE:DC60
Reserved
SYS_DMA_PCh2_SR
FFFE:DC62 −
FFFE:DC7F
System DMA Physical Channel 2 Status
Register
Reserved
FFFE:DC80
SYS_DMA_PCh0_SR
System DMA Physical Channel 0 Status
Register
16
R
00FFh
FFFE:DC82
SYS_DMA_PCh1_SR
System DMA Physical Channel 1 Status
Register
16
R
00FFh
FFFE:DC84 −
FFFE:DCC0
122
SPRS231E
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.2.2.2
MPU Public Peripheral Registers
The MPU public peripheral registers include the following:
•
USB On-the-Go (OTG) Registers
•
MICROWIRE Registers
•
USB Client Registers
•
Real-Time Clock (RTC) Registers
•
MPUIO (Keyboard Included) Registers
•
Pulse Width Light (PWL) Registers
•
Pulse Width Tone (PWT) Registers
•
MMC/SDIO1 Registers
•
OS Timer 32-kHz Registers
•
USB Host Registers
•
Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC) Registers
•
HDQ/1-Wire Interface Registers
•
LED Pulse Generator 1 (LPG1) Registers
•
LED Pulse Generator 2 (LPG2) Registers
Table 3−12. USB On-the-Go (OTG) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:0700
USB_OTG_REV
USB On-the-Go Revision Number
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:0704
USB_OTG_SYSCON1
USB On-the-Go Configuration Register 1
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:0708
USB_OTG_SYSCON2
USB On-the-Go Configuration Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:070C
USB_OTG_CTRL
USB On-the-Go Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:0710
USB_OTG_IRQ_EN
USB On-the-Go Interrupt Enable Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:0714
USB_OTG_IRQ_SRC
USB On-the-Go Interrtup Status Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:0718
USB_OTG_OUTCTRL
USB On-the-Go Output Pins Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:0720
USB_OTG_TEST
USB On-the-Go Test Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:07FC
USB_OTG_VC
USB On-the-Go Vendor Code Register
32
R
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
undefined
SPRS231E
123
Functional Overview
Table 3−13. MICROWIRE Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ACCESS
WIDTH
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:3000
MWIRE_RDR
MICROWIRE Receive Data Register
16
R
undefined
FFFB:3000
MWIRE_TDR
MICROWIRE Transmit Data Register
16
W
undefined
FFFB:3004
MWIRE_CSR
MICROWIRE Control And Status Register
16
R/W
undefined
FFFB:3008
MWIRE_SR1
MICROWIRE Setup Register for CS0 and CS1
16
R/W
undefined
FFFB:300C
MWIRE_SR2
MICROWIRE Setup Register for CS2 and CS3
16
R/W
undefined
FFFB:3010
MWIRE_SR3
MICROWIRE Setup Register for Internal Clock
16
R/W
undefined
FFFB:3014
MWIRE_SR4
MICROWIRE Setup Register for Clock Polarity
16
R/W
undefined
FFFB:3018
MWIRE_SR5
MICROWIRE Setup Register for Transmit Mode
16
R/W
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−14. USB Client Registers
BYTE ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:4000
USB_CLNT_REV
USB Client Revision Register
16
R
0x0021
FFFB:4004
USB_CLNT_EP_NUM
USB Client Endpoint Selection Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4008
USB_CLNT_DATA
USB Client Data Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:400C
USB_CLNT_CTRL
USB Client Control Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:4010
USB_CLNT_STAT_FLG
USB Client Status Flag Register
16
R
0x8202
FFFB:4014
USB_CLNT_RXFSTAT
USB Client Receive FIFO Status Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:4018
USB_CLNT_SYSCON1
USB Client System Configuration 1 Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:401C
USB_CLNT_SYSCON2
USB Client System Configuration 2 Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4020
USB_CLNT_DEVSTAT
USB Client Device Status Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:4024
USB_CLNT_SOF
USB Client Start of Frame Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:4028
USB_CLNT_IRQ_EN
USB Client Interrupt Enable Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:402C
USB_CLNT_DMA_IRQ_EN
USB Client DMA Interrupt Enable Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4030
USB_CLNT_IRQ_SRC
USB Client Interrupt Source Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4034
USB_CLNT_EPN_STAT
USB Client Non-ISO Endpoint Interrupt Enable
Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:4038
USB_CLNT_DMAIN_STAT
USB Client Non-ISO DMA Interrupt Enable
Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:403C
Reserved
FFFB:4040
USB_CLNT_RXDMA_CFG
USB Client DMA Receive Channels
Configuration Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4044
USB_CLNT_TXDMA_CFG
USB Client DMA Transmit Channels
Configuration Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4048
USB_CLNT_DATA_DMA
USB Client DMA FIFO Data Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:404C
Reserved
FFFB:4050
USB_CLNT_TXDMA0
USB Client Transmit DMA Control 0 Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4054
USB_CLNT_TXDMA1
USB Client Transmit DMA Control 1 Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:4058
USB_CLNT_TXDMA2
USB Client Transmit DMA Control 2 Register
16
R/W
0x0000
FFFB:405C
Reserved
FFFB:4060
USB_CLNT_RXDMA0
USB Client Receive DMA Control 0 Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:4064
USB_CLNT_RXDMA1
USB Client Receive DMA Control 1 Register
16
R
0x0000
FFFB:4068
USB_CLNT_RXDMA2
USB Client Receive DMA Control 2 Register
16
R
0x0000
†
During reset, Bit 15 is zero and other bit values are undetermined (i.e., the values are unknown until the first write access.)
124
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−14. USB Client Registers (Continued)
BYTE ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:406C −
FFFB:407F
Reserved
FFFB:4084
USB_CLNT_EP1_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 1
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:4088
USB_CLNT_EP2_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 2
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:408C
USB_CLNT_EP3_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 3
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:4090
USB_CLNT_EP4_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 4
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:4094
USB_CLNT_EP5_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 5
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:4098
USB_CLNT_EP6_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 6
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:409C
USB_CLNT_EP7_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 7
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40A0
USB_CLNT_EP8_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 8
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40A4
USB_CLNT_EP9_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 9
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40A8
USB_CLNT_EP10_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 10
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40AC
USB_CLNT_EP11_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 11
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40B0
USB_CLNT_EP12_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 12
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40B4
USB_CLNT_EP13_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 13
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40B8
USB_CLNT_EP14_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 14
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40BC
USB_CLNT_EP15_RX
USB Client Receive Endpoint Configuration 15
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40C0
Reserved
FFFB:40C4
USB_CLNT_EP1_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 1
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40C8
USB_CLNT_EP2_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 2
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40CC
USB_CLNT_EP3_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 3
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40D0
USB_CLNT_EP4_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 4
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40D4
USB_CLNT_EP5_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 5
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40D8
USB_CLNT_EP6_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 6
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40DC
USB_CLNT_EP7_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 7
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40E0
USB_CLNT_EP8_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 8
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
†
During reset, Bit 15 is zero and other bit values are undetermined (i.e., the values are unknown until the first write access.)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
125
Functional Overview
Table 3−14. USB Client Registers (Continued)
BYTE ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:40E4
USB_CLNT_EP9_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration 9
Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40E8
USB_CLNT_EP10_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration
10 Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40EC
USB_CLNT_EP11_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration
11 Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40F0
USB_CLNT_EP12_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration
12 Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40F4
USB_CLNT_EP13_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration
13 Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40F8
USB_CLNT_EP14_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration
14 Register
16
R/W
0x0†
FFFB:40FC
USB_CLNT_EP15_TX
USB Client Transmit Endpoint Configuration
15 Register
16
R/W
0x0†
†
During reset, Bit 15 is zero and other bit values are undetermined (i.e., the values are unknown until the first write access.)
Table 3−15. Real-Time Clock (RTC) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:4800
SECONDS_REG
RTC Seconds Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4804
MINUTES_REG
RTC Minutes Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4808
HOURS_REG
RTC Hours Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:480C
DAYS_REG
RTC Days Register
8
R/W
01h
FFFB:4810
MONTHS_REG
RTC Months Register
8
R/W
01h
FFFB:4814
YEARS_REG
RTC Years Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4818
WEEK_REG
RTC Weeks Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:481C
Reserved
FFFB:4820
ALARM_SECONDS_REG
RTC Alarm Seconds Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4824
ALARM_MINUTES_REG
RTC Alarm Minutes Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4828
ALARM_HOURS_REG
RTC Alarm Hours Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:482C
ALARM_DAYS_REG
RTC Alarm Days Register
8
R/W
01h
FFFB:4830
ALARM_MONTHS_REG
RTC Alarm Months Register
8
R/W
01h
FFFB:4834
ALARM_YEARS_REG
RTC Alarm Years Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4838 −
FFFB:483F
Reserved
FFFB:4840
RTC_CTRL_REG
RTC Control Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4844
RTC_STATUS_REG
RTC Status Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4848
RTC_INTERRUPTS_REG
RTC Interrupts Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:484C
RTC_COMP_LSB_REG
RTC Compensation LSB Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:4850
RTC_COMP_MSB_REG
RTC Compensation MSB Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4854
RTC_OSC_REG
RTC Oscillator Register
8
RW
0Bh
126
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−16. MPUIO (Keyboard) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:5000
MPUIO_INPUT_LATCH
MPUIO General Purpose Input Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:5004
MPUIO_OUTPUT
MPUIO General Purpose Output Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:5008
MPUIO_IO_CNTL
MPUIO In/Out Control Register for
General-Purpose I/O
16
R/W
FFFFh
FFFB:5010
MPUIO_KBD_LATCH
MPUIO Keyboard Row Input Register
16
R
FFFFh
FFFB:5014
MPUIO_KBC
MPUIO Keyboard Column Ouput Register
16
R/W
FF00h
FFFB:5018
MPUIO_GPIO_EVENT
MPUIO GPIO Event Mode Register
16
R/W
0FE0h
FFFB:501C
MPUIO_GPIO_EDGE
MPUIO GPIO Interrupt Edge Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:5020
MPUIO_KBD_INT
MPUIO Keyboard Interrupt Register
16
R
FFFFh
FFFB:5024
MPUIO_GPIO_INT
MPUIO GPIO Interrupt Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:5028
MPUIO_KBD_MASKIT
MPUIO Keyboard Interrupt Mask Register
16
R/W
FFFEh
FFFB:502C
MPUIO_GPIO_MASKIT
MPUIO GPIO Interrupt Mask Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:5030
MPUIO_GPIO_DBNC
MPUIO GPIO Debouncing Register
16
R/W
EF00h
FFFB:5034
MPUIO_GPIO_LATCH
MPUIO GPIO Latch Register
16
R
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−17. Pulse Width Light (PWL) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:5800
PWL_LEVEL
PWL Level Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:5804
PWL_CONTROL
PWL Control Register
8
R/W
00h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−18. Pulse Width Tone (PWT) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:6000
PWT_FRC
PWT Frequency Control Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:6004
PWT_VRC
PWT Volume Control Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:6008
PWT_GCR
PWT General Control Register
8
R/W
00h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−19. MMC/SDIO1 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:7800
MPU_MMC_CMD
MMC Command Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7804
MPU_MMC_ARGL
MMC Argument Register Low
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7808
MPU_MMC_ARGH
MMC Argument Register High
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:780C
MPU_MMC_CON
MMC Module Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7810
MPU_MMC_STAT
MMC Module Status Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7814
MPU_MMC_IE
MMC System Interrupt Enable Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7818
MPU_MMC_CTO
MMC Command Time−Out Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:781C
MPU_MMC_DTO
MMC Data Read Time−Out Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7820
MPU_MMC_DATA
MMC Data Access Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7824
MPU_MMC_BLEN
MMC Block Length Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7828
MPU_MMC_NBLK
MMC Numberf of Blocks Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:782C
MPU_MMC_BUF
MMC Buffer Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
127
Functional Overview
Table 3−19. MMC/SDIO1 Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:7830
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Reserved
FFFB:7834
MPU_MMC_SDIO
MMC SDIO Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7838
MPU_MMC_SYST
MMC System Test Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:783C
MPU_MMC_REV
MMC Module Revision Register
16
R
undefined
FFFB:7840
MPU_MMC_RSP0
MMC Command Response Register 0
16
R
0000h
FFFB:7844
MPU_MMC_RSP1
MMC Command Response Register 1
16
R
0000h
FFFB:7848
MPU_MMC_RSP2
MMC Command Response Register 2
16
R
0000h
FFFB:784C
MPU_MMC_RSP3
MMC Command Response Register 3
16
R
0000h
FFFB:7850
MPU_MMC_RSP4
MMC Command Response Register 4
16
R
0000h
FFFB:7854
MPU_MMC_RSP5
MMC Command Response Register 5
16
R
0000h
FFFB:7858
MPU_MMC_RSP6
MMC Command Response Register 6
16
R
0000h
FFFB:785C
MPU_MMC_RSP7
MMC Command Response Register 7
16
R
0000h
FFFB:7860
MPU_MMC_IOSR
MMC Command Response IOSR Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7864
MPU_MMC_SYSC
MMC System Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:7868
MPU_MMC_SYSS
MMC System Status Register
16
R
0000h
Table 3−20. OS Timer 32-kHz Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:9000
OS_TIMER_TICK_VAL
OS Timer 32K Tick Value Register
32
R/W
00FF FFFFh
FFFB:9004
OS_TIMER_TICK_CNTR
OS TIimer 32k Tick Counter Register
32
R
00FF FFFFh
FFFB:9008
OS_TIMER_CTRL
OS Timer 32k Timer Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0008h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
R
32
0000 0010h
Table 3−21. USB Host Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:A000h
USB_HC_REVISION
USB Host Controller OHCI Revision Number
Register
FFFB:A004h
USB_HC_CONTROL
USB Host Controller Operating Mode Register
R/W
32
xxxx xx00h
FFFB:A008h
USB_HC_CMD_STAT
USB Host Controller Command and Status
Register
R/W
32
xxxx 0000h
FFFB:A00Ch
USB_HC_INT_STAT
USB Host Controller Interrupt Status Register
R/W
32
xxxx xxx0h
FFFB:A010h
USB_HC_INT_EN
USB Host Controller Interrupt Enable Register
R/W
32
xxxx xx00h
FFFB:A014h
USB_HC_INT_NEN
USB Host Controller Interrupt Disable Register
R/W
32
xxxx xxx0h
FFFB:A018h
USB_HC_HCCA
USB Host Controller HCCA Physical Address
Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A01Ch
USB_HC_PRD_CUR_EN
USB Host Controller Physical Address of Current
Period Endpoint Descriptor Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A020h
USB_HC_CTRL_HEAD
USB Host Controller Physical Address of Head of
Control Endpoint Descriptor List Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A024h
USB_HC_CTRL_CUR_EN
USB Host Controller Physical Address of Current
Control Endpoint Descriptor Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A028h
USB_HC_BLK_HEAD_EN
USB Host Controller Physical Address of Head of
Bulk End Point Descriptor List Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A02Ch
USB_HC_BLK_CUR_EN
USB Host Controller Physical Address of Current
Bulk Endpoint Descriptor Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
†
Bit 0 is zero.
128
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−21. USB Host Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:A030h
USB_HC_DN_HEAD
USB Host Controller Physical Address of Head of
List of Retired Transfer Descriptor Register
FFFB:A034h
USB_HC_FM_INTVRL
USB Host Controller Frame Interval Register
FFFB:A038h
USB_HC_FM_RMN
USB Host Controller Frame Remaining Register
FFFB:A03Ch
USB_HC_FM_NMB
USB Host Controller Frame Number Remaining
Register
FFFB:A040h
USB_HC_PRD_SRT
FFFB:A044h
ACCESS ACCESS
WIDTH
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
R
32
0000 0000h
R/W
32
0000 xEDFh
R
32
0000 0000h
R
32
0000 0000h
USB Host Controller Period Start Register
R/W
32
xxxx x000h
USB_HC_LSPD_TRSH
USB Host Controller Low Speed Threshold
Register
R/W
32
0Axx X203h
FFFB:A048h
USB_HC_RH_DSC_A
USB Host Controller Root Hub A Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A04Ch
USB_HC_RH_DSC_B
USB Host Controller Root Hub B Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A050h
USB_HC_RH_STS
USB Host Controller Root Hub Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A054h
USB_HC_RH_PRT_STS1
USB Host Controller Port 1 Control and Status
Register
R/W
32
0000 0100h
FFFB:A058h
USB_HC_RH_PRT_STS2
USB Host Controller Port 2 Control and Status
Register
R/W
32
0000 0100h
FFFB:A05Ch
USB_HC_RH_PRT_STS3
USB Host Controller Port 3 Control and Status
Register
R/W
32
0000 0100h
FFFB:A060h−
FFFB:A0DFh
Reserved
FFFB:A0E0h
USB_HC_UE_ADDR
USB Host Contrroller Host UE Address Register
R
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A0E4h
USB_HC_UE_STAT
USB Host Contrroller Host UE Status Register
R
32
XXXX XXX†
FFFB:A0E8h
USB_HC_TM_OUT_CTRL
USB Host Controller Time Out Control Register
R/W
32
0000 0000h
FFFB:A0ECh
USB_HC_HST_REV
USB Host Controller Host Revision Register
R
32
XXXX XXX†
†
Bit 0 is zero.
Table 3−22. Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:A800
FAC_CNT
FAC Frame Adjustment Reference Counter Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:A810
FAC_SYNC_CNT
FAC Sync Counter Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:A814
FAC_START_CNT
FAC Start Counter Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:A804
FAC_CNT_RSLT
FAC Frame Starter Count Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:A808
FAC_CTRL
FAC Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFB:A80C
FAC_STATUS
FAC Status Register
16
R
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
R/W
0000 0000h
Table 3−23. HDQ/1-Wire Interface Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:C000
HDQ_TX_DATA
HDQ Transmit Register
32
FFFB:C004
HDQ_RX_BUF
HDQ Receive Buffer Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:C008
HDQ_CNTL_STAT
HDQ Control and Status Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFB:C00C
HDQ_INT_STAT
HDQ Interrupt Status Register
32
R
0000 0000h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
129
Functional Overview
Table 3−24. LED Pulse Generator 1 (LPG1) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:D000
LPG1_CNTL
LPG1 Control Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:D004
LPG1_PWR_MNGT
LPG1 Power Mangement Register
8
R/W
00h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−25. LED Pulse Generator 2 (LPG2) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:D800
LPG2_CNTL
LPG2 Control Register
8
R/W
00h
FFFB:D804
LPG2_PWR_MNGT
LPG2 Power Mangement Register
8
R/W
00h
130
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.2.2.3
MPU/DSP Shared Peripheral Registers
The MPU public peripheral registers include the following:
•
UART1 Registers
•
UART2 Registers
•
SPI1 Registers
•
McBSP2 Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 1 Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 2 Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 3 Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 4 Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 5 Registers
•
I2C1 Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 6 Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 7 Registers
•
MMC/SDIO2 Registers
•
UART 3 Registers
•
MPU GPIO3 Registers
•
MPU GPIO4 Registers
•
32-kHz Synchro Count Registers
•
General-Purpose Timer 8 Registers
•
MPU GPIO1 Registers
•
MPU GPIO2 Registers
•
MPU/DSP Shared Mailbox Registers
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
131
Functional Overview
Table 3−26. UART1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
R
Undefined
0x00 8000h
FFFB:0000
UART1_RHR
UART1 receive holding register
8
0x00 8000h
FFFB:0000
UART1_THR
UART1 transmit holding register
8
W
0x00 8000h
FFFB:0000
UART1_DLL
UART1 divisor latch low register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8001h
FFFB:0004
UART1_IER
UART1 interrupt enable register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8001h
FFFB:0004
UART1_DLH
UART1 divisor latch high register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8002h
FFFB:0008
UART1_IIR
UART1 interrupt identification register
8
R
01h
0x00 8002h
FFFB:0008
UART1_FCR
UART1 FIFO control register
8
W
00h
0x00 8002h
FFFB:0008
UART1_EFR
UART1 enhanced feature register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8003h
FFFB:000C
UART1_LCR
UART1 line control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8004h
FFFB:0010
UART1_MCR
UART1 modem control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8004h
FFFB:0010
UART1_XON1
UART1 XON1 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8005h
FFFB:0014
UART1_LSR
UART1 mode register
8
R
60h
0x00 8005h
FFFB:0014
UART1_XON2
UART1 XON2 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8006h
FFFB:0018
UART1_MSR
UART1 modem status register
8
R
0x00 8006h
FFFB:0018
UART1_TCR
UART1 transmission control register
8
R/W
0Fh
0x00 8006h
FFFB:0018
UART1_XOFF1
UART1 XOFF1 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8007h
FFFB:001C
UART1_SPR
UART1 scratchpad register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8007h
FFFB:001C
UART1_TLR
UART1 trigger level register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8007h
FFFB:001C
UART1_XOFF2
UART1 XOFF2 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8008h
FFFB:0020
UART1_MDR1
UART1 mode definition 1 register
8
R/W
07h
0x00 8009h
FFFB:0024
UART1_MDR2
UART1 mode definition register 2
8
R/W
00h
0x00 800Ah
FFFB:0028
UART1_SFLSR
UART1 status FIFO line status register
8
R
00h
0x00 800Ah
FFFB:0028
UART1_TXFLL
UART1 transmit frame length low
8
W
00h
0x00 800Bh
FFFB:002C
UART1_RESUME
UART1 resume register
8
R
00h
0x00 800Bh
FFFB:002C
UART1_TXFLH
UART1 transmit frame length high
8
W
00h
0x00 800Ch
FFFB:0030
UART1_SFREGL
UART1 status FIFO low register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 800Ch
FFFB:0030
UART1_RXFLL
UART1 receive frame length low
8
W
00h
0x00 800Dh
FFFB:0034
UART1_SFREGH
UART1 status FIFO high register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 800Dh
FFFB:0034
UART1_RXFLH
UART1 receive frame length high
8
W
00h
0x00 800Eh
FFFB:0038
UART1_UASR
UART1 autobauding status register
8
R
00h
0x00 800Eh
FFFB:0038
UART1_BLR
UART1 BOF control register
8
R/W
40h
0x00 800Fh
FFFB:003C
UART1_ACREG
UART1 auxiliary control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8010h
FFFB:0040
UART1_SCR
UART1 supplementary control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8011h
FFFB:0044
UART1_SSR
UART1 supplementary status register
8
R
00h
0x00 8012h
FFFB:0048
UART1_EBLR
UART1 BOF length register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8013h
FFFB:004C
0x00 8014h
FFFB:0050
UART1_MVR
UART1 module version register
8
R
−
0x00 8015h
FFFB:0054
UART1_SYSC
UART1 system configuration register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8016h
FFFB:0058
UART1_SYSS
UART1 system status register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8017h
FFFB:005C
UART1_WER
UART1 wake-up enable register
8
R/W
7Fh
132
SPRS231E
Undefined
Undefined
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−27. UART2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
R
Undefined
0x00 8400h
FFFB:0800
UART2_RHR
UART2 receive holding register
8
0x00 8400h
FFFB:0800
UART2_THR
UART2 transmit holding register
8
W
0x00 8400h
FFFB:0800
UART2_DLL
UART2 divisor latch low register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8401h
FFFB:0804
UART2_IER
UART2 interrupt enable register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8401h
FFFB:0804
UART2_DLH
UART2 divisor latch high register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8402h
FFFB:0808
UART2_IIR
UART2 interrupt identification register
8
R
01h
0x00 8402h
FFFB:0808
UART2_FCR
UART2 FIFO control register
8
W
00h
0x00 8402h
FFFB:0808
UART2_EFR
UART2 enhanced feature register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8403h
FFFB:080C
UART2_LCR
UART2 line control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8404h
FFFB:0810
UART2_MCR
UART2 modem control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8404h
FFFB:0810
UART2_XON1
UART2 XON1 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8405h
FFFB:0814
UART2_LSR
UART2 mode register
8
R
60h
0x00 8405h
FFFB:0814
UART2_XON2
UART2 XON2 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8406h
FFFB:0818
UART2_MSR
UART2 modem status register
8
R
0x00 8406h
FFFB:0818
UART2_TCR
UART2 transmission control register
8
R/W
0Fh
0x00 8406h
FFFB:0818
UART2_XOFF
UART2 XOFF1 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8407h
FFFB:081C
UART2_SPR
UART2 scratchpad register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8407h
FFFB:081C
UART2_TLR
UART2 trigger level register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8407h
FFFB:081C
UART2_XOFF2
UART2 XOFF2 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8408h
FFFB:0820
UART2_MDR1
UART2 mode definition 1 register
8
R/W
07h
0x00 8409h
FFFB:0824
UART2_MDR2
UART2 mode definition register 2
8
R/W
00h
0x00 840Ah
FFFB:0828
UART2_SFLSR
UART2 status FIFO line status register
8
R
00h
0x00 840Ah
FFFB:0828
UART2_TXFLL
UART2 transmit frame length low
8
W
00h
0x00 840Bh
FFFB:082C
UART2_RESUME
UART2 resume register
8
R
00h
0x00 840Bh
FFFB:082C
UART2_TXFLH
UART2 transmit frame length high
8
W
00h
0x00 840Ch
FFFB:0830
UART2_SFREGL
UART2 status FIFO low register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 840Ch
FFFB:0830
UART2_RXFLL
UART2 receive frame length low
8
W
00h
0x00 840Dh
FFFB:0834
UART2_SFREGH
UART2 status FIFO high register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 840Dh
FFFB:0834
UART2_RXFLH
UART2 receive frame length high
8
W
00h
0x00 840Eh
FFFB:0838
UART2_UASR
UART2 autobauding status register
8
R
00h
0x00 840Eh
FFFB:0838
UART2_BLR
UART2 BOF control register
8
R/W
40h
0x00 840Fh
FFFB:083C
UART2_ACREG
UART2 auxiliary control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8410h
FFFB:0840
UART2_SCR
UART2 supplementary control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8411h
FFFB:0844
UART2_SSR
UART2 supplementary status register
8
R
00h
0x00 8412h
FFFB:0848
UART2_EBLR
UART2 BOF length register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8413h
FFFB:084C
0x00 8414h
FFFB:0850
UART2_MVR
UART2 module version register
8
R
0x00 8415h
FFFB:0854
UART2_SYSC
UART2 system configuration register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8416h
FFFB:0858
UART2_SYSS
UART2 system status register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 8417h
FFFB:085C
UART2_WER
UART2 wake-up enable register
8
R/W
7Fh
Undefined
Undefined
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
−
SPRS231E
133
Functional Overview
Table 3−28. SPI1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
32
R
0000 00XXh
R/W
0000 0020h
FFFB:0C00
0x00 8602h −
0x00 8607h
FFFB:0C04 −
FFFB:0C0F
0x00 8608h
FFFB:0C10
SPI1_SCR
System Configuration Register
32
0x00 860Ah
FFFB:0C14
SPI1_SSR
System Status Register
32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 860Ch
FFFB:0C18
SPI1_ISR
Interrupt Status Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 860Eh
FFFB:0C1C
SPI1_IER
Interrupt Enable Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8610h
FFFB:0C20
0x00 8612h
FFFB:0C24
SPI1_SET1
Setup 1 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8614h
FFFB:0C28
SPI1_SET2
Setup 2 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8616h
FFFB:0C2C
SPI1_CTRL
Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8618h
FFFB:0C30
SPI1_DSR
Data Status Register
32
R
0000 0002h
0x00 861Ah
FFFB:0C34
SPI1_TX
Transmit Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 861Ch
FFFB:0C38
SPI1_RX
Receive Register
32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 861Eh
FFFB:0C3C
SPI1_TEST
Test Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
SPRS231E
Module Version Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
0x00 8600h
134
SPI1_REV
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−29. McBSP2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
0x00 8800h
FFFB:1000
MCBSP2_DRR2
McBSP2 Data receive register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8801h
FFFB:1002
0x00 8802h
FFFB:1004
MCBSP2_DRR1
McBSP2 Data receive register 1
16
R/W
0000h
MCBSP2_DXR2
McBSP2 Data transmit register 2
16
R/W
0x00 8803h
0000h
FFFB:1006
MCBSP2_DXR1
McBSP2 Data transmit register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8804h
FFFB:1008
MCBSP2_SPCR2
McBSP2 Serial port control register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8805h
FFFB:100A
MCBSP2_SPCR1
McBSP2 Serial port control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8806h
FFFB:100C
MCBSP2_RCR2
McBSP2 Receive control register 2
16
R//W
0000h
0x00 8807h
FFFB:100E
MCBSP2_RCR1
McBSP2 Receive control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8808h
FFFB:1010
MCBSP2_XCR2
McBSP2 Transmit control register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8809h
FFFB:1012
MCBSP2_XCR1
McBSP2 Transmit control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 880Ah
FFFB:1014
MCBSP2_SRGR2
McBSP2 Sample rate generator register 2
16
R/W
2000h
0x00 880Bh
FFFB:1016
MCBSP2_SRGR1
McBSP2 Sample rate generator register 1
16
R/W
0001h
0x00 880Ch
FFFB:1018
MCBSP2_MCR2
McBSP2 Multichannel register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 880Dh
FFFB:101A
MCBSP2_MCR1
McBSP2 Multichannel register 1
16
R/W
0000h
16
R/W
0000h
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
0x00 880Eh
FFFB:101C
MCBSP2_RCERA
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition A
0x00 880Fh
FFFB:101E
MCBSP2_RCERB
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition B
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8810h
FFFB:1020
MCBSP2_XCERA
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition A
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8811h
FFFB:1022
MCBSP2_XCERB
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition B
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8812h
FFFB:1024
MCBSP2_PCR0
McBSP2 Pin control register 0
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8813h
FFFB:1026
MCBSP2_RCERC
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition C
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8814h
FFFB:1028
MCBSP2_RCERD
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition D
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8815h
FFFB:102A
MCBSP2_XCERC
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition C
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8816h
FFFB:102C
MCBSP2_XCERD
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition D
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8817h
FFFB:102E
MCBSP2_RCERE
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition E
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8818h
FFFB:1030
MCBSP2_RCERF
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition F
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8819h
FFFB:1032
MCBSP2_XCERE
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition E
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 881Ah
FFFB:1034
MCBSP2_XCERF
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition F
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 881Bh
FFFB:1036
MCBSP2_RCERG
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition G
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 881Ch
FFFB:1038
MCBSP2_RCERH
McBSP2 Receive channel enable register
partition H
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 881Dh
FFFB:103A
MCBSP2_XCERG
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition G
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 881Eh
FFFB:103C
MCBSP2_XCERH
McBSP2 Transmit channel enable register
partition H
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 881Fh
FFFB:103E
MCBSP2_REV
McBSP2 Version register
16
R/W
0011h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
135
Functional Overview
Table 3−30. General-Purpose Timer1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:1400
0x00 8A02h
FFFB:1404
0x00 8A08h
FFFB:1410
GPTMR1_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer1 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8A0Ah
FFFB:1414
GPTMR1_TISTAT
GPTimer1 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 8A0Ch
FFFB:1418
GPTMR1_TISR
GPTimer1 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8A0Eh
FFFB:141C
GPTMR1_TIER
GPTimer1 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8A10h
FFFB:1420
GPTMR1_TWER
GPTimer1 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8A12h
FFFB:1424
GPTMR1_TCLR
GPTimer1 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8A14h
FFFB:1428
GPTMR1_TCRR
GPTimer1 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8A16h
FFFB:142C
GPTMR1_TLDR
GPTimer1 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8A18h
FFFB:1430
GPTMR1_TTGR
GPTimer1 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 8A1Ah
FFFB:1434
GPTMR1_TWPS
GPTimer1 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 8A1Ch
FFFB:1438
GPTMR1_TMAR
GPTimer1 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR1_TSICR
GPTimer1 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:1440
GPTimer1 Identification Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
0x00 8A00h
0x00 8A20h
GPTMR1_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
Table 3−31. General-Purpose Timer2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
FFFB:1C00
0x00 8E02h
FFFB:1C04
0x00 8E08h
FFFB:1C10
GPTMR2_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer2 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8E0Ah
FFFB:1C14
GPTMR2_TISTAT
GPTimer2 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 8E0Ch
FFFB:1C18
GPTMR2_TISR
GPTimer2 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8E0Eh
FFFB:1C1C
GPTMR2_TIER
GPTimer2 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8E10h
FFFB:1C20
GPTMR2_TWER
GPTimer2 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8E12h
FFFB:1C24
GPTMR2_TCLR
GPTimer2 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8E14h
FFFB:1C28
GPTMR2_TCRR
GPTimer2 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8E16h
FFFB:1C2C
GPTMR2_TLDR
GPTimer2 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 8E18h
FFFB:1C30
GPTMR2_TTGR
GPTimer2 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 8E1Ah
FFFB:1C34
GPTMR2_TWPS
GPTimer2 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 8E1Ch
FFFB:1C38
GPTMR2_TMAR
GPTimer2 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR2_TSICR
GPTimer2 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
136
FFFB:1C40
SPRS231E
GPTimer2 Identification Register
RESET
VALUE
0x00 8E00h
0x00 8E20h
GPTMR2_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−32. General-Purpose Timer3 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:2400
0x00 9202h
FFFB:2404
0x00 9208h
FFFB:2410
GPTMR3_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer3 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 920Ah
FFFB:2414
GPTMR3_TISTAT
GPTimer3 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 920Ch
FFFB:2418
GPTMR3_TISR
GPTimer3 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 920Eh
FFFB:241C
GPTMR3_TIER
GPTimer3 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9210h
FFFB:2420
GPTMR3_TWER
GPTimer3 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9212h
FFFB:2424
GPTMR3_TCLR
GPTimer3 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9214h
FFFB:2428
GPTMR3_TCRR
GPTimer3 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9216h
FFFB:242C
GPTMR3_TLDR
GPTimer3 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9218h
FFFB:2430
GPTMR3_TTGR
GPTimer3 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 921Ah
FFFB:2434
GPTMR3_TWPS
GPTimer3 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 921Ch
FFFB:2438
GPTMR3_TMAR
GPTimer3 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR3_TSICR
GPTimer3 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:2440
GPTimer3 Identification Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
0x00 9200h
0x00 9220h
GPTMR3_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
Table 3−33. General-Purpose Timer4 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
FFFB:2C00
0x00 9602h
FFFB:2C04
0x00 9608h
FFFB:2C10
GPTMR4_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer4 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 960Ah
FFFB:2C14
GPTMR4_TISTAT
GPTimer4 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 960Ch
FFFB:2C18
GPTMR4_TISR
GPTimer4 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 960Eh
FFFB:2C1C
GPTMR4_TIER
GPTimer4 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9610h
FFFB:2C20
GPTMR4_TWER
GPTimer4 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9612h
FFFB:2C24
GPTMR4_TCLR
GPTimer4 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9614h
FFFB:2C28
GPTMR4_TCRR
GPTimer4 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9616h
FFFB:2C2C
GPTMR4_TLDR
GPTimer4 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9618h
FFFB:2C30
GPTMR4_TTGR
GPTimer4 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 961Ah
FFFB:2C34
GPTMR4_TWPS
GPTimer4 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 961Ch
FFFB:2C38
GPTMR4_TMAR
GPTimer4 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR4_TSICR
GPTimer4 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
FFFB:2C40
GPTimer4 Identification Register
RESET
VALUE
0x00 9600h
0x00 9620h
GPTMR4_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
137
Functional Overview
Table 3−34. General-Purpose Timer5 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:3400
0x00 9A02h
FFFB:3404
0x00 9A08h
FFFB:3410
GPTMR5_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer5 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9A0Ah
FFFB:3414
GPTMR5_TISTAT
GPTimer5 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 9A0Ch
FFFB:3418
GPTMR5_TISR
GPTimer5 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9A0Eh
FFFB:341C
GPTMR5_TIER
GPTimer5 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9A10h
FFFB:3420
GPTMR5_TWER
GPTimer5 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9A12h
FFFB:3424
GPTMR5_TCLR
GPTimer5 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9A14h
FFFB:3428
GPTMR5_TCRR
GPTimer5 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9A16h
FFFB:342C
GPTMR5_TLDR
GPTimer5 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9A18h
FFFB:3430
GPTMR5_TTGR
GPTimer5 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 9A1Ah
FFFB:3434
GPTMR5_TWPS
GPTimer5 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 9A1Ch
FFFB:3438
GPTMR5_TMAR
GPTimer5 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR5_TSICR
GPTimer5 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
FFFB:3440
GPTimer5 Identification Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
0x00 9A00h
0x00 9A20h
GPTMR5_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
Table 3−35. I2C1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 9C00h
FFFB:3800
I2C1_REV
I2C1 Module Version Register
16
R/W
0022h
0x00 9C02h
FFFB:3804
I2C1_IE
I2C1 Interrupt Enable Register
16
R/W
0000h
I2C1_STAT
I2C1
16
R
0000h
0x00 9C04h
FFFB:3808
0x00 9C06h
FFFB:380C
Status Register
0x00 9C08h
FFFB:3810
I2C1_SYSS
I2C1 System Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 9C0Ah
FFFB:3814
I2C1_BUF
I2C1 Buffer Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9C0Ch
FFFB:3818
I2C1_CNT
I2C1 Data Counter Register
16
R/W
0000h
Reserved
0x00 9C0Eh
FFFB:381C
I2C1_DATA
I2C1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9C10h
FFFB:3820
I2C1_SYSC
I2C1 System Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
Data Access Register
0x00 9C12h
FFFB:3824
I2C1_CON
I2C1
Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9C14h
FFFB:3828
I2C1_OA
I2C1 Own Address Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9C16h
FFFB:382C
I2C1_SA
I2C1 Slave Address Register
16
R/W
03FFh
0x00 9C18h
FFFB:3830
I2C1_PSC
I2C1
Clock Prescaler Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9C1Ah
FFFB:3834
I2C1_SCLL
I2C1 SCL Low Timer Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9C1Ch
FFFB:3838
I2C1_SCLH
I2C1 SCL High Timer Register
16
R/W
0000h
I2C1_SYSTEST
I2C1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9C1Eh
138
FFFB:383C
SPRS231E
System Test Register
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−36. General-Purpose Timer6 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:3C00
0x00 9E02h
FFFB:3C04
0x00 9E08h
FFFB:3C10
GPTMR6_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer6 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9E0Ah
FFFB:3C14
GPTMR6_TISTAT
GPTimer6 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 9E0Ch
FFFB:3C18
GPTMR6_TISR
GPTimer6 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9E0Eh
FFFB:3C1C
GPTMR6_TIER
GPTimer6 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9E10h
FFFB:3C20
GPTMR6_TWER
GPTimer6 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9E12h
FFFB:3C24
GPTMR6_TCLR
GPTimer6 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9E14h
FFFB:3C28
GPTMR6_TCRR
GPTimer6 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9E16h
FFFB:3C2C
GPTMR6_TLDR
GPTimer6 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 9E18h
FFFB:3C30
GPTMR6_TTGR
GPTimer6 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 9E1Ah
FFFB:3C34
GPTMR6_TWPS
GPTimer6 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 9E1Ch
FFFB:3C38
GPTMR6_TMAR
GPTimer6 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR6_TSICR
GPTimer6 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:3C40
GPTimer6 Identification Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
0x00 9E00h
0x00 9E20h
GPTMR6_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
Table 3−37. General-Purpose Timer7 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
FFFB:7400
0x00 BA02h
FFFB:7404
0x00 BA08h
FFFB:7410
GPTMR7_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer7 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 BA0Ah
FFFB:7414
GPTMR7_TISTAT
GPTimer7 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 BA0Ch
FFFB:7418
GPTMR7_TISR
GPTimer7 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 BA0Eh
FFFB:741C
GPTMR7_TIER
GPTimer7 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 BA10h
FFFB:7420
GPTMR7_TWER
GPTimer7 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 BA12h
FFFB:7424
GPTMR7_TCLR
GPTimer7 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 BA14h
FFFB:7428
GPTMR7_TCRR
GPTimer7 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 BA16h
FFFB:742C
GPTMR7_TLDR
GPTimer7 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 BA18h
FFFB:7430
GPTMR7_TTGR
GPTimer7 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 BA1Ah
FFFB:7434
GPTMR7_TWPS
GPTimer7 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 BA1Ch
FFFB:7438
GPTMR7_TMAR
GPTimer7 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR7_TSICR
GPTimer7 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
FFFB:7440
GPTimer7 Identification Register
RESET
VALUE
0x00 BA00h
0x00 BA20h
GPTMR7_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
139
Functional Overview
Table 3−38. MMC/SDIO2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 BE00h
FFFB:7C00
MMC2_CMD
MMC2 Command Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE02h
FFFB:7C04
MMC2_ARGL
MMC2 Argument Register Low
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE04h
FFFB:7C08
MMC2_ARGH
MMC2 Argument Register High
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE06h
FFFB:7C0C
MMC2_CON
MMC2 Module Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE08h
FFFB:7C10
MMC2_STAT
MMC2 Module Status Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE0Ah
FFFB:7C14
MMC2_IE
MMC2 System Interrupt Enable Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE0Ch
FFFB:7C18
MMC2_CTO
MMC2 Command Time-Out Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE0Eh
FFFB:7C1C
MMC2_DTO
MMC2 Data Read Time-Out Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE10h
FFFB:7C20
MMC2_DATA
MMC2 Data Access Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE12h
FFFB:7C24
MMC2_BLEN
MMC2 Block Length Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE14h
FFFB:7C28
MMC2_NBLK
MMC2 Numberf of Blocks Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE16h
FFFB:7C2C
MMC2_BUF
MMC2 Buffer Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE18h
FFFB:7C30
0x00 BE1Ah
FFFB:7C34
MMC2_SDIO
MMC2 SDIO Configuration Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE1Ch
FFFB:7C38
MMC2_SYST
MMC2 System Test Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE1Eh
FFFB:7C3C
MMC2_REV
MMC2 Module Revision Register
16
R
undefined
0x00 BE20h
FFFB:7C40
MMC2_RSP0
MMC2 Command Response Register 0
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE22h
FFFB:7C44
MMC2_RSP1
MMC2 Command Response Register 1
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE24h
FFFB:7C48
MMC2_RSP2
MMC2 Command Response Register 2
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE26h
FFFB:7C4C
MMC2_RSP3
MMC2 Command Response Register 3
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE28h
FFFB:7C50
MMC2_RSP4
MMC2 Command Response Register 4
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE2Ah
FFFB:7C54
MMC2_RSP5
MMC2 Command Response Register 5
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE2Ch
FFFB:7C58
MMC2_RSP6
MMC2 Command Response Register 6
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE2Eh
FFFB:7C5C
MMC2_RSP7
MMC2 Command Response Register 7
16
R
0000h
0x00 BE30h
FFFB:7C60
MMC2_IOSR
MMC2 Command Response IOSR
Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE32h
FFFB:7C64
MMC2_SYSC
MMC2 System Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 BE34h
FFFB:7C68
MMC2_SYSS
MMC2 System Status Register
16
R
0000h
140
SPRS231E
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−39. UART3 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
R
Undefined
0x00 CC00h
FFFB:9800
UART3_RHR
UART3 receive holding register
8
0x00 CC00h
FFFB:9800
UART3_THR
UART3 transmit holding register
8
W
0x00 CC00h
FFFB:9800
UART3_DLL
UART3 divisor latch low register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC01h
FFFB:9804
UART3_IER
UART3 interrupt enable register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC01h
FFFB:9804
UART3_DLH
UART3 divisor latch high register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC02h
FFFB:9808
UART3_IIR
UART3 interrupt identification register
8
R
01h
0x00 CC02h
FFFB:9808
UART3_FCR
UART3 FIFO control register
8
W
00h
0x00 CC02h
FFFB:9808
UART3_EFR
UART3 enhanced feature register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC03h
FFFB:980C
UART3_LCR
UART3 line control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC04h
FFFB:9810
UART3_MCR
UART3 modem control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC04h
FFFB:9810
UART1_XON1
UART3 XON1 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC05h
FFFB:9814
UART3_LSR
UART3 mode register
8
R
60h
0x00 CC05h
FFFB:9814
UART3_XON2
UART3 XON2 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC06h
FFFB:9818
UART3_MSR
UART3 modem status register
8
R
0x00 CC06h
FFFB:9818
UART3_TCR
UART3 transmission control register
8
R/W
0Fh
0x00 CC06h
FFFB:9818
UART3_XOFF1
UART3 XOFF1 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC07h
FFFB:981C
UART3_SPR
UART3 scratchpad register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC07h
FFFB:981C
UART3_TLR
UART3 trigger level register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC07h
FFFB:981C
UART3_XOFF2
UART3 XOFF2 register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC08h
FFFB:9820
UART3_MDR1
UART3 mode definition 1 register
8
R/W
07h
0x00 CC09h
FFFB:9824
UART3_MDR2
UART3 mode definition register 2
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC0Ah
FFFB:9828
UART3_SFLSR
UART3 status FIFO line status register
8
R
00h
0x00 CC0Ah
FFFB:9828
UART3_TXFLL
UART3 transmit frame length low
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Bh
FFFB:982C
UART3_RESUME
UART3 resume register
8
R
00h
0x00 CC0Bh
FFFB:982C
UART3_TXFLH
UART3 transmit frame length high
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Ch
FFFB:9830
UART3_SFREGL
UART3 status FIFO low register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 CC0Ch
FFFB:9830
UART3_RXFLL
UART3 receive frame length low
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Dh
FFFB:9834
UART3_SFREGH
UART3 status FIFO high register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 CC0Dh
FFFB:9834
UART3_RXFLH
UART3 receive frame length high
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Eh
FFFB:9838
UART3_UASR
UART3 autobauding status register
8
R
00h
0x00 CC0Eh
FFFB:9838
UART3_BLR
UART3 BOF control register
8
R/W
40h
0x00 CC0Fh
FFFB:983C
UART3_ACREG
UART3 auxiliary control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC10h
FFFB:9840
UART3_SCR
UART3 supplementary control register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC11h
FFFB:9844
UART3_SSR
UART3 supplementary status register
8
R
00h
0x00 CC12h
FFFB:9848
UART3_EBLR
UART3 BOF length register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC13h
FFFB:984C
0x00 CC14h
FFFB:9850
UART3_MVR
UART3 module version register
8
R
−
0x00 CC15h
FFFB:9854
UART3_SYSC
UART3 system configuration register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC16h
FFFB:9858
UART3_SYSS
UART3 system status register
8
R/W
00h
0x00 CC17h
FFFB:985C
UART3_WER
UART3 wake-up enable register
8
R/W
7Fh
Undefined
Undefined
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
141
Functional Overview
Table 3−40. MPU GPIO3 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 DA00h
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFB:B400
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
GPIO3_REVISION
GPIO3 Revision Register
16/32
R
0000 00xxh
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA08h
FFFB:B410
GPIO3_SYSCONFIG
GPIO3 System Configuration
Register
0x00 DA0Ah
FFFB:B414
GPIO3_SYSSTATUS
GPIO3 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 DA0Ch
FFFB:B418
GPIO3_IRQSTATUS1
GPIO3 Interrupt Status1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA0Eh
FFFB:B41C
GPIO3_IRQENABLE1
GPIO3 Interrupt Enable1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA10h
FFFB:B420
GPIO3_IRQSTATUS2
GPIO3 Interrupt Status2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA12h
FFFB:B424
GPIO3_IRQENABLE2
GPIO3 Interrupt Enable2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA14h
FFFB:B428
GPIO3_WAKEUPENABLE
GPIO3 Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA16h
FFFB:B42C
GPIO3_DATAIN
GPIO3 Data Input Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 DA18h
FFFB:B430
GPIO3_DATAOUT
GPIO3 Data Output Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
16/32
R/W
0000 FFFFh
0x00 DA1Ah
FFFB:B434
GPIO3_DIRECTION
GPIO3 Direction Control
Register
0x00 DA1Ch
FFFB:B438
GPIO3_EDGE_CTRL1
GPIO3 Edge Control 1 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA1Eh
FFFB:B43C
GPIO3_EDGE_CTRL2
GPIO3 Edge Control 2 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA4Eh
FFFB:B49C
GPIO3_CLEAR_IRQENABLE1
GPIO3 Clear Interrupt Enable1
Register
0x00 DA52h
FFFB:B4A4
GPIO3_CLEAR_IRQENABLE2
GPIO3 Clear Interrupt Enable2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA54h
FFFB:B4A8
GPIO3_CLEAR_WAKEUPENA
GPIO3 Clear Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA58h
FFFB:B4B0
GPIO3_CLEAR_DATAOUT
GPIO3 Clear Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA6Eh
FFFB:B4DC
GPIO3_SET_IRQENABLE1
GPIO3 Set Interrupt Enable1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA72h
FFFB:B4E4
GPIO3_SET_IRQENABLE2
GPIO3 Set Interrupt Enable2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA74h
FFFB:B4E8
GPIO3_SET_WAKEUPENA
GPIO3 Set Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DA78h
FFFB:B4F0
GPIO3_SET_DATAOUT
GPIO3 Set Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
142
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−41. MPU GPIO4 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 DE00h
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFB:BC00
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
GPIO4_REVISION
GPIO4 Revision Register
16/32
R
0000 00xxh
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE08h
FFFB:BC10
GPIO4_SYSCONFIG
GPIO4 System
Configuration Register
0x00 DE0Ah
FFFB:BC14
GPIO4_SYSSTATUS
GPIO4 System Status
Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 DE0Ch
FFFB:BC18
GPIO4_IRQSTATUS1
GPIO4 Interrupt Status1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE0Eh
FFFB:BC1C
GPIO4_IRQENABLE1
GPIO4 Interrupt Enable1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE10h
FFFB:BC20
GPIO4_IRQSTATUS2
GPIO4 Interrupt Status2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE12h
FFFB:BC24
GPIO4_IRQENABLE2
GPIO4 Interrupt Enable2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE14h
FFFB:BC28
GPIO4_WAKEUPENABLE
GPIO4 Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE16h
FFFB:BC2C
GPIO4_DATAIN
GPIO4 Data Input Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE18h
FFFB:BC30
GPIO4_DATAOUT
GPIO4 Data Output
Register
0x00 DE1Ah
FFFB:BC34
GPIO4_DIRECTION
GPIO4 Direction Control
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 FFFFh
0x00 DE1Ch
FFFB:BC38
GPIO4_EDGE_CTRL1
GPIO4 Edge Control 1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE1Eh
FFFB:BC3C
GPIO4_EDGE_CTRL2
GPIO4 Edge Control 2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE4Eh
FFFB:BC9C
GPIO4_CLEAR_IRQENABLE1
GPIO4 Clear Interrupt
Enable1 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE52h
FFFB:BCA4
GPIO4_CLEAR_IRQENABLE2
GPIO4 Clear Interrupt
Enable2 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE54h
FFFB:BCA8
GPIO4_CLEAR_WAKEUPENA
GPIO4 Clear Wake-up
Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE58h
FFFB:BCB0
GPIO4_CLEAR_DATAOUT
GPIO4 Clear Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE6Eh
FFFB:BCDC
GPIO4_SET_IRQENABLE1
GPIO4 Set Interrupt
Enable1 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE72h
FFFB:BCE4
GPIO4_SET_IRQENABLE2
GPIO4 Set Interrupt
Enable2 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE74h
FFFB:BCE8
GPIO4_SET_WAKEUPENA
GPIO4 Set Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 DE78h
FFFB:BCF0
GPIO4_SET_DATAOUT
GPIO4 Set Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−42. 32-kHz Synchro Count Registers
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:D400
32K_SYNC_CNT_REV
32k Synchro Count CID Revision Register
32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:D410
32K_SYNC_CNT_CR
32k Synchro Count Counter Register
32
R
0000 0003h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
143
Functional Overview
Table 3−43. General-Purpose Timer8 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16/32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:D400
0x00 C202h
FFFB:D404
0x00 C208h
FFFB:D410
GPTMR8_TIOCP_CFG
GPTimer8 OCP Configuration Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 C20Ah
FFFB:D414
GPTMR8_TISTAT
GPTimer8 System Status Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 C20Ch
FFFB:D418
GPTMR8_TISR
GPTimer8 Status Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 C20Eh
FFFB:D41C
GPTMR8_TIER
GPTimer8 Interrupt Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 C210h
FFFB:D420
GPTMR8_TWER
GPTimer8 Wake Up Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 C212h
FFFB:D424
GPTMR8_TCLR
GPTimer8 Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 C214h
FFFB:D428
GPTMR8_TCRR
GPTimer8 Counter Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 C216h
FFFB:D42C
GPTMR8_TLDR
GPTimer8 Load Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 C218h
FFFB:D430
GPTMR8_TTGR
GPTimer8 Trigger Register
16/32
R/W
FFFF FFFFh
0x00 C21Ah
FFFB:D434
GPTMR8_TWPS
GPTimer8 Write Posted Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 C21Ch
FFFB:D438
GPTMR8_TMAR
GPTimer8 Match Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
GPTMR8_TSICR
GPTimer8 Synchronization Interface
Control Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0004h
144
FFFB:D440
SPRS231E
GPTimer8 Identification Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
0x00 C200h
0x00 C220h
GPTMR8_TIDR
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−44. MPU GPIO1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 F200h
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFB:E400
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
GPIO1_REVISION
GPIO1 Revision Register
16/32
R
0000 00xxh
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F208h
FFFB:E410
GPIO1_SYSCONFIG
GPIO1 System
Configuration Register
0x00 F20Ah
FFFB:E414
GPIO1_SYSSTATUS
GPIO1 System Status
Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 F20Ch
FFFB:E418
GPIO1_IRQSTATUS1
GPIO1 Interrupt Status1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F20Eh
FFFB:E41C
GPIO1_IRQENABLE1
GPIO1 Interrupt Enable1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F210h
FFFB:E420
GPIO1_IRQSTATUS2
GPIO1 Interrupt Status2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F212h
FFFB:E424
GPIO1_IRQENABLE2
GPIO1 Interrupt Enable2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F214h
FFFB:E428
GPIO1_WAKEUPENABLE
GPIO1 Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F216h
FFFB:E42C
GPIO1_DATAIN
GPIO1 Data Input Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F218h
FFFB:E430
GPIO1_DATAOUT
GPIO1 Data Output
Register
0x00 F21Ah
FFFB:E434
GPIO1_DIRECTION
GPIO1 Direction Control
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 FFFFh
0x00 F21Ch
FFFB:E438
GPIO1_EDGE_CTRL1
GPIO1 Edge Control 1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F21Eh
FFFB:E43C
GPIO1_EDGE_CTRL2
GPIO1 Edge Control 2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F24Eh
FFFB:E49C
GPIO1_CLEAR_IRQENABLE1
GPIO1 Clear Interrupt
Enable1 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F252h
FFFB:E4A4
GPIO1_CLEAR_IRQENABLE2
GPIO1 Clear Interrupt
Enable2 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F254h
FFFB:E4A8
GPIO1_CLEAR_WAKEUPENA
GPIO1 Clear Wake-up
Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F258h
FFFB:E4B0
GPIO1_CLEAR_DATAOUT
GPIO1 Clear Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F26Eh
FFFB:E4DC
GPIO1_SET_IRQENABLE1
GPIO1 Set Interrupt
Enable1 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F272h
FFFB:E4E4
GPIO1_SET_IRQENABLE2
GPIO1 Set Interrupt
Enable2 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F274h
FFFB:E4E8
GPIO1_SET_WAKEUPENA
GPIO1 Set Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F278h
FFFB:E4F0
GPIO1_SET_DATAOUT
GPIO1 Set Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
145
Functional Overview
Table 3−45. MPU GPIO2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 F600h
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFB:EC00
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
GPIO2_REVISION
GPIO2 Revision Register
16/32
R
0000 00xxh
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F608h
FFFB:EC10
GPIO2_SYSCONFIG
GPIO2 System
Configuration Register
0x00 F60Ah
FFFB:EC14
GPIO2_SYSSTATUS
GPIO2 System Status
Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
0x00 F60Ch
FFFB:EC18
GPIO2_IRQSTATUS1
GPIO2 Interrupt Status1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F60Eh
FFFB:EC1C
GPIO2_IRQENABLE1
GPIO2 Interrupt Enable1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F610h
FFFB:EC20
GPIO2_IRQSTATUS2
GPIO2 Interrupt Status2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F612h
FFFB:EC24
GPIO2_IRQENABLE2
GPIO2 Interrupt Enable2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F614h
FFFB:EC28
GPIO2_WAKEUPENABLE
GPIO2 Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F616h
FFFB:EC2C
GPIO2_DATAIN
GPIO2 Data Input Register
16/32
R
0000 0000h
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F618h
FFFB:EC30
GPIO2_DATAOUT
GPIO2 Data Output
Register
0x00 F61Ah
FFFB:EC34
GPIO2_DIRECTION
GPIO2 Direction Control
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 FFFFh
0x00 F61Ch
FFFB:EC38
GPIO2_EDGE_CTRL1
GPIO2 Edge Control 1
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F61Eh
FFFB:EC3C
GPIO2_EDGE_CTRL2
GPIO2 Edge Control 2
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F64Eh
FFFB:EC9C
GPIO2_CLEAR_IRQENABLE1
GPIO2 Clear Interrupt
Enable1 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F652h
FFFB:ECA4
GPIO2_CLEAR_IRQENABLE2
GPIO2 Clear Interrupt
Enable2 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F654h
FFFB:ECA8
GPIO2_CLEAR_WAKEUPENA
GPIO2 Clear Wake-up
Enable Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F658h
FFFB:ECB0
GPIO2_CLEAR_DATAOUT
GPIO2 Clear Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F66Eh
FFFB:ECDC
GPIO2_SET_IRQENABLE1
GPIO2 Set Interrupt
Enable1 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F672h
FFFB:ECE4
GPIO2_SET_IRQENABLE2
GPIO2 Set Interrupt
Enable2 Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F674h
FFFB:ECE8
GPIO2_SET_WAKEUPENA
GPIO2 Set Wake-up Enable
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
0x00 F678h
FFFB:ECF0
GPIO2_SET_DATAOUT
GPIO2 Set Data Output
Register
16/32
R/W
0000 0000h
146
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−46. MPU/DSP Shared Mailbox Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
MPU
DSP
ACCESS
TYPE
ACCESS
TYPE
R
0000h
RESET
VALUE
0x00 F800h
FFFC:F000
ARM2DSP1
MPU to DSP 1 Data Register
16
R/W
0x00 F802h
FFFC:F004
ARM2DSP1B
MPU to DSP 1 Command Register
16
R/W
R
0000h
0x00 F804h
FFFC:F008
DSP2ARM1
DSP to MPU 1 Data Register
16
R
R/W
0000h
0x00 F806h
FFFC:F00C
DSP2ARM1B
DSP to MPU 1 Command Register
16
R
R/W
0000h
0x00 F808h
FFFC:F010
DSP2ARM2
DSP to MPU 2 Data Register
16
R
R/W
0000h
0x00 F80Ah
FFFC:F014
DSP2ARM2B
DSP to MPU 2 Command Register
16
R
R/W
0000h
0x00 F80Ch
FFFC:F018
ARM2DSP1_FLAG
MPU to DSP 1 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
0x00 F80Eh
FFFC:F01C
DSP2ARM1_FLAG
DSP to MPU 1 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
0x00 F810h
FFFC:F020
DSP2ARM2_FLAG
DSP to MPU 2 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
0x00 F812h
FFFC:F024
ARM2DSP2
MPU to DSP 2 Data Register
16
R/W
R
0000h
0x00 F814h
FFFC:F028
ARM2DSP2B
MPU to DSP 2 Command Register
16
R/W
R
0000h
0x00 F816h
FFFC:F02C
ARM2DSP2_FLAG
MPU to DSP 2 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
147
Functional Overview
3.2.2.4
DSP Public Peripheral Registers (Accessible Via MPUI Port)
The MPU public peripheral registers include the following:
•
McBSP1 Registers
•
MCSI1 Registers
•
MCSI2 Registers
•
McBSP3 Registers
Table 3−47. McBSP1 Registers
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 8C00h
E101:1800
MCBSP1_DRR2
McBSP1 Data receive register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C01h
E101:1802
MCBSP1_DRR1
McBSP1 Data receive register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C02h
E101:1804
MCBSP1_DXR2
McBSP1 Data transmit register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C03h
E101:1806
MCBSP1_DXR1
McBSP1 Data transmit register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C04h
E101:1808
MCBSP1_SPCR2
McBSP1 Serial port control register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C05h
E101:180A
MCBSP1_SPCR1
McBSP1 Serial port control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C06h
E101:180C
MCBSP1_RCR2
McBSP1 Receive control register 2
16
R//W
0000h
0x00 8C07h
E101:180E
MCBSP1_RCR1
McBSP1 Receive control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C08h
E101:1810
MCBSP1_XCR2
McBSP1 Transmit control register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C09h
E101:1812
MCBSP1_XCR1
McBSP1 Transmit control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C0Ah
E101:1814
MCBSP1_SRGR2
McBSP1 Sample rate generator register 2
16
R/W
2000h
0x00 8C0Bh
E101:1816
MCBSP1_SRGR1
McBSP1 Sample rate generator register 1
16
R/W
0001h
0x00 8C0Ch
E101:1818
MCBSP1_MCR2
McBSP1 Multichannel register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C0Dh
E101:181A
MCBSP1_MCR1
McBSP1 Multichannel register 1
16
R/W
0000h
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C0Eh
E101:181C
MCBSP1_RCERA
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition A
0x00 8C0Fh
E101:181E
MCBSP1_RCERB
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition B
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C10h
E101:1820
MCBSP1_XCERA
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition A
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C11h
E101:1822
MCBSP1_XCERB
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition B
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C12h
E101:1824
MCBSP1_PCR0
McBSP1 Pin control register 0
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C13h
E101:1826
MCBSP1_RCERC
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition C
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C14h
E101:1828
MCBSP1_RCERD
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition D
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C15h
E101:182A
MCBSP1_XCERC
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition C
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C16h
E101:182C
MCBSP1_XCERD
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition D
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C17h
E101:182E
MCBSP1_RCERE
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition E
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C18h
E101:1830
MCBSP1_RCERF
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition F
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C19h
E101:1832
MCBSP1_XCERE
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition E
16
R/W
0000h
148
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−47. McBSP1 Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 8C1Ah
E101:1834
MCBSP1_XCERF
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition F
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C1Bh
E101:1836
MCBSP1_RCERG
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition G
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C1Ch
E101:1838
MCBSP1_RCERH
McBSP1 Receive channel enable register
partition H
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C1Dh
E101:183A
MCBSP1_XCERG
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition G
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C1Eh
E101:183C
MCBSP1_XCERH
McBSP1 Transmit channel enable register
partition H
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 8C1Fh
E101:183E
MCBSP1_REV
McBSP1 Version register
16
R/W
0011h
Table 3−48. MCSI1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
0x00 9400h
E101:2800
MCSI1_CONTROL_REG
0x00 9401h
E101:2802
MCSI1_MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG
0x00 9402h
E101:2804
0x00 9403h
E101:2806
0x00 9404h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
MCSI1 control register
16
R/W
0000h
MCSI1 main parameters register
16
R/W
0000h
MCSI1_INTERRUPTS_REG
MCSI1 interrupts register
16
R/W
0000h
MCSI1_CHANNEL_USED_REG
MCSI1 channel used register
16
R/W
0000h
E101:2808
MCSI1_OVER_CLOCK_REG
MCSI1 over-clock register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9405h
E101:280A
MCSI1_CLOCK_FREQUENCY_
REG
MCSI1 clock frequency register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9406h
E101:280C
MCSI1_STATUS_REG
MCSI1 status register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9407h−
0x00 941Fh
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
Reserved
0x00 9420h
E101:2840
MCSI1_TX0
MCSI1 transmit word register 0
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9421h
E101:2842
MCSI1_TX1
MCSI1 transmit word register 1
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9422h
E101:2844
MCSI1_TX2
MCSI1 transmit word register 2
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9423h
E101:2846
MCSI1_TX3
MCSI1 transmit word register 3
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9424h
E101:2848
MCSI1_TX4
MCSI1 transmit word register 4
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9425h
E101:284A
MCSI1_TX5
MCSI1 transmit word register 5
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9426h
E101:284C
MCSI1_TX6
MCSI1 transmit word register 6
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9427h
E101:284E
MCSI1_TX7
MCSI1 transmit word register 7
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9428h
E101:2850
MCSI1_TX8
MCSI1 transmit word register 8
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9429h
E101:2852
MCSI1_TX9
MCSI1 transmit word register 9
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 942Ah
E101:2854
MCSI1_TX10
MCSI1 transmit word register 10
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 942Bh
E101:2856
MCSI1_TX11
MCSI1 transmit word register 11
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 942Ch
E101:2858
MCSI1_TX12
MCSI1 transmit word register 12
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 942Dh
E101:285A
MCSI1_TX13
MCSI1 transmit word register 13
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 942Eh
E101:285C
MCSI1_TX14
MCSI1 transmit word register 14
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 942Fh
E101:285E
MCSI1_TX15
MCSI1 transmit word register 15
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9430h
E101:2860
MCSI1_RX0
MCSI1 receive word register 0
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9431h
E101:2862
MCSI1_RX1
MCSI1 receive word register 1
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9432h
E101:2864
MCSI1_RX2
MCSI1 receive word register 2
16
R
Undefined
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
149
Functional Overview
Table 3−48. MCSI1 Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
0x00 9433h
E101:2866
MCSI1_RX3
0x00 9434h
E101:2868
0x00 9435h
E101:286A
0x00 9436h
0x00 9437h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
MCSI1 receive word register 3
16
R
Undefined
MCSI1_RX4
MCSI1 receive word register 4
16
R
Undefined
MCSI1_RX5
MCSI1 receive word register 5
16
R
Undefined
E101:286C
MCSI1_RX6
MCSI1 receive word register 6
16
R
Undefined
E101:286E
MCSI1_RX7
MCSI1 receive word register 7
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9438h
E101:2870
MCSI1_RX8
MCSI1 receive word register 8
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9439h
E101:2872
MCSI1_RX9
MCSI1 receive word register 9
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Ah
E101:2874
MCSI1_RX10
MCSI1 receive word register 10
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Bh
E101:2876
MCSI1_RX11
MCSI1 receive word register 11
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Ch
E101:2878
MCSI1_RX12
MCSI1 receive word register 12
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Dh
E101:287A
MCSI1_RX13
MCSI1 receive word register 13
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Eh
E101:287C
MCSI1_RX14
MCSI1 receive word register 14
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Fh
E101:287E
MCSI1_RX15
MCSI1 receive word register 15
16
R
Undefined
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
Table 3−49. MCSI2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
0x00 9000h
E101:2000
MCSI2_CONTROL_REG
MCSI2 control register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9001h
E101:2002
MCSI2_MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG
MCSI2 main parameters register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9002h
E101:2004
MCSI2_INTERRUPTS_REG
MCSI2 interrupts register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9003h
E101:2006
MCSI2_CHANNEL_USED_REG
MCSI2 channel used register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9004h
E101:2008
MCSI2_OVER_CLOCK_REG
MCSI2 over-clock register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9005h
E101:200A
MCSI2_CLOCK_FREQUENCY_
REG
MCSI2 clock frequency register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9006h
E101:200C
MCSI2_STATUS_REG
MCSI2 status register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 9007h −
0x00 901Fh
Reserved
0x00 9020h
E101:2040
MCSI2_TX0
MCSI2 transmit word register 0
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9021h
E101:2042
MCSI2_TX1
MCSI2 transmit word register 1
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9022h
E101:2044
MCSI2_TX2
MCSI2 transmit word register 2
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9023h
E101:2046
MCSI2_TX3
MCSI2 transmit word register 3
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9024h
E101:2048
MCSI2_TX4
MCSI2 transmit word register 4
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9025h
E101:204A
MCSI2_TX5
MCSI2 transmit word register 5
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9026h
E101:204C
MCSI2_TX6
MCSI2 transmit word register 6
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9027h
E101:204E
MCSI2_TX7
MCSI2 transmit word register 7
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9028h
E101:2050
MCSI2_TX8
MCSI2 transmit word register 8
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 9029h
E101:2052
MCSI2_TX9
MCSI2 transmit word register 9
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 902Ah
E101:2054
MCSI2_TX10
MCSI2 transmit word register 10
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 902Bh
E101:2056
MCSI2_TX11
MCSI2 transmit word register 11
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 902Ch
E101:2058
MCSI2_TX12
MCSI2 transmit word register 12
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 902Dh
E101:205A
MCSI2_TX13
MCSI2 transmit word register 13
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 902Eh
E101:205C
MCSI2_TX14
MCSI2 transmit word register 14
16
R/W
Undefined
0x00 902Fh
E101:205E
MCSI2_TX15
MCSI2 transmit word register 15
16
R/W
Undefined
150
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−49. MCSI2 Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 9030h
E101:2060
MCSI2_RX0
MCSI2 receive word register 0
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9031h
E101:2062
MCSI2_RX1
MCSI2 receive word register 1
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9032h
E101:2064
MCSI2_RX2
MCSI2 receive word register 2
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9033h
E101:2066
MCSI2_RX3
MCSI2 receive word register 3
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9034h
E101:2068
MCSI2_RX4
MCSI2 receive word register 4
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9035h
E101:206A
MCSI2_RX5
MCSI2 receive word register 5
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9036h
E101:206C
MCSI2_RX6
MCSI2 receive word register 6
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9037h
E101:206E
MCSI2_RX7
MCSI2 receive word register 7
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9038h
E101:2070
MCSI2_RX8
MCSI2 receive word register 8
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9039h
E101:2072
MCSI2_RX9
MCSI2 receive word register 9
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Ah
E101:2074
MCSI2_RX10
MCSI2 receive word register 10
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Bh
E101:2076
MCSI2_RX11
MCSI2 receive word register 11
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Ch
E101:2078
MCSI2_RX12
MCSI2 receive word register 12
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Dh
E101:207A
MCSI2_RX13
MCSI2 receive word register 13
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Eh
E101:207C
MCSI2_RX14
MCSI2 receive word register 14
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Fh
E101:207E
MCSI2_RX15
MCSI2 receive word register 15
16
R
Undefined
Table 3−50. McBSP3 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 B800h
E101:7000
MCBSP3_DRR2
McBSP3 Data receive register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B801h
E101:7002
MCBSP3_DRR1
McBSP3 Data receive register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B802h
E101:7004
MCBSP3_DXR2
McBSP3 Data transmit register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B803h
E101:7006
MCBSP3_DXR1
McBSP3 Data transmit register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B804h
E101:7008
MCBSP3_SPCR2
McBSP3 Serial port control register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B805h
E101:700A
MCBSP3_SPCR1
McBSP3 Serial port control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B806h
E101:700C
MCBSP3_RCR2
McBSP3 Receive control register 2
16
R//W
0000h
0x00 B807h
E101:700E
MCBSP3_RCR1
McBSP3 Receive control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B808h
E101:7010
MCBSP3_XCR2
McBSP3 Transmit control register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B809h
E101:7012
MCBSP3_XCR1
McBSP3 Transmit control register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B80Ah
E101:7014
MCBSP3_SRGR2
McBSP3 Sample rate generator register 2
16
R/W
2000h
0x00 B80Bh
E101:7016
MCBSP3_SRGR1
McBSP3 Sample rate generator register 1
16
R/W
0001h
0x00 B80Ch
E101:7018
MCBSP3_MCR2
McBSP3 Multichannel register 2
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B80Dh
E101:701A
MCBSP3_MCR1
McBSP3 Multichannel register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B80Eh
E101:701C
MCBSP3_RCERA
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition A
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B80Fh
E101:701E
MCBSP3_RCERB
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition B
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B810h
E101:7020
MCBSP3_XCERA
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition A
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B811h
E101:7022
MCBSP3_XCERB
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition B
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B812h
E101:7024
MCBSP3_PCR0
McBSP3 Pin control register 0
16
R/W
0000h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
151
Functional Overview
Table 3−50. McBSP3 Registers (Continued)
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 B813h
E101:7026
MCBSP3_RCERC
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition C
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B814h
E101:7028
MCBSP3_RCERD
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition D
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B815h
E101:702A
MCBSP3_XCERC
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition C
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B816h
E101:702C
MCBSP3_XCERD
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition D
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B817h
E101:702E
MCBSP3_RCERE
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition E
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B818h
E101:7030
MCBSP3_RCERF
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition F
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B819h
E101:7032
MCBSP3_XCERE
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition E
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B81Ah
E101:7034
MCBSP3_XCERF
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition F
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B81Bh
E101:7036
MCBSP3_RCERG
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition G
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B81Ch
E101:7038
MCBSP3_RCERH
McBSP3 Receive channel enable register
partition H
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B81Dh
E101:703A
MCBSP3_XCERG
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition G
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B81Eh
E101:703C
MCBSP3_XCERH
McBSP3 Transmit channel enable register
partition H
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 B81Fh
E101:703E
MCBSP3_REV
McBSP3 Version register
16
R/W
0011h
152
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.2.2.5
MPU Configuration Registers
The MPU public peripheral registers include the following:
•
MPU TIPB Bus Switch Registers
•
Ultra Low-Power Device Peripheral Registers
•
OMAP5912 Configuration Registers
•
Device Die Identification Registers
•
Production Identification Registers
•
L3 OCP Initiator Registers
•
MPU Interface (MPUI) Registers
•
TIPB (Private) Bridge 1 Configuration Registers
•
Traffic Controller Registers
•
MPU Clock/Reset/Power Mode Control Registers
•
DPLL1 Configuration Register
•
DSP MMU Registers
•
TIPB (Public) Bridge2 Configuration Registers
Table 3−51. MPU TIPB Bus Switch Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:C800
UART1_SSW_CONF
UART1 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C820
UART2_SSW_CONF
UART2 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C840
UART3_SSW_CONF
UART3 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C890
MCBSP2_SSW_CONF
McBSP2 Peirpheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C8A0
I2C_SSW_CONF
I2C Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C8B0
SPI_SSW_CONF
SPI Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C8C0
DUALMODETIMER1_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer1 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C8D0
DUALMODETIMER2_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer2 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C8E0
DUALMODETIMER3_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer3 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C8F0
DUALMODETIMER4_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer4 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C900
DUALMODETIMER5_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer5 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C910
DUALMODETIMER6_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer6 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C930
DUALMODETIMER7_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer7 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C940
DUALMODETIMER8_SSW_CONF
Dual Mode Timer8 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
FFFB:C960
MMCSD2_SSW_CONF
MMCSD2 Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 0001h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
153
Functional Overview
Table 3−52. Ultra Low-Power Device Peripheral Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:0800
COUNTER_32_LSB
ULPD 32-kHz Counter Register LSB
16
R
0001h
FFFE:0804
COUNTER_32_MSB
ULPD 32-kHz Counter Register MSB
16
R
0001h
FFFE:0808
COUNTER_HIGH_FREQ_LSB
ULPD High-Frequency Counter LSB
Register
16
R
0001h
FFFE:080C
COUNTER_HIGH_FREQ_MSB
ULPD High-Frequency Counter MSB
Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:0810
GAUGING_CTRL_REG
ULPD Gauging Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:0814
IT_STATUS_REG
ULPD Interrupt Status Register
16
R
0000h
16
R/W
03FFh
FFFE:0818 −
FFFE:0820
FFFE:0824
Reserved
SETUP_ULPD1_REG
FFFE:0828 −
FFFE:082C
ULPD Wakeup Time Setup Register
Reserved
FFFE:0830
CLOCK_CTRL_REG
ULPD Clock Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:0834
SOFT_REQ_REG
ULPD Soft Clock Request Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:0838
COUNTER_32_FIQ_REG
ULPD Modem Shutdown Delay Register
16
R/W
0001h
FFFE:083C
DPLL_CTRL_REG
ULPD USB DPLL Control Register
16
R/W
2211h
FFFE:0840
STATUS_REQ_REG
ULPD Hardware Request Status Register
16
R/W
undef
0960h
FFFE:0844
Reserved
FFFE:0848
LOCK_TIME_REG
ULPD APLL Lock Time Register
16
R/W
FFFE:084C
APLL_CTRL_REG
ULPD APLL Control Register
16
R/W
undef
FFFE:0850
POWER_CTRL_REG
ULPD Power Control Register
16
R/W
0008h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−53. OMAP5912 Configuration Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:1000
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_0
Functional Mux Control Register 0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1004
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_1
Functional Mux Control Register 1
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1008
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_2
Functional Mux Control Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:100C
COMP_MODE_CTRL_0
I/O Multiplex Enable Register 0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1010
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_3
Functional Mux Control Register 3
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1014
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_4
Functional Mux Control Register 4
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1018
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_5
Functional Mux Control Register 5
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:101C
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_6
Functional Mux Control Register 6
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1020
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_7
Functional Mux Control Register 7
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1024
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_8
Functional Mux Control Register 8
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1028
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_9
Functional Mux Control Register 9
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:102C
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_A
Functional Mux Control Register A
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1030
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_B
Functional Mux Control Register B
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1034
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_C
Functional Mux Control Register C
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1038
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_D
Functional Mux Control Register D
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1040
PULL_DWN_CTRL_0
Pull Down Control Register 0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1044
PULL_DWN_CTRL_1
Pull Down Control Register 1
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1048
PULL_DWN_CTRL_2
Pull Down Control Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0000h
154
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−53. OMAP5912 Configuration Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:104C
PULL_DWN_CTRL_3
Pull Down Control Register 3
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1050
GATE_INH_CTRL_0
Gate Inhibit Control Register 0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1058
CONF_REV
Configuration Revision
32
R
0000 0002h
FFFE:1060
VOLTAGE_CTRL_0
Voltage Control Register 0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1064
USB_TRANSCEIVER_CTRL
USB Transceiver Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0006h
FFFE:1068
LDO_PWRDN_CTRL
LDO Power Down Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1080
MOD_CONF_CTRL_0
Module Configuration Register 0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1090
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_E
Function Mux Control Register E
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1094
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_F
Function Mux Control Register F
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:1098
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_10
Function Mux Control Register 10
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:109C
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_11
Function Mux Control Register 11
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10A0
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_12
Function Mux Control Register 12
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10AC
PULL_DWN_CTRL_4
Pull Down Control Register 4
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10B4
PU_PD_SEL_0
Pull Up Pull Down Slection Register 0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10B8
PU_PD_SEL_1
Pull Up Pull Down Slection Register 1
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10B8
PU_PD_SEL_2
Pull Up Pull Down Slection Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10C0
PU_PD_SEL_3
Pull Up Pull Down Slection Register 3
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10C4
PU_PD_SEL_4
Pull Up Pull Down Slection Register 4
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:10D0
FUNC_MUX_DSP_DMA_A
DSP DMA Functional Mux Register A
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10D4
FUNC_MUX_DSP_DMA_B
DSP DMA Functional Mux Register B
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10D8
FUNC_MUX_DSP_DMA_C
DSP DMA Functional Mux Register C
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10DC
FUNC_MUX_DSP_DMA_D
DSP DMA Functional Mux Register D
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10EC
FUNC_MUX_ARM_DMA_A
ARM DMA Functional Mux Register A
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10F0
FUNC_MUX_ARM_DMA_B
ARM DMA Functional Mux Register B
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10F4
FUNC_MUX_ARM_DMA_C
ARM DMA Functional Mux Register C
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10F8
FUNC_MUX_ARM_DMA_D
ARM DMA Functional Mux Register D
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:10FC
FUNC_MUX_ARM_DMA_E
ARM DMA Functional Mux Register E
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:1100
FUNC_MUX_ARM_DMA_F
ARM DMA Functional Mux Register F
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:1104
FUNC_MUX_ARM_DMA_G
ARM DMA Functional Mux Register G
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:1110
MOD_CONF_CTRL_1
Module Confguration Control Register 1
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:1120
SECCTRL
Secure Mode Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0D1Ah
FFFE:1130
CONF_STATUS
Confguration Status Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:1140
RESET_CTRL
Reset Control Register
32
R/W
0000 007Fh
FFFE:1150
MOD_CONF_CTRL_2
Configuration Control Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0002h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
155
Functional Overview
Table 3−54. Device Die Identification Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:1800
DIE_ID_LSB
Device Die Identification Register (LSB)
32
R
undef
FFFE:1804
DIE_ID_MSB
Device Die Identification Register (MSB)
32
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−55. Production Identification Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:2000
PROD_ID_REG0
Production Identification Register0
32
R
undef
FFFE:2004
PROD_ID_REG1
Production Identification Register1
32
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−56. L3 OCP Initiator Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C320
ADDR_FAULT
Address Fault Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:C324
MCMD_FAULT
Master Command Fault Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:C328
S_INTERRUPT0
Interrupt Sensitvity Register0
32
R/W
0000 0003h
FFFE:C330
S_INTERRUPT1
Interrupt Sensitvity Register1
32
R/W
0000 0003h
FFFE:C334
PROTECT
Memory Protect Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C338
SECURE_MODE
Secure Mode Register
32
R/W
0000 007Fh
FFFE:C32C
ABORT_TYPE
Abort Type Register
32
R
0000 0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−57. MPU Interface (MPUI) Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C900
CTRL_REG
MPUI Control Register
32
R/W
0003 FFFFh
FFFE:C904
DEBUG_ADDR
MPUI Debug Address Register
32
R
00FF FFFFh
FFFE:C908
DEBUG_DATA
MPUI Debug Data Register
32
R
FFFF FFFFh
FFFE:C90C
DEBUG_FLAG
MPUI Debug Flag Register
32
R
0000 1800h
FFFE:C910
STATUS_REG
MPUI Status Register
32
R
0000 1FFFh
FFFE:C914
DSP_STATUS_REG
MPUI DSP Status Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:C918
DSP_BOOT_CONFIG
MPUI Boot Configuration Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C91C
DSP_API_CONFIG
MPUI DSP AP Configuration Register
32
R/W
0000 FFFFh
FFFE:C920
DSP_MISC_CONFIG
MPUI Miscellaneous Configuration Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C924
ENHANCED_CTL
Enhanced Control Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
156
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−58. TIPB (Private) Bridge 1 Configuration Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CA00
TIPB_CNTL
Private TIPB Control Register
16 or 32
R/W
FF11h
FFFE:CA04
TIPB_BUS_ALLOC
Private TIPB Bus Allocation Register
16 or 32
R/W
0009h
FFFE:CA08
MPU_TIPB_CNTL
Private MPU TIPB Control Register
16 or 32
R/W
0000h
FFFE:CA0C
ENHANCED_TIPB_CNTL
Private Enhanced TIPB Control Register
16 or 32
R/W
000Fh
FFFE:CA10
ADDRESS_DBG
Private Debug Address Register
16 or 32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:CA14
DATA_DEBUG_LOW
Private Debug Data LSB Register
16 or 32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:CA18
DATA_DEBUG_HIGH
Private Debug Data MSB Register
16 or 32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:CA1C
DEBUG_CNTR_SIG
Private Debug Control Signals Register
16 or 32
R
00FCh
FFFE:CA20
ACCESS_CNTL
Private Access Control Register
16 or 32
R/W
0001h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−59. Traffic Controller EMIFS Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CC0C
EMIFS_CONFIG_REG
EMIFS Configuration Register
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:CC10
EMIFS_CS0_CONFIG
EMIFS nCS0 Configuration Register
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:CC14
EMIFS_CS1_CONFIG
EMIFS nCS1 Configuration Register
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:CC18
EMIFS_CS2_CONFIG
EMIFS nCS2 Configuration Register
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:CC1C
EMIFS_CS3_CONFIG
EMIFS nCS3 Configuration Register
32
R/W
undef
FFFE:CC28
EMIFS_TIMEOUT1
EMIFS Dynamic Priority Timeout 1 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC2C
EMIFS_TIMEOUT2
EMIFS Dynamic Priority Timeout 2 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC30
EMIFS_TIMEOUT3
EMIFS Dynamic Priority Timeout 3 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC34
ENDIANISM
Endianism Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC38
Reserved
FFFE:CC40
EMIFS_CFG_DYN_WAIT
EMIFS Dynamic Wait-States Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC44
EMIFS_ABORT_ADDR
EMIFS Abort Address Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC48
EMIFS_ABORT_TYPE
EMIFS Abort Type Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC4C
EMIFS_ABORT_TIMEOUT
EMIFS Abort Timeout Register
32
R/W
0000 01FFh
FFFE:CC50
EMIFS_ADV_CS0_CONFIG
Advanced EMIFS Chip Select Configuration
Register nCS0
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC54
EMIFS_ADV_CS1_CONFIG
Advanced EMIFS Chip Select Configuration
Register nCS1
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC58
EMIFS_ADV_CS2_CONFIG
Advanced EMIFS Chip Select Configuration
Register nCS2
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC5C
EMIFS_ADV_CS3_CONFIG
Advanced EMIFS Chip Select Configuration
Register nCS3
32
R/W
0000 0000h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
157
Functional Overview
Table 3−60. Traffic Controller OCP−T1/OCP−T2 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CC00
OCP_T1_PRIO
OCP−T1 LRU Priority Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCA0
OCP_T1_TIMEOUT1
OCP−T1 Dynamic Priority Time-out Register 1
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCA4
OCP_T1_TIMEOUT2
OCP−T1 Dynamic Priority Time-out Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCA8
OCP_T1_TIMEOUT3
OCP−T1 Dynamic Priority Time-out Register 3
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCAC
OCP_T1_ABORT_TIMEOUT
OCP−T1 Abort Time-out Register
32
R/W
0000 01FFh
FFFE:CCB0
OCP_T1_ABORT_ADDR
OCP−T1 Abort Address Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCB4
OCP_T1_ABORT_TYPE
OCP−T1 Abort Type Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCB8
CONFIG_REG
OCP Target Configuration Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCD0
OCP_T2_PRIO
OCP−T2 LRU Priority Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCD4
OCP_T2_TIMEOUT1
OCP−T2 Dynamic Priority Time-out Register 1
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCD8
OCP_T2_TIMEOUT2
OCP−T2 Dynamic Priority Time-out Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCDC
OCP_T2_TIMEOUT3
OCP−T2 Dynamic Priority Time-out Register 3
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCE0
OCP_T2_ABORT_TIMEOUT
OCP−T2 Abort Time-out Register
32
R/W
0000 01FFh
FFFE:CCE4
OCP_T2_ABORT_ADDR
OCP−T2 Abort Address Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCE8
OCP_T2_ABORT_TYPE
OCP−T2 Abort Type Register
32
R
0000 0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−61. Traffic Controller OCPI Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C320
OCP_ADDR_FAULT
OCPI Address Fault Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:C324
OCP_MCMD_FAULT
OCP Master Command Fault Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:C328
OCP_SINT0
OCP Sinterrupt 0 Register
32
R/W
0000 0003h
FFFE:C32C
OCP_ABORT_TYPE
OCP Abort Type Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C330
OCP_SINT1
OCP Sinterrupt 1 Register
32
R/W
0000 0003h
FFFE:C334
OCP_PROT
OCP Protection Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:C338
OCP_SMOD
OCPI Secure Mode Register
32
R/W
0000 003Fh
158
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−62. Traffic Controller EMIFF Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CC08
EMIFF_PRIO_REG
EMIFF Priority Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC20
EMIFF_SDRAM_CONFIG
EMIFF SDRAM Configuration Register
32
R/W
0061 8800h
FFFE:CC24
EMIFF_MRS
EMIFF SDRAM MRS Register
32
R/W
0000 0037h
FFFE:CC3C
EMIFF_SDRAM_CONFIG_2
EMIFF SDRAM Configuration Register 2
32
R/W
0000 0003h
FFFE:CC64
DLL_WRT_CTL
DLL WRT Control Register (write byte)
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC68
DLL_WRT_STAT
DLL WRT Status Register (read lower byte)
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC70
EMIFF_MRS_NEW
EMIFF SDRAM MRS Register (duplicate)
32
R/W
0000 0037h
FFFE:CC74
EMIFF_EMRS0
EMIFF SDRAM EMRS 0 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC78
EMIFF_EMRS1
EMIFF SDRAM EMRS 1 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC80
EMIFF_OP
EMIFF SDRAM Operation Register
32
R/W
0000 0004h
FFFE:CC84
EMIFF_MCMD
EMIFF SDRAM Manual Command Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC8C
EMIFF_TIMEOUT1
EMIFF Dynamic Arb. Priority Timeout 1
Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC90
EMIFF_TIMEOUT2
EMIFF Dynamic Arb. Priority Timeout 2
Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC94
EMIFF_TIMEOUT3
EMIFF Dynamic Arb. Priority Timeout 3
Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC98
EMIFF_ABORT_ADDR
EMIFF Abort Address Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC9C
EMIFF_ABORT_TYPE
EMIFF Abort Type Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCC0
DLL_URD_CTL
DLL URD Control Register (read upper byte)
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCC4
DLL_URD_STAT
DLL URD Status Register (read upper byte)
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCC8
EMIFF_EMRS2
EMIFF SDRAM EMRS 2 Register
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCCC
DLL_LRD_CTL
DLL LRD Control Register (read lower byte)
32
R/W
0000 0000h
FFFE:CCBC
DLL_LRD_STAT
DLL LRD Status Register (read lower byte)
32
R
0000 0000h
Table 3−63. MPU Clock/Reset/Power Mode Control Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CE00
ARM_CKCTL
MPU Clock Control Register
32
R/W
3000h
FFFE:CE04
ARM_IDLECT1
MPU Idle Control 1 Register
32
R/W
0400h
FFFE:CE08
ARM_IDLECT2
MPU Idle Control 2 Register
32
R/W
0100h
FFFE:CE0C
ARM_EWUPCT
MPU External Wakeup Control Register
32
R/W
003Fh
FFFE:CE10
ARM_RSTCT1
MPU Reset Control 1 Register
32
R/W
0000h
FFFE:CE14
ARM_RSTCT2
MPU Reset Control 2 Register
32
R/W
0000h
FFFE:CE18
ARM_SYSST
MPU System Status Register
32
R/W
0038h
FFFE:CE1C
ARM_CKOUT1
MPU Clock Out Definition Register 1
32
R/W
0015h
FFFE:CE20
ARM_CKOUT2
MPU Clock Out Definition Register 2
32
R/W
0000h
FFFE:CE24
ARM_IDLECT3
MPU Idle Enable Control Register 3
32
R/W
0015h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
159
Functional Overview
Table 3−64. DPLL1 Configuration Register
BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFE:CF00
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
DPLL1_CTL_REG
DPLL1 Control Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
32
R/W
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0000 2002h
Table 3−65. DSP MMU Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D200
DSP_MMU_PREFETCH_REG
DSP MMU Prefetch Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D204
DSP_MMU_WALKING_ST_REG
DSP MMU Prefetch Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D208
DSP_MMU_CNTL_REG
DSP MMU Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D20C
DSP_MMU_FAULT_AD_H_REG
DSP MMU Fault Address Register MSB
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D210
DSP_MMU_FAULT_AD_L_REG
DSP MMU Fault Address Register LSB
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D214
DSP_MMU_F_ST_REG
DSP MMU Fault Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D218
DSP_MMU_IT_ACK_REG
DSP MMU IT Acknowledge Register
16
W
0000h
FFFE:D21C
DSP_MMU_TTB_H_REG
DSP MMU TTB Register MSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D220
DSP_MMU_TTB_L_REG
DSP MMU TTB Register LSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D224
DSP_MMU_LOCK_REG
DSP MMU Lock Counter Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D228
DSP_MMU_LD_TLB_REG
DSP MMU Load Entry TLB Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D22C
DSP_MMU_CAM_H_REG
DSP MMU CAM Entry Register MSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D230
DSP_MMU_CAM_L_REG
DSP MMU CAM Entry Register LSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D234
DSP_MMU_RAM_H_REG
DSP MMU RAM Entry Register MSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D238
DSP_MMU_RAM_L_REG
DSP MMU RAM Entry Register LSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D23C
DSP_MMU_GFLUSH_REG
DSP MMU Global Flush Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D240
DSP_MMU_FLUSH_ENTRY_REG
DSP MMU Individual Flush Register
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D244
DSP_MMU_READ_CAM_H_REG
DSP MMU Read CAM Register MSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D248
DSP_MMU_READ_CAM_L_REG
DSP MMU Read CAM Register LSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D24C
DSP_MMU_READ_RAM_H_REG
DSP MMU Read RAM Register MSB
16
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D250
DSP_MMU_READ_RAM_L_REG
DSP MMU Read RAM Register LSB
16
R/W
0000h
Table 3−66. TIPB (Public) Bridge 2 Configuration Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D300
TIPB_CNTL
Public TIPB Control Register
16 or 32
R/W
FF11h
FFFE:D304
TIPB_BUS_ALLOC
Public TIPB Bus Allocation Register
16 or 32
R/W
0009h
FFFE:D308
MPU_TIPB_CNTL
Public MPU TIPB Control Register
16 or 32
R/W
0000h
FFFE:D30C
ENHANCED_TIPB_CNTL
Public Enhanced TIPB Control Register
16 or 32
R/W
0007h
FFFE:D310
ADDRESS_DBG
Public Debug Address Register
16 or 32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:D314
DATA_DEBUG_LOW
Public Debug Data LSB Register
16 or 32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:D318
DATA_DEBUG_HIGH
Public Debug Data MSB Register
16 or 32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:D31C
DEBUG_CNTR_SIG
Public Debug Control Signals Register
16 or 32
R
00F8h
160
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.3
DSP Memory Maps
The DSP supports a unified program/data memory map (program and data accesses are made to the same
physical space); however, peripheral registers are located in a separate I/O space which is accessed via the
DSP’s port instructions.
3.3.1 DSP Global Memory Map
The DSP Subsystem contains 160K bytes of on-chip SRAM (64K bytes of DARAM and 96K bytes of SARAM).
The MPU also has access to these memories via the MPUI (MPU Interface) port. The DSP also has access
to the shared system SRAM (250K bytes) and both EMIF spaces (EMIFF and EMIFS) via the DSP Memory
Management Unit (MMU) which is configured by the MPU.
Table 3−67 shows the high-level program/data memory map for the DSP subsystem. DSP data accesses
utilize 16-bit word addresses while DSP program fetches utilize byte addressing.
Table 3−67. DSP Global Memory Map
BYTE ADDRESS RANGE
WORD ADDRESS RANGE
INTERNAL MEMORY
0x00 0000 − 0x00 FFFF
0x00 0000 − 0x00 7FFF
DARAM
64K bytes
0x01 0000 − 0x02 7FFF
0x00 8000 − 0x01 3FFF
SARAM
96K bytes
0x02 8000 − 0x04 FFFF
0x01 4000 − 0x02 7FFF
Reserved
0x05 0000 − 0xFF 7FFF
0x02 8000 − 0x7F BFFF
0xFF 8000 − 0xFF FFFF
†
0x7F C000 − 0x7F FFFF
EXTERNAL MEMORY†
Managed by DSP MMU
PDROM
(MPNMC = 0)
Managed by DSP MMU
(MPNMC =1)
This space could be external memory or internal shared system memory, depending on the DSP MMU configuration.
3.3.2 On-Chip Dual-Access RAM (DARAM)
The DARAM is located in the byte address range 000000h−00FFFFh and is composed of eight blocks of
8K bytes each (see Table 3−68). Each DARAM block can perform two accesses per cycle (two reads, two
writes, or a read and a write).
Table 3−68. DARAM Blocks
DSP BYTE ADDRESS RANGE
DSP WORD ADDRESS RANGE
MEMORY BLOCK
0x00 0000 − 0x00 1FFF
0x00 0000 − 0x00 0FFF
DARAM 0
0x00 2000 − 0x00 3FFF
0x00 1000 − 0x001FFF
DARAM 1
0x00 4000 − 0x00 5FFF
0x00 2000 − 0x00 2FFF
DARAM 2
0x00 6000 − 0x00 7FFF
0x00 3000 − 0x00 3FFF
DARAM 3
0x00 8000 − 0x00 9FFF
0x00 4000 − 0x00 4FFF
DARAM 4
0x00 A000 − 0x00 BFFF
0x00 5000 − 0x00 5FFF
DARAM 5
0x00 C000 − 0x00 DFFF
0x00 6000 − 0x00 6FFF
DARAM 6
0x00 E000 − 0x00 FFFF
0x00 7000 − 0x00 7FFF
DARAM 7
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
161
Functional Overview
3.3.3 On-Chip Single-Access RAM (SARAM)
The SARAM is located at the byte address range 010000h−027FFFh and is composed of 12 blocks of 8K bytes
each (see Table 3−69). Each SARAM block can perform one access per cycle (one read or one write).
Table 3−69. SARAM Blocks
DSP BYTE ADDRESS RANGE
DSP WORD ADDRESS RANGE
MEMORY BLOCK
0x01 0000 − 0x01 1FFF
0x00 8000 − 0x00 8FFF
SARAM 0
0x01 2000 − 0x01 3FFF
0x00 9000 − 0x00 9FFF
SARAM 1
0x01 4000 − 0x01 5FFF
0x00 A000 − 0x00 AFFF
SARAM 2
0x01 6000 − 0x01 7FFF
0x00 B000 − 0x00 BFFF
SARAM 3
0x01 8000 − 0x01 9FFF
0x00 C000 − 0x00 CFFF
SARAM 4
0x01 A000 − 0x01 BFFF
0x00 D000 − 0x00 DFFF
SARAM 5
0x01 C000 − 0x01 DFFF
0x00 E000 − 0x00 EFFF
SARAM 6
0x01 E000 − 0x01 FFFF
0x00 F000 − 0x00 FFFF
SARAM 7
0x02 0000 − 0x02 1FFF
0x01 0000 − 0x01 0FFF
SARAM 8
0x02 2000 − 0x02 3FFF
0x01 1000 − 0x01 1FFF
SARAM 9
0x02 4000 − 0x02 5FFF
0x01 2000 − 0x01 2FFF
SARAM 10
0x02 6000 − 0x02 7FFF
0x01 3000 − 0x01 3FFF
SARAM 11
3.3.4 DSP I/O Space Memory Map
The DSP I/O space is a separate address space from the data/program memory space. The I/O space is
accessed via the DSP’s port instructions. The DSP I/O space is accessed using 16-bit word addresses.
Table 3−70 to Table 3−82 specify the DSP base addresses where each set of registers is accessed. All
accesses to these registers must utilize the appropriate access width as indicated in the tables. Accessing
registers with the incorrect access width may cause unexpected results, including a TI Peripheral Bus (TIPB)
bus error and associated TIPB interrupt.
3.3.4.1
DSP Private Peripheral Registers
The DSP Private Registers include the following:
162
•
DSP DMA Controller Registers
•
DSP Timer1 Registers
•
DSP Timer2 Registers
•
DSP Timer3 Registers
•
DSP Watchdog Timer Registers
•
DSP Level 2.0 Interrupt Handler Registers
•
DSP Interrupt Interface Registers
•
DSP Level 2.1 Interrupt Handler Registers
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−70. DSP DMA Controller Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
0x00 0C00h
DSP_DMA_CSDP0
Channel 0 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C01h
DSP_DMA_CCR0
Channel 0 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C02h
DSP_DMA_CICR0
Channel 0 Interrupt Control Register
16
R/W
0003h
0x00 0C03h
DSP_DMA_CSR0
Channel 0 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C04h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_L0
Channel 0 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C05h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_U0
Channel 0 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C06h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_L0
Channel 0 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C07h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_U0
Channel 0 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C08h
DSP_DMA_CEN0
Channel 0 Element Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C09h
DSP_DMA_CFN0
Channel 0 Frame Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C0Ah
DSP_DMA_CSFI0
Channel 0 Frame Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C0Bh
DSP_DMA_CSEI0
Channel 0 Element Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C0Ch
DSP_DMA_CSAC0
Channel 0 Source Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C0Dh
DSP_DMA_CDAC0
Channel 0 Destination Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C0Eh
DSP_DMA_CDEI0
Channel 0 Destination Element Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C0Fh
DSP_DMA_CDFI0
Channel 0 Destination Frame Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C10h −
0x00 0C1Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C20h
DSP_DMA_CSDP1
Channel 1 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C21h
DSP_DMA_CCR1
Channel 1 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C22h
DSP_DMA_CICR1
Channel 1 Interrupt Control Register
16
R/W
0003h
0x00 0C23h
DSP_DMA_CSR1
Channel 1 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C24h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_L1
Channel 1 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C25h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_U1
Channel 1 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C26h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_L1
Channel 1 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C27h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_U1
Channel 1 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C28h
DSP_DMA_CEN1
Channel 1 Element Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C29h
DSP_DMA_CFN1
Channel 1 Frame Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C2Ah
DSP_DMA_CSFI1
Channel 1 Frame Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C2Bh
DSP_DMA_CSEI1
Channel 1 Element Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C2Ch
DSP_DMA_CSAC1
Channel 1 Source Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C2Dh
DSP_DMA_CDAC1
Channel 1 Destination Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C2Eh
DSP_DMA_CDEI1
Channel 1 Destination Element Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C2Fh
DSP_DMA_CDFI1
Channel 1 Destination Frame Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C30h −
0x00 0C3Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C40h
DSP_DMA_CSDP2
Channel 2 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C41h
DSP_DMA_CCR2
Channel 2 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C42h
DSP_DMA_CICR2
Channel 2 Interrupt Control Register
16
R/W
0003h
0x00 0C43h
DSP_DMA_CSR2
Channel 2 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C44h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_L2
Channel 2 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C45h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_U2
Channel 2 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C46h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_L2
Channel 2 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C47h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_U2
Channel 2 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
163
Functional Overview
Table 3−70. DSP DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
0x00 0C48h
DSP_DMA_CEN2
Channel 2 Element Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C49h
DSP_DMA_CFN2
Channel 2 Frame Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C4Ah
DSP_DMA_CSFI2
Channel 2 Frame Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C4Bh
DSP_DMA_CSEI2
Channel 2 Element Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C4Ch
DSP_DMA_CSAC2
Channel 2 Source Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C4Dh
DSP_DMA_CDAC2
Channel 2 Destination Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C4Eh
DSP_DMA_CDEI2
Channel 2 Destination Element Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C4Fh
DSP_DMA_CDFI2
Channel 2 Destination Frame Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C50h −
0x00 0C5Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C60h
DSP_DMA_CSDP3
Channel 3 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C61h
DSP_DMA_CCR3
Channel 3 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C62h
DSP_DMA_CICR3
Channel 3 Interrupt Control Register
16
R/W
0003h
0x00 0C63h
DSP_DMA_CSR3
Channel 3 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C64h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_L3
Channel 3 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C65h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_U3
Channel 3 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C66h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_L3
Channel 3 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C67h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_U3
Channel 3 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C68h
DSP_DMA_CEN3
Channel 3 Element Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C69h
DSP_DMA_CFN3
Channel 3 Frame Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C6Ah
DSP_DMA_CSFI3
Channel 3 Frame Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C6Bh
DSP_DMA_CSEI3
Channel 3 Element Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C6Ch
DSP_DMA_CSAC3
Channel 3 Source Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C6Dh
DSP_DMA_CDAC3
Channel 3 Destination Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C6Eh
DSP_DMA_CDEI3
Channel 3 Destination Element Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C6Fh
DSP_DMA_CDFI3
Channel 3 Destination Frame Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C70h −
0x00 0C7Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C80h
DSP_DMA_CSDP4
Channel 4 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C81h
DSP_DMA_CCR4
Channel 4 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0C82h
DSP_DMA_CICR4
Channel 4 Interrupt Control Register
16
R/W
0003h
0x00 0C83h
DSP_DMA_CSR4
Channel 4 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C84h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_L4
Channel 4 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C85h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_U4
Channel 4 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C86h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_L4
Channel 4 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C87h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_U4
Channel 4 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C88h
DSP_DMA_CEN4
Channel 4 Element Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C89h
DSP_DMA_CFN4
Channel 4 Frame Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C8Ah
DSP_DMA_CSFI4
Channel 4 Frame Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C8Bh
DSP_DMA_CSEI4
Channel 4 Element Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C8Ch
DSP_DMA_CSAC4
Channel 4 Source Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C8Dh
DSP_DMA_CDAC4
Channel 4 Destination Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C8Eh
DSP_DMA_CDEI4
Channel 4 Destination Element Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0C8Fh
DSP_DMA_CDFI4
Channel 4 Destination Frame Index
16
R/W
undef
164
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−70. DSP DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
0x00 0C90h −
0x00 0C9Fh
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
Reserved
0x00 0CA0h
DSP_DMA_CSDP5
Channel 5 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0CA1h
DSP_DMA_CCR5
Channel 5 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0CA2h
DSP_DMA_CICR5
Channel 5 Interrupt Control Register
16
R/W
0003h
0x00 0CA3h
DSP_DMA_CSR5
Channel 5 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0CA4h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_L5
Channel 5 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CA5h
DSP_DMA_CSSA_U5
Channel 5 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CA6h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_L5
Channel 5 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CA7h
DSP_DMA_CDSA_U5
Channel 5 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CA8h
DSP_DMA_CEN5
Channel 5 Element Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CA9h
DSP_DMA_CFN5
Channel 5 Frame Number Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CAAh
DSP_DMA_CSFI5
Channel 5 Frame Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CABh
DSP_DMA_CSEI5
Channel 5 Element Index Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CACh
DSP_DMA_CSAC5
Channel 5 Source Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CADh
DSP_DMA_CDAC5
Channel 5 Destination Address Counter Register
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CAEh
DSP_DMA_CDEI5
Channel 5 Destination Element Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CAFh
DSP_DMA_CDFI5
Channel 5 Destination Frame Index
16
R/W
undef
0x00 0CB0h −
0x00 0DFFh
Reserved
0x00 0E00h
DSP_DMA_GCR
Global Control Register
16
R/W
0008h
0x00 0E01h
DSP_DMA_GTCR
Global Timeout Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0E02h
DSP_DMA_GSCR
Global Software Incompatible Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
Table 3−71. DSP Timer1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 2800h
DSP_TMR1_CNTL
DSP Timer1 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 2802h
DSP_TMR1_LOAD_LO
DSP Timer1 Load Register Low
16
W
undef
0x00 2803h
DSP_TMR1_LOAD_HI
DSP Timer1 Load Register High
16
W
undef
0x00 2804h
DSP_TMR1_READ_LO
DSP Timer1 Read Register Low
16
R
undef
0x00 2805h
DSP_TMR1_READ_HI
DSP Timer1 Read Register High
16
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−72. DSP Timer2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
0x00 2C00h
DSP_TMR2_CNTL
DSP Timer2 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 2C02h
DSP_TMR2_LOAD_LO
DSP Timer2 Load Register Low
16
W
undef
0x00 2C03h
DSP_TMR2_LOAD_HI
DSP Timer2 Load Register High
16
W
undef
0x00 2C04h
DSP_TMR2_READ_LO
DSP Timer2 Read Register Low
16
R
undef
0x00 2C05h
DSP_TMR2_READ_HI
DSP Timer2 Read Register High
16
R
undef
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
165
Functional Overview
Table 3−73. DSP Timer3 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 3000h
DSP_TMR3_CNTL
DSP Timer3 Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 3002h
DSP_TMR3_LOAD_LO
DSP Timer3 Load Register Low
16
W
undef
0x00 3003h
DSP_TMR3_LOAD_HI
DSP Timer3 Load Register High
16
W
undef
0x00 3004h
DSP_TMR3_READ_LO
DSP Timer3 Read Register Low
16
R
undef
0x00 3005h
DSP_TMR3_READ_HI
DSP Timer3 Read Register High
16
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−74. DSP Watchdog Timer Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
0x00 3400h
DSP_WD_CNTL_TIMER
DSP Watchdog Control Timer
16
R/W
0E02h
0x00 3402h
DSP_WD_LOAD_TIMER
DSP Watchdog Load Timer
16
W
FFFFh
0x00 3402h
DSP_WD_READ_TIMER
DSP Watchdog Read Timer
16
R
FFFFh
0x00 3404h
DSP_WD_TIMER_MODE
DSP Watchdog Timer Mode
16
R/W
8000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−75. DSP Level 2.0 Interrupt Handler Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
0x00 4800h
DSP_L2_ITR
Interrupt Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4802h
DSP_L2_MIR
Mask Interrupt Register
16
RW
FFFFh
0x00 4804h
DSP_L2_SIR_IRQ_CODE
IRQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 4806h
DSP_L2_SIR_FIQ_CODE
FIQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 4808h
DSP_L2_CONTROL_REG
Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 480Ah
DSP_L2_ISR
Software Interrupt Set Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 480Ch
DSP_L2_ILR0
Interrupt 0 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 480Eh
DSP_L2_ILR1
Interrupt 1 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4810h
DSP_L2_ILR2
Interrupt 2 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4812h
DSP_L2_ILR3
Interrupt 3 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4814h
DSP_L2_ILR4
Interrupt 4 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4816h
DSP_L2_ILR5
Interrupt 5 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4818h
DSP_L2_ILR6
Interrupt 6 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 481Ah
DSP_L2_ILR7
Interrupt 7 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 481Ch
DSP_L2_ILR8
Interrupt 8 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 481Eh
DSP_L2_ILR9
Interrupt 9 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4820h
DSP_L2_ILR10
Interrupt 10 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4822h
DSP_L2_ILR11
Interrupt 11 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4824h
DSP_L2_ILR12
Interrupt 12 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4826h
DSP_L2_ILR13
Interrupt 13 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4828h
DSP_L2_ILR14
Interrupt 14 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 482Ah
DSP_L2_ILR15
Interrupt 15 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
166
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−76. DSP Interrupt Interface Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 3800h
ET_LS_CTRL_HI
Edge Triggered/Level Sensitive Control Register High
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 3801h
ET_LS_CTRL_LO
Edge Triggered/Level Sensitive Control Register Low
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 3800h
RST_LVL_HI
Reset Level Control Register High
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 3801h
RST_LVL_LO
Reset Level Control Register Low
16
R/W
0000h
Table 3−77. DSP Level 2.1 Interrupt Handler Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
0x00 4C00h
DSP_L21_ITR
Interrupt Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C02h
DSP_L21_MIR
Mask Interrupt Register
16
R/W
FFFFh
0x00 4C08h
DSP_L21_SIR_IRQ_CODE
IRQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 4C0Ah
DSP_L21_SIR_FIQ_CODE
FIQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 4C0Ch
DSP_L21_CONTROL_REG
Interrupt Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C0Eh
DSP_L21_ILR0
Interrupt 0 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C10h
DSP_L21_ILR1
Interrupt 1 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C12h
DSP_L21_ILR2
Interrupt 2 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C14h
DSP_L21_ILR3
Interrupt 3 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C16h
DSP_L21_ILR4
Interrupt 4 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C18h
DSP_L21_ILR5
Interrupt 5 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C1Ah
DSP_L21_ILR6
Interrupt 6 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C1Ch
DSP_L21_ILR7
Interrupt 7 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C1Eh
DSP_L21_ILR8
Interrupt 8 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C20h
DSP_L21_ILR9
Interrupt 9 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C22h
DSP_L21_ILR10
Interrupt 10 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C24h
DSP_L21_ILR11
Interrupt 11 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C26h
DSP_L21_ILR12
Interrupt 12 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4C28h
DSP_L21_ILR13
Interrupt 13 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C2Ah
DSP_L21_ILR14
Interrupt 14 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4C2Ch
DSP_L21_ILR15
Interrupt 15 Priority Level Register
16
R/W
0000h
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
167
Functional Overview
3.3.4.2
DSP Configuration Registers
The DSP Private Registers include the following:
•
DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Register
•
DSP EMIF Configuration Registers
•
DSP I-CACHE Registers
•
DSP Clock Mode Registers
•
DSP TIPB Bus Switch Registers
Table 3−78. DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Register
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 0000
REGISTER NAME
DSP_CMR
DESCRIPTION
DSP Control Mode Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
32
R/W
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
5555 5555h
Table 3−79. DSP EMIF Configuration Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET VALUE
0x00 0800
DSP_EMIF_CNTL
DSP EMIF Global Control Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 0801
DSP_EMIF_GRR
DSP EMIF Global Reset Register
16
W
xxxxh
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−80. DSP I-Cache Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET VALUE
0x00 1400
DSP_ICACHE_GCR
DSP ICache Global Control Register
16
R/W
0004h
0x00 1401
DSP_ICACHE_FLAR0
DSP ICache Flush Line Address Register 0
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 1402
DSP_ICACHE_FLAR1
DSP ICache Flush Line Address Register 1
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 1403
DSP_ICACHE_NWCR
DSP ICache N Way Control Register
16
R/W
0001h
0x00 1404
DSP_ICACHE_SR
DSP ICache Status Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 1405
DSP_ICACHE_R1_CR
DSP ICache 1/2 Ramset 1 Control Register
16
R
0001h
0x00 1406
DSP_ICACHE_R1_TR
DSP ICache 1/2 Ramset 1 Tag Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 1407
DSP_ICACHE_R2_CR
DSP ICache 1/2 Ramset 2 Control Register
16
R/W
0001h
0x00 1408
DSP_ICACHE_R2_TR
DSP ICache 1/2 Ramset 2 Tag Register
16
R/W
0000h
168
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
Table 3−81. DSP Clock Mode Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
0x00 4000
DSP_CKTL
DSP Clock Control Register
16
R/W
0190h
0x00 4002
DSP_IDLCT1
DSP Idle Control 1 Register
16
R/W
0040h
0x00 4004
DSP_IDLCT2
DSP Idle Control 2Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 4006
Reserved
0x00 4008
Reserved
0x00 400A
DSP_RSTCT2
DSP Reset Control 2 Register
16
R/W
0000h
0x00 400C
DSP_SYSST
DSP System Information Register
16
R/W
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3−82. DSP TIPB Bus Switch Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET VALUE
0x00 E400
DSP_UART1_SSW_CONF
UART1 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E410
DSP_UART2_SSW_CONF
UART2 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E420
DSP_UART3_SSW_CONF
UART3 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E448
DSP_MCBSP2_SSW_CONF
MCBSP2 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E450
DSP_I2C_SSW_CONF
I2C Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E458
DSP_SPI_SSW_CONF
SPI Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E460
DSP_GPTIMER1_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER1 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E468
DSP_GPTIMER2_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER2 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E470
DSP_GPTIMER3_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER3 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E478
DSP_GPTIMER4_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER4 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E480
DSP_GPTIMER5_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER5 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E488
DSP_GPTIMER6_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER6 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E498
DSP_GPTIMER7_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER7 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E4A0
DSP_GPTIMER8_SSW_CONF
GPTIMER8 Peripheral Ownership Register
32
R/W
0000 00001h
32
R/W
0000 00001h
0x00 E4A8
0x00 E4B0
Reserved
DSP_MMCSD2_SSW_CONF
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
MMC/SDIO 2 Peripheral Ownership Register
SPRS231E
169
Functional Overview
3.4
DSP External Memory (Managed by MMU)
When the DSP MMU is off, the 24 address lines are directly copied to the traffic controller without any
modification. There is no virtual-to-physical address translation. All the addresses between 0x05 0000 and
0x00FF 8000 (0x00FF FFFF if DSP bit MP/MC = 1) are redirected to the first sector of Flash (CS0) in the
shared memory space (shared by MPU and DSP). See Figure 3−2.
Byte
Address
DSP Memory
Shared Memory
0x00 0000
Byte
Address
0x0000 0000
Internal RAM
0x02 8000
FLASH CS0
0x0400 0000
FLASH CS1
0x0800 0000
FLASH CS2
0x0C00 0000
FLASH CS3
0xFF 8000
0x1000 0000
ROM
SDRAM
0xFF FFFF
0x17FF FFFF
Reserved
0x2000 0000
Internal SRAM
(Frame Buffer)
0x2003 E7FF
Figure 3−2. DSP MMU Off
170
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
When the DSP MMU is on, the 24 address lines (virtual address) are relocated within a physical 32-bit address
by the DSP MMU. The DSP MMU is controlled by the MPU. If the DSP MMU is off, the DSP cannot see the
MPU address 0x0000 0000. See Figure 3−3.
Byte
Address
DSP Memory
Shared Memory
Byte
Address
0x0000 0000
0x00 0000
Internal RAM
0x02 8000
FLASH CS0
0x0400 0000
FLASH CS1
0x0800 0000
FLASH CS2
0x0C00 0000
FLASH CS3
0x1000 0000
0xFF 8000
ROM
SDRAM
0xFF FFFF
0x17FF FFFF
Reserved
0x2000 0000
Internal SRAM
(Frame Buffer)
0x2003 E7FF
Figure 3−3. DSP MMU On
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
171
Functional Overview
3.5
MPU and DSP Private Peripherals
The MPU and DSP each have their own separate private peripheral bus. Peripherals on each of these private
buses may only be accessed by their respective processors.
3.5.1 Timers
The MPU and DSP have three 32-bit timers available on their respective private TIPBs. These timers are used
by the operating system to provide general-purpose housekeeping functions or, in the case of the DSP, to also
provide synchronization of real-time processing functions. These timers can be configured either in autoreload
or one-shot mode with on-the-fly read capability. The timers generate an interrupt to the respective processor
(MPU or DSP) when the timer down-counter is equal to zero.
3.5.2 Watchdog Timer
The MPU and DSP each have a single watchdog timer. Each watchdog timer can be configured as either a
watchdog timer or a general-purpose timer.
A watchdog timer requires that the MPU or DSP software or OS periodically write to the appropriate WDT count
register before the counter underflows. If the counter underflows, the WDT generates a reset to the
appropriate processor (MPU or DSP). The DSP WDT resets only the DSP processor while the MPU WDT
resets both processors (MPU and DSP). The watchdog timers are useful for detecting user programs that are
stuck in an infinite loop, resulting in loss of program control or in a runaway condition.
When used as a general-purpose timer, the WDT is a 16-bit timer configurable either in autoreload or one-shot
mode with on-the-fly read capability. The timer generates an interrupt to the respective processor (MPU or
DSP) when the timer’s down-counter is equal to zero.
3.5.3 Interrupt Handlers
The MPU and DSP have two levels of interrupt handling each, allowing up to 160 interrupts on the MPU and
98 interrupts on the DSP. This is necessary because of the large number of integrated peripherals on the
OMAP5912 device. Some peripherals can generate interrupts to both processors.
3.5.4 LCD Controller (MPU Only)
The OMAP5912 devices include an LCD controller that interfaces with most industry-standard LCD displays.
The LCD controller is configured by the MPU and utilizes a dedicated channel on the system DMA to transfer
data from the frame buffer. The frame buffer can be implemented using external SDRAM via the EMIFF. Using
the frame buffer as its data source, the system DMA must provide data to the FIFO at the front end of the LCD
controller data path at a rate sufficient to support the chosen display mode and resolution. Optimal
performance is achieved when using the internal SRAM as the frame buffer.
The panel size is programmable and can be any width (line length) from 16 to 1024 pixels in 16-pixel
increments. The number of lines is set by programming the total number of pixels in the LCD. The total frame
size is programmable up to 1024 × 1024; however, frame sizes and frame rates supported in specific
applications depend upon the available memory bandwidth allowed by the specific application as well as the
maximum configurable pixel clock rate.
The screen is intended to be mapped to the frame buffer as one contiguous block where each horizontal line
of pixels is mapped to a set of consecutive bytes of words in the frame memory.
172
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
The main features of the LCD controller are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dedicated 64-entry × 16-bit FIFO
Dedicated LCD DMA channel for LCD display
Programmable display including support for 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, and 16-bit graphics modes
Programmable display resolutions up to 1024 pixels by 1024 lines (assuming sufficient system bandwidth)
Support for passive monochrome (STN) displays
Support for passive color (STN) displays
Support for active color (TFT) displays
Patented dithering algorithm, providing:
•
•
•
•
− 15 grayscale levels for monochrome passive displays
− 3375 colors for color passive displays
− 65536 colors for active color displays
− 256-entry × 12-bit palette
Programmable pixel rate
Pixel clock plus horizontal and vertical synchronization signals
ac-bias drive signal
Active display enable signal
3.5.5 LCDCONV (MPU Only)
This module enables to provide a 16-bit to 18-bit LCD data conversion to the LCD interface. It supports two
operating modes:
•
16-bit LCD mode
•
18-bit LCD mode
The mode switching is done by software by setting a dedicated bit in its control register. The software is also
able to know which mode is currently in use by looking in a status register. When 16-bit LCD mode is used,
the module operates in bypass mode, where all the 16-bit LCD pixel data coming from the frame buffer is
directly provided to an external LCD interface. When the 18-bit LCD mode is used, the 16-bit LCD pixel signal
is converted to an 18-bit LCD pixel signal through a Red, Green, Blue color (RGB) lookup table. Then the 18-bit
LCD pixel format adds a LSB bit to the R (coding Red color) and B (Blue color) signals.
3.5.6 Random Number Generator (RNG) (MPU Only)
The MPU secure features include a random-number-generator (RNG) module that provides a true,
nondeterministic noise source for the purpose of generating keys, initializing vectors (IVs), and other
random-number requirements. It is designed for FIPS 140-1 compliance 43, facilitating system certification
to this security standard. It also includes built-in self-test (BIST) logic that allows for the testing of the
randomness of the module output and its compliance with FIPS 140-1 standard. An ANSI X9.17, annex C
post-processor is available to meet the NIST requirements of FIPS 140-1.
The RNG module is made of a hardware-based nondeterministic random-number-generator core and a
wrapper, which provides bus interface, clock, reset, and test features.
NOTES:
•
It takes 160 RNG clock cycles to generate a new key.
•
After each host read access to the key output register, a new key starts to be completed.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
173
Functional Overview
3.5.7 DES/3DES (MPU Only)
The DES/3DES module provides hardware-accelerated data encryption/decryption functions. It can run either
the single DES algorithm or the triple DES algorithm in compliance with FIPS 46-3 standard. It supports
electronic codebook (ECB) and cipher-block chaining (CBC) modes of operation. It does not support the
cipher-feedback (CF) and the output-feedback (OFB) modes of operation in hardware.
The DES/3DES module includes the following features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8-byte input and output buffers
56-bit key size, plus 8-bit error detection per key (up to 3 keys)
16 (DES) round cycles per 8 bytes of data block
48 (3DES) round cycles per 8 bytes of data block
Write and read DMA channels
MPU write and read
No IRQs
3.5.8 SHA1/MD5 (MPU Only)
The SHA1/MD5 security module provides hardware-accelerated hash functions. It can run either the SHA-1
algorithm in compliance with FIPS 180-1 standard, or the MD5 message-digest algorithm developed by Rivest
in 1991. Up to 227-1 bytes (128M bytes) of data can be hashed in a single operation to produce a 160-bit
signature in the case of SHA-1, and 128-bit signature in the case of MD5.
NOTE:
•
•
•
•
•
3.6
The SHA-1 algorithm takes 80 steps per 512-bit block of data to be processed.
The MD5 algorithm takes 64 steps per 512-bit block of data to be processed.
Each step takes one clock cycle.
Blocks are processed sequentially, which means that to start processing a new block, the accelerator
must wait for the end of the previous 80 operation steps (for SHA-1, 64 for MD5) of the previous block.
The SHA-1/MD5 can interface with a host or with a DMA.
MPU Public Peripherals
Peripherals on the MPU Public Peripheral bus may only be accessed by the MPU and the system DMA
controller, which is configured by the MPU. This bus is called a public bus because it is accessible by the
system DMA controller. The DSP cannot access peripherals on this bus.
3.6.1 USB Interface
The OMAP5912 processor provides several varieties of USB functionality, including:
•
USB host: OMAP5912 provides a three-port USB Specification Revision 1.1-compliant host controller,
which is based on the OHCI Specification for USB Release 1.0a.
•
USB device: OMAP5912 provide a full-speed USB device.
•
USB On-The-Go (OTG): OMAP5912 acts as an OTG dual-role device; the USB device functionality and
one port of the USB host controller act in concert to provide an OTG port.
Flexible multiplexing of signals from the OMAP5912 USB host controller, USB function controller, and other
peripherals allows for a wide variety of system-level USB capabilities. Many of the OMAP5912 pins can be
used for USB-related signals or for signals from other peripherals. The top-level pin multiplexing controls each
pin individually and allows for the selection of one of several possible internal pin signal interconnections.
When these shared pins are programmed for use as USB signals, the OMAP5912 USB signal multiplexing
selects how the signals associated with the three OMAP5912 USB host ports and the OMAP5912 USB
function controller can be brought out to OMAP5912 pins.
174
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
The USB host controller (HC) is a three-port controller that communicates with USB devices at low-speed
(1.5M bit-per-second maximum) and full-speed (12M bit-per-second maximum) data rates. It is compatible
with the Universal Serial Bus Specification Revision 2.0 and the OpenHCI − Open Host Controller Interface
Specification for USB, Release 1.0a, which is available on the Internet, and is hereafter called the OHCI
Specification for USB. It is assumed that users of the OMAP5912 USB host controller are already familiar with
the USB Specification and OHCI Specification for USB.
The OMAP5912 OTG controller can use one of the USB host controller ports as part of a USB OTG-capable
connection. When used for an OTG connection, the host controller port acts as the upstream device when
OMAP5912 controls the OTG link, and the USB function controller acts as the downstream device when
OMAP5912 acts as an OTG downstream device.
The USB host controller implements the register set and makes use of the memory data structures defined
in the OHCI Specification for USB. These registers and data structures are the mechanism by which a USB
host controller driver software package can control the USB host controller. The OHCI Specification for USB
also defines how the USB host controller implementation must interact with those registers and data structures
in system memory. The OMAP5912 MPU accesses these registers via the MPU public peripheral bus.
NOTE: USB 2.0 hi-speed is not supported.
3.6.2 Camera Interface
The camera interface is an 8-bit external port that can be used to accept data from an external camera sensor.
The interface handles multiple image formats synchronized on vertical and horizontal synchronization signals.
Data transfer to the camera interface can be done synchronously or asynchronously.
The camera interface module converts the 8-bit data transfers into 32-bit words and utilizes a 128-word buffer
to facilitate efficient data transfer to memory. Data can be transferred from the camera interface buffer to
internal memory by the system DMA controller or directly by the MPU.
This interface is accessible through the OCP-T1 or OCP-T2 port.
3.6.3 MICROWIRE Serial Interface
The MICROWIRE interface is a serial synchronous interface that can drive up to four serial external
components. This interface is compatible with the MICROWIRE standard and is seen as the master.
MICROWIRE is typically used to transmit control and status information to external peripheral devices or to
transmit data to or from small nonvolatile memories such as serial EEPROMs or serial flash devices.
3.6.4 Real-Time Clock (RTC)
The RTC peripheral provides an embedded real-time clock module that can be directly accessible from the
MPU. The RTC peripheral is powered independently of the OMAP5912 MPU core power.
The RTC module has the following features:
•
Time information (seconds/minutes/hours) directly in BCD code
•
Calendar information (day/month/year/day of the week) directly in BCD code up to year 2099
•
Interrupts generation, periodically (1s/1m/1h/1d period) or at a precise time of the day (alarm function)
•
30-s time correction
•
Oscillator frequency calibration
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
175
Functional Overview
3.6.5 Pulse-Width Tone (PWT)
The pulse-width tone (PWT) peripheral generates a modulated frequency signal for use with an external
buzzer. The frequency is programmable between 349 Hz and 5276 Hz with 12 half-tone frequencies per
octave. The volume level of the output is also programmable.
3.6.6 Pulse-Width Light (PWL)
The pulse-width light (PWL) peripheral allows the control of the backlight of the LCD and the keypad by
employing a 4096-bit random sequence. This voltage level control technique decreases the spectral power
at the modulator harmonic frequencies. The block uses a switchable 32-kHz clock, independent of UPLD.
3.6.7 Keyboard Interface
Keyboard is composed of specific MPUIOs dedicated for 6 x 5 or 8 x 8 keyboard connection:
•
Eight inputs (KB.R[7:0]) for row lines
•
Eight outputs (KB.C[7:0]) for column lines
The keyboard feature allows communication with a keyboard. The MPUIO or keyboard interface supports
keyboards with up to eight rows and eight columns and has the capability to detect multiple key presses.
A keyboard event is signaled to the host by an interrupt.
3.6.8 HDQ/1-Wire Interface
This module allows implementation of both HDQ and 1-Wire protocols. These protocols use a single wire to
communicate between a master and a slave device. The HDQ/1-Wire pin is open-drain and requires an
external pullup resistor.
HDQ and 1-Wire interfaces can be found on commercially available battery and power management devices.
The interface can be used to send command and monitor its status between OMAP5912 and such devices.
3.6.9 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SDIO1) Interface
The MMC/SDIO1 host controller provides an interface between the MPU and MMC/SD/SDIO memory cards
plus up to four serial flash cards, and it also handles MMC/SDIO transactions with minimum local host
intervention. The following combinations of external devices are supported:
•
One or more MMC memory cards sharing the same bus
•
One single SD memory card or SDIO card
The application interface is responsible for managing transaction semantics; the MMC/SDIO1 host controller
deals with MMC/SDIO protocol at transmission level, packing data, adding CRC, start/end bit and checking
for syntactical correctness. SD mode wide bus width is also supported (1- or 4-bit data lines).
The application interface can send every MMC/SDIO command and either poll for the status of the adapter
or wait for an interrupt request, which is sent back in case of exceptions or to notify for end of operations. The
application interface can read card responses or flag register. It can also mask individually interrupt sources.
All these operations can be performed reading and writing control registers. The MMC/SDIO1 peripheral also
supports two DMA channels.The main features of the MMC/SDIO1 module are:
176
•
Full compliance with MMC command/response sets as defined in the MMC standard specifications v.3.1
•
Full compliance with SD command/response sets as defined in the SD physical layer specifications v.1.0
•
Full compliance with SDIO command/response sets as defined in the SDIO card specification v1.0
•
Flexible architecture, allowing support for new command structure
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
•
Built-in 64-byte FIFO for buffered read or write
•
16-bit-wide access bus to maximize bus throughput
•
Designed for low power
•
Wide interrupt capability
•
Programmable clock generation
•
Two DMA channels
NOTE:
The MMC/SDIO1 interface includes all the MMC/SDIO pins except the direction controls (data
and control).
3.6.10
MPUIO Interface
The MPUIO feature allows communication with an external device through as many as 16 MPUIOs. These
MPUIOs can be configured on a pin-by-pin basis as inputs or outputs. When configured as input, each MPUIO
can be individually selected to generate interrupts on a level change (rising or falling edge). In normal
operation, the MPUIO inputs are latched at the falling edge of 32 kHz. In event capture mode, one of the
MPUIO inputs can be assigned a clock source, and all the other inputs are latched on its falling edge. The
polarity can be configured with the MPUIO_INT_EDGE_REG register.
The MPUIO module functional clock domain is clocked by the OMAP5912 32-kHz clock. This clock is always
fed into the block, regardless of the state of the chip (awake, asleep, or idle). This allows external event latching
and interrupt generation even when the system is in idle mode, to wake up the system via interrupt.
The MPUIO module interfaces with the host through a TIPB bus. The MPU peripheral clock resynchronizes
register access to the module and avoids time-out on the TIPB bus caused by the functional clock being too
slow.
3.6.11
LED Pulse Generators (LPG)
There are two separate LED pulse generator (LPG) modules. Each LPG module provides an output for an
indication LED. The blinking period is programmable between 152 ms and 4 s or the LED can be switched
on or off permanently.
3.6.12
Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC)
The frame adjustment counter (FAC) is a simple peripheral that counts the number of rising edges of one signal
(start of frame interrupt of the USB function) during a programmable number of rising edges of a second signal
(transmit frame synchronization of McBSP2). The FAC may only be used with these specific USB Function
and McBSP2 signals. The count value can be used by system-level software to adjust the duration of the two
time domains with respect to each other to reduce overflow and underflow. If the data being transferred is audio
data, this module can be part of a solution that reduces pops and clicks. The FAC module generates one
second-level interrupt to the MPU.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
177
Functional Overview
3.6.13
Operating System (OS) Timer
A programmable interval timer is required to generate a periodic interrupt, also called system clock tick, to the
OS. This is used to keep track of the current time and to control the operation of device drivers.
Key functions are:
178
•
Read current value of the timer
•
Generate interrupt as the timer down-counts to zero
•
Reset the interrupt by writing an 1 to the interrupt bit in the control register
•
Timer interrupt period: Irq_rate = (Tick_value_reg + 1) / 32768
•
Maximum tick value register is 0xFFFF, so maximum timer interrupt period is 2 sec.
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.7
DSP Public Peripherals
Peripherals on the DSP Public Peripheral bus are directly accessible by the DSP and DSP DMA. These
peripherals may also be accessed by the MPU and System DMA Controller via the MPUI interface. The MPUI
interface must be properly configured to allow this access.
3.7.1 Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports (McBSP1 and 3)
The multichannel buffered serial port (McBSP) provides a high-speed, full-duplex synchronous serial port that
allows direct interface to audio codecs and various other system devices. The DSP public peripheral bus has
access to two McBSPs: McBSP1 and McBSP3.
NOTE: All of the standard McBSP pins are not necessarily available on every McBSP on the OMAP5912
devices. In the case of the two DSP McBSPs, the following pins are available:
McBSP1 pins:
•
CLKX (data bit clock)
•
FSX (data bit frame sync)
•
DX and DR (transmit and receive data)
•
CLKS (external reference to sample rate generator)
McBSP3 pins:
•
CLKX (transmit clock)
•
FSX (transmit frame sync)
•
DX and DR (transmit and receive data)
CLKX and FSX of McBSP1 and McBSP3 are used for both transmitting and receiving.
The functional clock to the McBSP1 and McBSP3 is fixed at the OMAP5912 base operating frequency (12,
13, or 19.2 MHz). The bit-clock rate for these McBSPs is therefore limited to 6, 6.5, or 9.6 MHz (one half the
base frequency).
Only McBSP1 has the CLKS pin available. If the sample rate generator (SRG) is used on McBSP1, the
reference clock to the SRG can be configured to be either an external reference provided on the CLKS pin,
or the internal base (12, 13, or 19.2-MHz) device clock. However, if the SRG is used on McBSP3, the only
reference clock available to this SRG is the base device clock as clock reference.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
179
Functional Overview
3.7.2 Multichannel Serial Interfaces (MCSI1 and 2)
The MCSI provides a flexible serial interface with multichannel transmission capability. The MCSI allows the
DSP to access a variety of external devices, such as audio codecs and other types of analog converters. The
DSP public peripheral bus has access to two MCSIs: MCSI1 and MCSI2. These MCSIs provide full-duplex
transmission and master or slave clock control. All transmission parameters are configurable to cover the
maximum number of operating conditions. The MCSIs have the following features:
•
−
Programmable transmitter clock frequency in master mode of up to one half the OMAP5912 base
frequency (12,13, or 19.2 MHz)
−
Receiver clock frequency in slave mode of up to the base frequency (12,13, or 19.2 MHz)
•
Single-channel or multichannel (x16) frame structure
•
Programmable word length: 3 to 16 bits
•
Full-duplex transmission
•
Programmable frame configuration
•
180
Master or slave clock control (transmitter clock and frame synchronization pulse)
−
Continuous or burst transmission
−
Normal or alternate framing
−
Normal or inverted frame and clock polarities
−
Short or long frame pulse
−
Programmable oversize frame length
−
Programmable frame length
Programmable interrupt condition (TX and RX)
−
Error detection with interrupt generation on wrong frame length
−
System DMA support for both TX and RX data transfers
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.8
Shared Peripherals
The shared peripherals are connected to both the MPU Public Peripheral bus and the DSP Public Peripheral
bus. Connections are achieved via a TI Peripheral Bus Switch, which must be configured to allow MPU or DSP
access. The other shared peripherals have permanent connections to both public peripheral buses, although
read and write accesses to each peripheral register may differ.
3.8.1 Mailbox Registers
Four sets of shared mailbox registers are available for communication between the DSP and MPU:
•
•
Two reads/writes accessible by the MPU, read-only by the DSP
Two reads/writes accessible by the DSP, read-only by the MPU
Each mailbox is implemented with 2 × 16-bit registers. When a processor writes to a register, it generates an
interrupt; this interrupt is released by a read access by the other processor.
These registers are discussed further in Section 3.12, Interprocessor Communication.
3.8.2 General-Purpose Timers
OMAP5912 consists of eight 32-bit timers with the following features:
•
Counter timer with compare and capture modes
•
Autoreload mode
•
Start-stop mode
•
Programmable divider clock source
•
16-/32-bit addressing
•
On-the-fly read/write registers
•
Interrupts generated on overflow and compare
•
Interrupt enable
•
Wake-up enable
•
Write posted mode
•
Dedicated input trigger for capture mode and dedicated output trigger/PWM signal
Each timer module contains a free-running upward counter with autoreload capability on overflow. The timer
counter can be read and written on-the-fly (while counting). The timer module includes compare logic to allow
interrupt event on programmable counter matching value. A dedicated output signal can be pulsed or toggled
on overflow and match event. This offers timing stamp trigger signal or PWM (pulse width modulation) signal
sources. A dedicated input signal can be used to trigger automatic timer counter capture and interrupt event,
on programmable input signal transition type. A programmable clock divider (prescaler) allows reduction of
the timer input clock frequency. All internal timer interrupt sources are merged into one module interrupt line
and one wake-up line. Each internal interrupt sources can be independently enabled/disabled with a dedicated
bit of the TIER register for the interrupt features and a dedicated bit of TWER for the wake-up.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
181
Functional Overview
Each timer has three possible clock sources:
•
the 32-kHz clock
•
the system clock
•
an external clock source
NOTE:
•
Three of the eight dual-mode timer PWM outputs are connected at OMAP5912 I/Os. Two of the eight
dual-mode timer input capture are connected at OMAP5912 I/Os. The system clock can come either from
OMAP or directly from the input clock.
•
Can wake up the system when the clock is configured as 32-kHz through its own interrupt through a
general-purpose timer
3.8.3 Serial Port Interface (SPI)
The serial port interface is a bidirectional, four-line interface with:
•
the clock used to shift-in and shift-out data
•
the device enable
•
the data input
•
the data output
This serial port interface is based on a looped shift-register, thus allowing both transmit and receive modes.
It can operate either in master or slave mode, using MPU or DMA control.
In master mode, the SPI provides up to four chip-selects for external devices. In slave mode, the SPI has its
own chip-select.
In master mode, the maximum SPI data rate is the same as the system clock frequency; in slave mode, the
clock of the serial data out is provided by an external device at lower data rate.
3.8.4 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
The OMAP5912 includes three universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) peripherals which are
accessible on the DSP public and MPU public peripheral buses. All three UARTs are standard
16C750-compatible UARTs implementing an asynchronous transfer protocol with various flow control options.
UART1 and UART3 can function as general UART or can optionally function as IrDA interface.
NOTE:
Unlike dual-mode timers, the UART is a “dynamically” shared peripheral and does not have
any configuration (switch) register.
The clock source for the UART1 and UART3 is:
•
APLL output
The clock source for the UART2 can be:
•
system clock or the sleep clock
•
APLL output
The main features of the UART peripherals include:
182
•
Selectable UART/autobaud modes
•
Dual 64-entry FIFOs for received and transmitted data payload
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
•
Programmable and selectable transmit and receive FIFO trigger levels for DMA and interrupt generation
•
Programmable sleep mode
•
Complete status-reporting capabilities in both normal and sleep mode
•
Frequency prescaler values from 0 to 65535 to generate the variable baud rates
•
Baud rate from 300 bits/s up to 1.5M bits/s
•
Autobauding between 1200 bits/s and 115.2K bits/s
•
Software/hardware flow control
•
−
Programmable XON/XOFF characters
−
Programmable auto-RTS and auto-CTS
Programmable serial interface characteristics
−
5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-bit characters
−
Even-, odd-, or no-parity bit generation and detection
−
1, 1.5, or 2 stop-bit generation
−
False start bit detection
−
Line break generation and detection
•
Internal test and loopback capabilities
•
Modem control functions (CTS, RTS, DSR, DTR)
NOTE: DSR and DTR are not available on UART2.
The key features of the IrDA mode (UART1 and 3) are:
•
Support of slow infrared (SIR) configuration (baud rate up to 115.2Kbauds)
•
Support of medium infrared (MIR) configuration (baud rate 0.576Mbits/s, and 1.152Mbits/s in the following
range [1.1508Mbits/s to 1.1532Mbits/s])
•
Support of fast infrared (FIR) configuration (baud rate at 4Mbauds, the effective frequency baud rate is
8Mbits/s in the following range [7.9992Mbits/s to 8.0008Mbits/s])
•
Frame formatting: addition of variable xBOF characters and EOF characters
•
Uplink/downlink CRC generation/detection
•
Asynchronous transparency (automatic insertion of break character)
•
8-entry status FIFO available to monitor frame length and frame errors
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
183
Functional Overview
3.8.5 I 2C Master/Slave Interface
The I2C peripheral provides an interface between a local host (LH) (e.g., MPU, DSP or system DMA) and
I2C-bus compatible devices. External components can serially transmit/receive up to 8 bits of data to/from the
LH device through the I2C interface.
The I2C peripheral supports multimaster mode, which allows multiple devices to control the bus. Each
I2C device is recognized by a unique address and can operate as either transmitter or receiver, depending
on its function. Furthermore, the device connected to the I2C bus can also be considered a master or a slave
when performing data transfers. A master device generates the clock signals to initiate a data transfer. A slave
device is addressed by this master during the data transfer.
The I2C interface with the local host is compliant with 8-/16-bit OCP protocol. The interface clock and the
functional clock are independent. The I2C master/slave interface supports the following features:
•
Compliant to Philips I2C-bus specification version 2.1
•
Support standard mode (up to 100K bits/s) and fast mode (up to 400K bits/s)
•
In the master only I2C operating mode of OMAP5912, standard mode is supported up to 83K bits/s.
•
7-bit and 10-bit device addressing modes
•
General call
•
Start/restart/stop
•
Multimaster transmitter/slave receiver mode
•
Multimaster receiver/slave transmitter mode
•
Combined master transmit/receive and receive/transmit mode
•
Built-in FIFO for buffered read or write
•
Module enable/disable capability
•
Programmable clock generation
•
Two DMA channels
The I2C master/slave interface does not support the following features:
•
High-speed (HS) mode for transfer rates up to 3.4M bits
•
C-bus compatibility mode
3.8.6 Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP2)
The multichannel buffered serial port (McBSP) provides a high-speed, full-duplex serial port that allows direct
interface to audio codecs, and various other system devices. The McBSP provides:
184
•
Full-duplex communication
•
Double-buffer data registers, which allow a continuous data stream
•
Independent framing and clocking for receive and transmit
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
In addition, the McBSP has the following capabilities:
•
Direct interface to:
−
T1/E1 framers
−
MVIP switching-compatible and ST-BUS compliant devices
−
IOM-2 compliant device
−
AC97-compliant device
−
I2S-compliant device
−
Serial peripheral interface (SPI)
•
Multichannel transmit and receive of up to 128 channels per frame
•
A variety of data sizes, including: 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, or 32 bits
•
µ-law and A-law companding
•
Programmable polarity for both frame synchronization and data clocks
•
Programmable internal clock and frame generation
NOTE: All of the standard McBSP signals are not necessarily available on every McBSP on the
OMAP5912 device.
In the case of the MPU McBSP2, the following pins are available:
•
CLKX and CLKR (transmit and receive clocks)
•
FSX and FSR (transmit and receive frame syncs)
•
DX and DR (transmit and receive data)
The functional clock to the McBSP2 peripheral is configurable to the DPLL clock rate with a divider of 1, 2,
4, or 8. McBSP2 does not have a CLKS external clock reference pin. Therefore, if the McBSP2 sample rate
generator (SRG) is used, the only reference clock available to the SRG is a programmable clock from the MPU
domain.
3.8.7 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SDIO2) Interface
The MMC/SDIO2 host controller provides an interface between OMAP5912 and MMC/SD/SDIO memory
cards, and handles MMC/SD transactions with minimum local host intervention. The following combinations
of external devices are supported:
•
One or more MMC memory cards sharing the same bus
•
One single SD memory card or SDIO card
The application interface is responsible for managing transaction semantics; the MMC/SDIO2 host controller
deals with MMC/SDIO protocol at transmission level, packing data, adding CRC, start/end bit and checking
for syntactical correctness. SD mode wide bus width is also supported (1- or 4-bit data lines).
The application interface can send every MMC/SDIO command and either poll for the status of the adapter
or wait for an interrupt request, which is sent back in case of exceptions or to warn for end of operations. The
application interface can read card responses or flag register. It can also mask individually interrupt sources.
All these operations can be performed reading and writing control registers. The MMC/SDIO2 peripheral also
supports two DMA channels.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
185
Functional Overview
The main features of the MMC/SDIO2 module are:
•
Full compliance with MMC command/response sets as defined in the MMC standard specifications v.3.1
•
Full compliance with SD command/response sets as defined in the SD physical layer specifications v.1.0
•
Full compliance with SDIO command/response sets as defined in the SDIO card specification v1.0
•
Flexible architecture, allowing support for new command structure
•
Built-in 64-byte FIFO for buffered read or write
•
16-bit-wide access bus between MMC/SDIO2 interface and the local hosts to maximize bus throughput
•
Designed for low power
•
Wide interrupt capability
•
Programmable clock generation
•
Two DMA channels
•
The MMC2 provides auxiliary signals for external level shifters. MMC2.CMDDIR indicates the direction
of the MMC2.CMD signal. MMC2.DATDIR0 and MMC2.DATDIR1 indicate the direction of the
MMC2.DAT0 signal and MMC2.DAT[3:1] signals, respectively.
NOTE:
•
The MMC/SDIO2 clock is multiplexed between the 48-MHz clock (APLL output) and the system clock
(19.2 MHz or 12 MHz).
•
At reset, the MMC/SDIO2 clock selection is the system clock.
•
The MMC/SDIO2 module is routed at the OMAP5912 level. The OMAP5912 configuration selects only
the part of the interface which is required.
3.8.8 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO)
OMAP5912 includes 4 GPIO peripherals of 16 GPIO pins each. There are up to 64 shared GPIO pins. Each
GPIO pin is independently configurable as either input or output. If configured as input, each pin can be
configurable to generate an interrupt upon detection of its signal level change. As both the MPU and the DSP
can access the GPIO, consideration must be taken for its arbitration.
The general-purpose input/output (GPIO) peripheral can be used for the following types of applications:
•
Input/output data
•
Generation of an interrupt in active mode upon the detection of external events
•
Generation of a wake-up request in idle mode upon the detection of external events
3.8.9 32-kHz Synchro Counter
This is a 32-bit simple counter, clocked by the falling edge of the 32-kHz clock. It is reset while the Power Up
Reset (PWRON_RESET) primary I/O is active (main OMAP5912 reset), then on the rising edge of
PWRON_RESET (PWRON_RESET release), it starts to count indefinitely. When the highest value is reached,
it wraps back to zero and starts running again.
MPU and DSP have the capability to read the count value at higher frequency from the peripheral interface.
The MPU can read it from a 32-bit peripheral access, whereas the DSP can only access it through two
consecutive 16-bit accesses.
186
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.9
System DMA Controller
The system direct memory access (DMA) controller transfers data between points in the memory space
without intervention by the MPU. The system DMA allows movements of data to and from internal memory,
external memory, and peripherals to occur in the background of MPU operation. It is designed to off-load the
block data transfer function from the MPU processor. The system DMA is configured by the MPU via the MPU
private peripheral bus.
System DMA consists of:
•
Seventeen logical channels
•
Seven physical ports + one for configuration
•
Four physical channels
The ports are connected to the L3 OCP targets, the external memory, the TIPB bridge, the MPUI, and one
dedicated port connected to an LCD controller. The system DMA controller can be controlled via the MPU
private TIPB or by an external host via the OCP-I port. The system DMA controller is designed for low-power
operation. It is partitioned into several clock domains where each clock domain is enabled only when it is used.
All clocks are disabled when no DMA transfers are active (synchronous to the MPU TIPB, this feature is totally
under hardware control; no specific programming is needed). Five different logical channels types are
supported; each one represents a specific feature set:
•
LCh-2D for memory-to-memory transfers, 1D and 2D
•
LCh-P for peripheral transfers
•
LCh-PD for peripheral transfers on a dedicated channel
•
LCh-G for graphical transfers/operations
•
LCh-D for display transfers
The available features are:
•
Support for up to four address modes:
−
Constant
−
Post-increment
−
Single indexing
−
Double indexing
•
Different indexing for source-respective destination
•
Logical channel chaining
•
Software triggering
•
Hardware triggering
•
Logical channel interleaving
•
Logical channel preemption
•
Two choices of logical channel arbitration of physical resources: round robin or fixed
•
Two levels of logical channel priority
•
Constant fill
•
Transparent copy
•
Rotation 0, 90, 180, and 270
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
187
Functional Overview
There are seven ports enabling:
•
Memory-to-memory transfers
•
Peripheral-to-memory transfers
•
Memory-to-peripheral transfers
•
Peripheral-to-peripheral transfers
•
Binary backward-compatible by default configuration
•
Up to four logical channels active in parallel
The logical channel dedicated to the display, LCh-D, has several additional features:
•
Channel can be shared by two LCD controllers
•
Supports both single- and dual-block modes
•
Supports separate indexing and numbering for dual-block mode for both elements and frames
3.10 DSP DMA Controller
The DSP subsystem has its own dedicated DMA controller, which is entirely independent of the MPU or the
system DMA controller. The DSP DMA controller has many of the same major features as the system DMA
controller.
The DSP DMA Controller has six generic channels and five physical ports available for source or destination
data. These five ports are the SARAM port, DARAM port, EMIF (external memory port), DSP TIPB port, and
MPUI port. The DSP may configure the DSP DMA controller to transfer data between the SARAM, DARAM,
EMIF, and TIPB ports; but the MPUI port is a dedicated port used for MPU or system DMA initiated transfers
to DSP subsystem resources. The SARAM and DARAM ports are used to access local DSP memories and
the TIPB port is used to access the registers of the DSP peripherals. The EMIF port of the DSP DMA controller
is used to access the Traffic Controller via the DSP MMU (Memory Management Unit).
3.11 Traffic Controller (Memory Interfaces)
The traffic controller (TC) manages all accesses by the MPU, DSP, system DMA, and local bus to the
OMAP5912 system memory resources. The TC provides access to three different memory interfaces:
external memory interface slow (EMIFS), external memory interface fast (EMIFF), and internal memory
interface (OCP T1). The OCP T1 allows access to the 250K bytes of on-chip frame buffer. The EMIFS provides
16-bit-wide access to asynchronous or synchronous memories or devices.
The EMIFF provides 16-bit-wide access to SDR, mobile SDR, and mobile DDR memories.
The TC provides the functions of arbitrating contending accesses to the same memory interface from different
initiators (MPU, DSP, system DMA, local bus), synchronization of accesses due to the initiators and the
memory interfaces running at different clock rates, and the buffering of data allowing burst access for more
efficient multiplexing of transfers from multiple initiators to the memory interfaces.
The TC architecture allows simultaneous transfers between initiators and different memory interfaces without
penalty. For instance, if the MPU is accessing the EMIFF at the same time the DSP is accessing the IMIF,
transfers may occur simultaneously since there is no contention for resources. There are three separate ports
to the TC from the system DMA (one for each of the memory interfaces), allowing for greater bandwidth
capability between the system DMA and the TC.
188
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.12 Interprocessor Communication
Several mechanisms allow for communication between the MPU and the DSP on the OMAP5912 device.
These include mailbox registers, MPU Interface, and shared memory space.
3.12.1
MPU/DSP Mailbox Registers
The MPU and DSP processors can communicate with each other via a mailbox-interrupt mechanism. There
are four sets of mailbox registers located in public TIPB space. The registers are shared between the two
processors, so the MPU and DSP may both access these registers within their own public TIPB space, but
read/write accessibility of each register is different for each processor.
There are four sets of mailbox registers: two for the MPU to send messages and issue an interrupt to the DSP,
the other two for the DSP to send messages and issue an interrupt to the MPU. Each set of mailbox registers
consists of two 16-bit registers and a 1-bit flag register. The interrupting processor can use one 16-bit register
to pass a data word to the interrupted processor and the other 16-bit register to pass a command word.
Communication is achieved when one processor writes to a command-word register, which causes an
interrupt to the other processor and sets the corresponding flag register. The interrupted processor
acknowledges by reading the command word, which also clears the flag register. A data-word register is also
available in each mailbox register for optional 16-bit data.
The information communicated by the command and data words are entirely user-defined. The data word can
be optionally used to indicate an address pointer or status word.
3.12.2
MPU Interface (MPUI)
The MPU interface (MPUI) allows the MPU and the system DMA controller to communicate with the DSP and
its peripherals. The MPUI allows access to the full memory space (16M bytes) of the DSP and the DSP public
peripheral bus. Thus, the MPU and system DMA controller both have read and write access to the complete
DSP I/O space (128K bytes), including the control registers of the DSP public peripherals.
The MPUI port supports the following features:
•
Four access modes:
−
Shared-access mode (SAM) for MPU access of DSP SARAM, DARAM, and external memory
interface
−
Shared-access mode (SAM) for peripheral bus access
−
Host-only mode (HOM) for SARAM access
−
Host-only mode (HOM) for peripheral bus access
•
Interrupt to MPU if access time-out occurs
•
Programmable priority scheme (MPU versus DMA)
•
Packing and unpacking of data (16 bits to 32 bits, and vice versa)
•
32-bit single-access support
•
Software control endianism conversion
•
System DMA capability to full memory space (16M bytes)
•
System DMA capability to the DSP public TIPB peripherals (up to 128K bytes space)
This port can be used for many functions, such as: MPU loading of program code into DSP program memory
space, sharing of data between MPU and DSP, implementing interprocessing communication protocols via
shared memory, or allowing MPU to use and control DSP public TIPB peripherals.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
189
Functional Overview
3.12.3
MPU/DSP Shared Memory
The OMAP5912 implements a shared memory architecture via the traffic controller. Therefore, the MPU and
DSP both have access to the shared SRAM (250K bytes) as well as to the EMIFF and EMIFS memory space.
Through the DSP memory management unit (MMU), the MPU controls which regions of shared memory space
the DSP is allowed to access. By setting up regions of shared memory, and defining a protocol for the MPU
and DSP to access this shared memory, an interprocessor communication mechanism may be implemented.
This method can be used in conjunction with the mailbox registers to create handshaking interrupts that
properly synchronize the MPU and DSP accesses to shared memory. Utilizing the shared memory in this
fashion may be useful when the desired data to be passed between the MPU and DSP is larger than the two
16-bit words provided by each set of mailbox command and data registers.
For example, the MPU may need to provide the DSP with a list of pointers to perform a specific task as opposed
to a single command and single pointer. Using shared memory and the mailboxes, the DSP can read the list
of pointers from shared memory after receiving the interrupt caused by an MPU write to the mailbox command
register.
3.13 DSP Hardware Accelerators
The TMS320C55x DSP core within the OMAP5912 device utilizes three powerful hardware accelerator
modules which assist the DSP core in implementing specific algorithms that are commonly used in video
compression applications such as MPEG4 encoders/decoders. These accelerators allow implementation of
such algorithms using fewer DSP instruction cycles and dissipating less power than implementations using
only the DSP core. The hardware accelerators are utilized via functions from the TMS320C55x Image/Video
Processing Library available from Texas Instruments.
Utilizing the hardware accelerators, the Texas Instruments Image/Video Processing Library implements many
useful functions, which include the following:
•
Forward and Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) (used for video compression/decompression)
•
Motion Estimation (used for compression standards such as MPEG video encoding and H.26x encoding)
•
Pixel Interpolation (enabling high-performance fractal-pixel motion estimation)
•
Quantization/Dequantization (useful for JPEG, MPEG, H.26x Encoding/Decoding)
•
Flexible 1D/2D Wavelet Processing (useful for JPEG2000, MPEG4, and other compression standards)
•
Boundary and Perimeter Computation (useful for Machine Vision applications)
•
Image Threshold and Histogram Computations (useful for various Image Analysis applications)
3.13.1
DCT/iDCT Accelerator
The DCT/iDCT hardware accelerator is used to implement Forward and Inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine
Transform) algorithms. These DCT/iDCT algorithms can be used to implement a wide range of video
compression standards including JPEG Encode/Decode, MPEG Video Encode/Decode, and H.26x
Encode/Decode.
3.13.2
Motion Estimation Accelerator
The Motion Estimation hardware accelerator implements a high-performance motion estimation algorithm,
enabling MPEG Video encoder or H.26x encoder applications. Motion estimation is typically one of the most
computation-intensive operations in video-encoding systems.
3.13.3
Pixel Interpolation Accelerator
The Pixel Interpolation Accelerator enables high-performance pixel-interpolation algorithms, which allows for
powerful fractal pixel motion estimation when used in conjunction with the Motion Estimation Accelerator.
Such algorithms provide significant improvement to video-encoding applications.
190
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Functional Overview
3.14 Power Supply Connection Examples
3.14.1
Core and I/O Voltage Supply Connections
The OMAP5912 device is flexible regarding the implementation of the core and I/O voltage supplies of the
device.
In a typical system, all of the core voltage supplies (CVDDx) may be connected together and powered from
one common supply. Likewise, all of the I/O voltage supplies (DVDDx) may be connected together and
powered from a common supply. Figure 3−4 illustrates this common system configuration.
OMAP5912
1.5-V
Voltage
Supply
CVDD
CVDD1
CVDD2
CVDD3
CVDDA
CVDDRTC
CVDDDLL
2.75-V
Voltage
Supply
DVDD1
DVDD2
DVDD3
DVDD4
DVDD5
DVDD6
DVDD7
1.8-V
Voltage
Supply
DVDD8
DVDD9
DVDDRTC
VSS
NOTE: In this example, SDRAM (DVDD4) and FLASH (DVDD5) I/O voltage supplies are connected to 1.8 V and the other I/O voltage
supplies are connected to 2.75 V. Each I/O voltage supply (DVDDx) can be configured to either 1.8 V or 2.75 V nominal with
corresponding bits in the VOLTAGE_CTRL_0 register.
Figure 3−4. Supply Connections for a Typical System
In the previous example, all CVDDx pins are connected in common. However, the OMAP5912 has dedicated
CVDD pins that supply power to different sections of the chip. This feature can be useful in prototyping phases
to troubleshoot power management features and perform advanced power analysis. By isolating each CVDDx
bus from the power source through isolation jumpers or current sense resistors, the current draw into different
domains may be measured separately. This type of supply isolation must only be done during prototyping as
production system designs should connect all the CVDDx pins together, preferably to a common board plane.
NOTE:
There is no specific power sequencing for the different voltage supplies as long as all CVDDx
and DVDDx voltages are ramped to valid operating levels within 500 ms of one another.
Additionally, if certain I/O pins are unused in a specific system application, the DVDDx supply
pins that power these I/O must still be connected to valid operating voltage levels.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
191
Functional Overview
3.14.2
Core Voltage Noise Isolation
Two CVDD pins on OMAP5912, CVDDA and CVDDDLL, are dedicated to supply power for the ULPD APLL and
for the DLL elements of the DDR interface, respectively. In addition to using sound board design principles,
these dedicated pins allow for added supply noise isolation circuitry to enable maximum performance. An
example circuit is shown in Figure 3−5.
OMAP5912
System
Clock
Oscillator#
VSS‡§
ULPD
APLL
DLLs
(DDR)
OMAP
DPLL
LDO
CVDDA
CVDDDLL‡
CVDDX§
LDO.FILTER¶
C1
100 nF
R1
10 W
C3
1 mF
Voltage
Regulator†
C2
100 nF
R2
10 W
NOTES: A. This circuit is provided only as an example. Specific board layout implementation must minimize noise on the OMAP5912
voltage supply pins.
B. Unless otherwise noted in this document, all VSS pins on the OMAP5912 are common and must be connected directly to a
common ground; however, the discrete capacitor in the RC filter circuit should be placed as close as possible to the VSS pins
[ZZG balls AA21 (or W20) and A13; ZDY/GDY balls L7 (or L11) and F6].
C. For special consideration with respect to the connection of VSS pin (ZZG ball Y13; ZDY/GDY ball H8), refer to Section 5.5.1,
32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock.
† The voltage regulator must be selected to provide a voltage source with minimal low frequency noise.
‡ If a dedicated voltage regulator is not available for CV
DDDLL in the system, a simple low-pass RC filter can be used to isolate the cells from
the switching noise of other digital circuits.
§ Common CV
DD for rest of chip.
¶ A regulated supply is delivered to DPLL macro(s) and available on unique bond pad. A decoupling capacitor of 1 µF must be connected
externally between the pin called LDO. FILTER (ZZG ball J1; ZDY/GDY ball H1) and the ground.
# System clock oscillator frequency = 12, 13, or 19.2 MHz.
Figure 3−5. External RC Circuits for Noise Isolation
192
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Documentation Support
4
Documentation Support
Extensive documentation supports all OMAP platform of devices from product announcement through
applications development. The following types of documentation are available to support the design and use
of the OMAP platform of applications processor devices:
•
Device-specific data sheets
•
Development-support tools
•
Hardware and software application reports
A series of DSP textbooks is published by Prentice-Hall and John Wiley & Sons to support digital signal
processing research and education. The TMS320 DSP newsletter, Details on Signal Processing, is published
quarterly and distributed to update TMS320 DSP customers on product information.
Information regarding Texas Instruments (TI) OMAP and DSP products is also available on the Worldwide
Web at http://www.ti.com uniform resource locator (URL).
4.1
Device and Development-Support Tool Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
OMAP devices and support tools. Each OMAP commercial family member has one of three prefixes: X, P,
or Null (e.g., XOMAP-DM270MGVL-B). Texas Instruments recommends two of three possible prefix
designators for its support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of product
development from engineering prototypes (X/TMDX) through fully qualified production devices/tools
(Null/TMDS).
Device development evolutionary flow:
X
Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device’s electrical
specifications
P
Final silicon die that conforms to the device’s electrical specifications but has not completed
quality and reliability verification
Null
Fully-qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
TMDX Development support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal qualification
testing.
TMDS Fully qualified development support product
X and P devices and TMDX development-support tools are shipped against the following disclaimer:
“Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes.”
Null devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and
reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI’s standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices (X or P) have a greater failure rate than the standard production
devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because
their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
193
Documentation Support
The device revision can be determined by the symbols marked on the top of the ZDY package as shown
in Figure 4−1. Some prototype devices may have markings different from those shown in Figure 4−1 with
the device name in the following format: aOMAP5912xxx where a = product level and xxx = package
designator.
$ = Internal TI Designator
# = Revision Number
YMZLLLS = Internal TI Designator
OMAP(TM)
OMAP5912ZDY
$#−YMZLLLS
NOTE: Qualified devices are marked with no prefix at the beginning of the device name, while nonqualified devices are marked with the
letter X at the beginning of the device name.
Figure 4−1. Example Markings for OMAP5912 ZDY Package
4.2
Differences Between Production and Experimental Devices
The XOMAP5912 and POMAP5912 devices included some peripherals and functions that are not available
on the OMAP5912 production silicon. See Table 4−1 for a list of the differences in peripherals.
For more information, see the following reference guides:
•
OMAP5912 Multimedia Processor OMAP3.2 Subsystem Reference Guide (literature number SPRU749)
•
OMAP5912 Multimedia Processor Initialization Reference Guide (literature number SPRU752)
•
OMAP5912 Multimedia Processor Power Management Reference Guide (literature number SPRU753)
•
OMAP5912 Multimedia Processor Direct Memory Access (DMA) Support Reference Guide (literature number
SPRU755)
•
OMAP5912 Multimedia Processor Camera Interface Support Reference Guide (literature number SPRU763)
•
OMAP5912 Multimedia Processor Display Interface Support Reference Guide (literature number SPRU764)
Table 4−1. Changes to the OMAP5912
XOMAP5912 OR POMAP5912
SUPPORTED
OMAP5912
Compact Flash Peripheral
Yes
No
Compact Flash Peripheral
SOSSI Peripheral
Yes
No
SOSSI Peripheral
VLYNQ Peripheral
Yes
No
VLYNQ Peripheral
CCP Peripheral
Yes
No
CCP Peripheral
EMIFF DDR interface provides the same
performance as SDR
Yes
Yes
EMIFF DDR interface runs at full DDR performance.
New register bits and configuration information
added in SPRU749.
Camera interface connected via TIPB bus
Yes
Yes
Camera interface connected via OCP bus.
Performance improvement and new registers added
in SPRU763.
LCD Interface
Yes
Yes
LCD interface additional register bits added in
SPRU764.
Only General Purpose (Mode 0) is supported
Yes
Yes
Only General Purpose (Mode 0) is supported
194
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Documentation Support
Table 4−1. Changes to the OMAP5912 (Continued)
XOMAP5912 OR POMAP5912
SUPPORTED
OMAP5912
MMC SPI mode
No
No
MMC SPI mode
Stacked DDR
No
No
Stacked DDR
SSI, SST, SSR, STI, GDD
No
No
SSI, SST, SSR, STI, GDD
eFUSE, effuses
No
No
eFUSE, effuses
Windows tracer
No
No
Windows tracer
Mode 1 and 2, high security
No
No
Mode 1 and 2, high security
Emulation devices
No
No
Emulation Devices
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
195
Electrical Specifications
5
Electrical Specifications
This section provides the absolute maximum ratings and the recommended operating conditions for the
OMAP5912 device.
All electrical and switching characteristics in this data manual are valid over the recommended operating
conditions unless otherwise specified.
5.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
The list of absolute maximum ratings are specified over operating case temperature. Stresses beyond those
listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress
ratings only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated
under Section 5.2, Recommended Operating Conditions, is not implied. Exposure to
absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. All supply voltage
values (core and I/O) are with respect to VSS.
This section provides the absolute maximum ratings for the OMAP5912 device.
Supply voltage range (core), CVDD, CVDD2, CVDDA,CVDDRTC, CVDDDLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 2.1 V
Supply voltage range (I/O), DVDD1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/RTC, 1.8 V nominal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 2.1 V
2.75 V and 3.3 V nominal . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 4.2 V
Input voltage range, VI (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz and 32-kHz oscillator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 2.1 V
Input voltage range, VI (standard LVCMOS), 1.8 V nominal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to (2.1 or DVDD + 0.5)† V
2.75 V and 3.3 V nominal . . . . −0.5 V to (4.2 or DVDD + 0.5)† V
Input voltage range, VI (USB transceivers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to DVDD + 0.5 V
Input voltage range, VI (I2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . − 0.5 V to 4.5 V
Output voltage range, VO (standard LVCMOS), 1.8 V nominal . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to (2.1 or DVDD + 0.5)† V
2.75 V and 3.3 V nominal . . −0.5 V to (4.2 or DVDD + 0.5)† V
Output voltage range, VO (USB transceivers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to DVDD + 0.5 V
Output voltage range, VO (I2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −0.5 V to 4.5 V
Operating temperature range, TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −40°C to 85°C
Storage temperature range, Tstg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . −65°C to 150°C
†
Max voltage is the lower value of the two expressions
196
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.2
Recommended Operating Conditions
CVDD1/2/3/RTC
OMAP5912 supply voltage, core†‡
MIN
NOM
MAX
Low-power standby
mode§
1.05
1.1
1.21
Active mode
1.525
1.6
1.65
UNIT
V
CVDDA
Supply voltage for analog PLL
1.525
1.6
1.65
V
CVDDDLL
Core supply voltage for the DDR interface digitally controlled
delay element (DCDL)¶
1.525
1.6
1.65
V
Device supply voltage, I/O‡
Low-voltage range#
1.65
1.8
1.95
DVDD1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/RTC
range#
2.5
2.75 or 3.3
3.6
Internal USB
transceiver not used
1.65
1.8
1.95
3
3.3
3.6
DVDD2
Device supply voltage, I/O
CVDD − DVDD
Device supply voltage difference||
DVDD − CVDD
difference||
LDO.FILTERk
Vss
Device supply voltage
Internal DPLL and 12, 13, or
19.2-MHz oscillator supply
voltageh
High-voltage
Internal USB
transceiver used
VIH
V
VI
Low-level input voltage, I/O
Input voltage
Differential input voltage
V
1.21
Active mode
1.43
1.5
1.65
0
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2
and U1) are not used
for USB differential
voltage
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2
and U1) are used for
USB
V
V
2
0.3 DVDD
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2
and U1) are not used
for USB differential
voltage
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2
and U1) are used for
USB
V
0.7 DVDD
0.8
0.8
V
2.5
V
OSC1 and OSC32K
pins
VID
2.55
1.1
Standard LVCMOS
VIL
V
1.05
Device supply voltage, GND
High-level input voltage, I/O
1.65
Low-power standby
mode§
Standard LVCMOS
V
CVDD
±200
mV
†
All core voltage supplies must be tied to the same voltage level (within 50 mV).
In Split-power mode (CVDDx and DVDDx = 0), RTC has to be supplied with CVDDRTC = 1.05 V min and DVDDRTC = 1.65 V min.
§ Low-power standby is defined as follows: the device is in deep-sleep mode and LOW_PWR = 1. The device runs from 32-kHz clock in this
mode.
¶ To filter switching noises, it is recommended that an RC (R = 10 Ω, C = 100 nF) low-pass filter be implemented externally.
# Corresponding DV
DD mode bit must be configured in the Voltage_control_0 register.
|| In systems where the CV
DDx and DVDDx power supplies are ramped at generally the same time (within 500 ms of one another), there are no
specific power sequencing requirements for the supplies. The only sequencing requirement is that the maximum voltage difference between
CVDD and DVDD is not exceeded for greater than 500 ms. Likewise, if different voltages are used for the separate DVDDx supplies, all DVDDx
supplies should be ramped up to valid voltage levels within 500 ms of one another.
k An external capacitor (C = 1 µF ± 10%) must be connected between LDO.FILTER and VSS to provide decoupling capacitance for the regulator.
h LDO has to be powered down by setting LDO_PWRDN_CNTL[0] in OMAP5912 configuration.
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
197
Electrical Specifications
5.2
Recommended Operating Conditions (Continued)
MIN
IOH
IOL
TC
MAX
UNIT
High-level
output
current
Low-voltage range DVDDmin = 1.65 V
−2
mA
High-voltage range DVDDmin = 2.5 V
−3
mA
−18.3
mA
Low-level
output
current
Low-voltage range DVDDmin = 1.65 V
2
High-voltage range DVDDmin = 2.5 V
3
18.3-mA drive strength buffers
18.3-mA drive strength buffers
Operating case temperature
NOM
mA
18.3
−40
85
°C
†
All core voltage supplies must be tied to the same voltage level (within 50 mV).
In Split-power mode (CVDDx and DVDDx = 0), RTC has to be supplied with CVDDRTC = 1.05 V min and DVDDRTC = 1.65 V min.
§ Low-power standby is defined as follows: the device is in deep-sleep mode and LOW_PWR = 1. The device runs from 32-kHz clock in this
mode.
¶ To filter switching noises, it is recommended that an RC (R = 10 Ω, C = 100 nF) low-pass filter be implemented externally.
# Corresponding DV
DD mode bit must be configured in the Voltage_control_0 register.
|| In systems where the CV
DDx and DVDDx power supplies are ramped at generally the same time (within 500 ms of one another), there are no
specific power sequencing requirements for the supplies. The only sequencing requirement is that the maximum voltage difference between
CVDD and DVDD is not exceeded for greater than 500 ms. Likewise, if different voltages are used for the separate DVDDx supplies, all DVDDx
supplies should be ramped up to valid voltage levels within 500 ms of one another.
k An external capacitor (C = 1 µF ± 10%) must be connected between LDO.FILTER and VSS to provide decoupling capacitance for the regulator.
h LDO has to be powered down by setting LDO_PWRDN_CNTL[0] in OMAP5912 configuration.
‡
198
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.3
Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Case Temperature
Range (Unless Otherwise Noted)
PARAMETER
VOH
VOL
High-level
output voltage
Low-level
output voltage
Standard LVCMOS
IO = rated,
DVDD = 1.65 V to 3.6 V
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2 and U1)
are not used for USB
differential voltage
IO = −18.3 mA
Standard LVCMOS
IO = rated,
DVDD = 1.65 V to 3.6 V
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2 and U1)
are not used for USB
differential voltage
IO = 18.3 mA
I2C
II
IOZ
IDDC(Q)
IDDC(A)
Input current
TEST CONDITIONS
MAX
UNIT
0.8 DVDD
DVDD − 0.5
0.22 DVDD
0.28
V
Fast mode at 2-mA load
0
0.4
Fast mode at 3-mA load
0
0.6
Standard mode at 2-mA load
0
0.4
Low-voltage
range
−1
1
High-voltage
range
−1
1
Low-voltage
range
5
10
25
High-voltage
range
15
30
95
Low-voltage
range
55
100
185
High-voltage
range
35
67
185
Low-voltage
range
−25
−10
−5
High-voltage
range
−95
−30
−15
Low-voltage
range
−185
−100
−55
High-voltage
range
−185
−67
−35
VI = VI MAX to
VI MIN
Input pins with 20-µA
pulldowns enabled
DVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to
VDD
Input pins with 100-µA
pulldowns enabled
DVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to
VDD
Input pins with 20-µA pullups
enabled
CVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to
VDD
Input pins with 100-µA pullups
enabled
CVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to
VDD
Input current for outputs in high-impedance
Core voltage supply current active
TYP
V
Inputs without internal
pullups/pulldowns enabled
Core voltage supply current quiescent
MIN
µA
− 20
20
Sum of CVDDx currents. (Deep
sleep mode with CVDD = 1.6 V
and DSP in IDLE at 25°C.)
290
Sum of CVDDx currents. (Deep
sleep mode with CVDD = 1.6 V
and DSP in RESET at 25°C.)
280
Sum of CVDDx†
326
µA
µA
A
mA
†
ARM926 running Dhrystone algorithm and DSP runnning GSM Full Rate Vocoder in internal memory. CVDD = 1.6 V, DVDD = 3.3 V,
VDD4 = 1.8 V).
NOTE: These power measurements were taken at 25°C on an OMAP5912 OSK, running Dhrystone benchmark on the ARM and GSM vocoder
on the DSP. These typical case numbers can vary based on board layout or application code being run. Please use this information
only as a general guideline. In order to get more accurate power estimates, you should expect to do your own power measurements
with your own set up and application code running.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
199
Electrical Specifications
5.3
Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Case Temperature
Range (Unless Otherwise Noted) (Continued)
PARAMETER
IDDCP(A)
Core and I/O voltage supply current active
TEST CONDITIONS
Sum of CVDDx and DVDDx
currents†
VDD4
Ci
Co
Input capacitance
Output capacitance
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
393
mA
6
mA
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2 and U1)
(USB)
7
All other I/O pins
4
ZZG balls P9 and R8
(ZDY/GDY balls T2 and U1)
(USB)
7
All other I/O pins
4
pF
pF
†
ARM926 running Dhrystone algorithm and DSP runnning GSM Full Rate Vocoder in internal memory. CVDD = 1.6 V, DVDD = 3.3 V,
VDD4 = 1.8 V).
NOTE: These power measurements were taken at 25°C on an OMAP5912 OSK, running Dhrystone benchmark on the ARM and GSM vocoder
on the DSP. These typical case numbers can vary based on board layout or application code being run. Please use this information
only as a general guideline. In order to get more accurate power estimates, you should expect to do your own power measurements
with your own set up and application code running.
200
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Tester Pin Electronics
42 Ω
Output
Under
Test
3.5 nH
Transmission Line
Z0 = 50 Ω
(see Note)
4.0 pF
Device Pin
(see Note)
1.85 pF
NOTE: The data sheet provides timing at the device pin. For output timing analysis, the tester pin electronics and its transmission line effects
must be taken into account. A transmission line with a delay of 2 ns or longer can be used to produce the desired transmission line effect.
The transmission line is intended as a load only. It is not necessary to add or subtract the transmission line delay (2 ns or longer) from
the data sheet timings.
Input requirements in this data sheet are tested with an input slew rate of < 4 Volts per nanosecond (4 V/ns) at the device pin.
Figure 5−1. 3.3-V Test Load Circuit
5.4
Timing Parameter Symbology
Timing parameter symbols used in the timing requirements and switching characteristics tables are created
in accordance with JEDEC Standard 100. To shorten the symbols, some of the pin names and other related
terminology have been abbreviated as follows:
Lowercase subscripts and their meanings:
Letters and symbols and their meanings:
a
access time
H
High
c
cycle time (period)
L
Low
d
delay time
V
Valid
dis
disable time
Z
High impedance
en
enable time
f
fall time
h
hold time
r
rise time
su
setup time
t
transition time
v
valid time
w
pulse duration (width)
X
Unknown, changing, or don’t care level
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
201
Electrical Specifications
5.5
Clock Specifications
This section provides the timing requirements and switching characteristics for the OMAP5912 system clock
signals.
5.5.1 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock
The 32.768-kHz clock signal (often abbreviated to 32-kHz) may be supplied by either the on-chip 32-kHz
oscillator (requiring an external crystal) or an external CMOS signal.
The on-chip oscillator requires an external 32.768-kHz crystal connected across the OSC32K_IN and
OSC32K_OUT pins. The connection of the required circuit, consisting of the crystal and two load capacitors,
is shown in Figure 5−2. The load capacitors, C1 and C2, should be chosen such that the equation below is
satisfied (recommended values are C1 = C2 = 10 pF). CL in the equation is the load specified for the crystal.
All discrete components used to implement the oscillator circuit should be placed as close as possible to the
associated oscillator pins (OSC32K_IN and OSC32K_OUT) and to the VSS pin closest to the oscillator pins
(ZZG ball Y13; ZDY/GDY ball H8).
NOTE 1: Do not connect VSS (ZZG ball Y13; ZDY/GDY ball H8) to the common board ground but only to the
oscillator circuit as shown.
CL +
OSC32K_IN
C 1C 2
(C 1 ) C 2)
VSS†
(ZZG ball Y13)
OSC32K_OUT (ZDY/GDY ball H8)
Crystal
32.768 kHz
C1
†
C2
Do not connect VSS (ZZG ball Y13; ZDY/GDY ball H8) to the common board ground but only to the oscillator circuit as shown.
Figure 5−2. 32-kHz Oscillator External Crystal
NOTE 2: Recommended maximum series resistance specification of the crystal is 100 kΩ or less at 32 kHz.
Series resistance at any other parasitic resonance of the crystal should be greater than 100 kΩ. For crystals
whose parasitic resonance has maximum series resistor less than 100 kΩ, a PI-network (Figure 5−3) is
needed between the OSC32K_OUT pin and the crystal to suppress oscillation at frequencies other than
32 kHz. The PI-network creates a pole to reduce the negative resistance at frequencies greater than 32 kHz.
The recommended PI-network for use with these crystals is CPI = 10 pF total and RPI = 390 kΩ ± 5%
202
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
OSC32K_IN
Crystal
32.768 kHz
RPI
C2
CPI
C1
†
VSS†
(ZZG ball Y13)
OSC32K_OUT (ZDY/GDY ball H8)
Do not connect VSS (ZZG ball Y13; ZDY/GDY ball H8) to the common board ground but only to the oscillator circuit as shown.
Figure 5−3. 32-kHz Oscillator External Crystal With PI-Network
NOTE 3: When the internal oscillator is used to generate the 32-kHz clock, the CLK32K_IN pin must be tied
to VSS. Otherwise, the 32-kHz clock is corrupted and the device fails.
If the external CMOS clock is used to provide the 32-kHz clock, the OSC32K_IN (XI) pin must be tied to CVDD.
The OSC32K_OUT (XO) pin must be tied to VSS.
Table 5−1 shows the switching characteristics of the 32-kHz oscillator and Table 5−2 shows the input
requirements of the 32-kHz clock input.
Table 5−1. 32-kHz Oscillator Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Start-up time (from power up until oscillating at stable
frequency of 32.768 kHz)
MIN
C1 = C2 = 10 pF, CVDD = 1.35 V
TYP
MAX
UNIT
200
800
ms
4
µA
32.768
kHz
IDDA, active current consumption
Oscillation frequency
Table 5−2. 32-kHz Input Clock Timing Requirements
NO.
†
MIN
NOM
MAX
CK1
1/tcyc
Frequency
CK2
tf
Fall time
25
ns
CK3
tr
Rise time
25
ns
CK4
Duty cycle (high-to-low ratio)
CK5
Frequency stability†
32.768
UNIT
kHz
30
70
%
−250
250
ppm
The frequency stability requirement for the 32-kHz crystal is necessary for proper compensation by the on-chip real-time clock (RTC) module.
If the on-chip RTC is not used, the OMAP5912 has no frequency stability requirement. However, specific systems may require tighter frequency
stability. TI recommends that designers carefully choose an external crystal that meets their system requirements for frequency stability across
the expected temperature range.
CK3
CK2
CK1
CLK32K_IN
Figure 5−4. 32-kHz Input Clock
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
203
Electrical Specifications
5.5.2 Base Oscillator (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz) and Input Clock
The internal base system oscillator is enabled following a device reset. The oscillator requires an external
crystal to be connected across the OSC1_IN and OSC1_OUT pins. If the internal oscillator is not used
(configured in software), an external clock source (12,13, 19.2 MHz) must be applied to the OSC1_IN pin, and
the OSC1_OUT pin must be left unconnected. Because the internal oscillator can be used as a clock source
to the OMAP DPLL, the 12-,13-, or 19.2-MHz crystal oscillation frequency can be multiplied to generate the
DSP clock, MPU clock, traffic controller clock.
The crystal must be in fundamental-mode operation, and parallel resonant, with a maximum effective series
resistance of 50 Ω and a power dissipation of 0.5 mW. The connection of the required circuit, consisting of
the crystal and two load capacitors, is shown in Figure 5−5. The load capacitors, C1 and C2, must be chosen
such that the equation below is satisfied (recommended values are C1 = C2 = 2CL). CL in the equation is the
load specified for the crystal. All discrete components used to implement the oscillator circuit must be placed
as close as possible to the associated oscillator pins (OSC1_IN and OSC1_OUT) and to the VSS pins closest
to the oscillator pins (ZZG balls AA1 and Y3; ZDY/GDY balls G11 and N5).
NOTE: The base oscillator is powered by the embedded LDO. If an external clock source is used instead of
using the on-chip oscillator, care must be taken that the voltage level driven onto the OSC1_IN pin is no greater
than the LDO voltage level.
C1 = C2 = 2CL (CL = Crystal Load Capacitance)
OSC1_IN
OSC1_OUT
12, 13, or
19.2-MHz Crystal
C1
C2
Figure 5−5. Internal System Oscillator External Crystal
If USB host function is used, it is recommended that a very low PPM crystal (≤ 50 ppm) be used for the
12,13, or 19.2 MHz oscillator circuit. If the USB host function is not used, then a crystal of ≤ 180 ppm is
recommended. When selecting a crystal, the system design must take into account the temperature and aging
characteristics of a crystal versus the user environment and expected lifetime of the system.
Table 5−3 shows the switching characteristics of the base oscillator.
Table 5−3. Base Oscillator Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
Start-up time (from power up until oscillating at stable
frequency of 12,13, or 19.2 MHz)
C1 = C2 = 10 pF, CVDD = 1.3V
IDDA, active current consumption
C1 = C2 = 10 pF, CVDD = 1.5V
Oscillation frequency
204
SPRS231E
TYP
MAX
1.7
3
UNIT
ms
220
µA
12 to
19.2
MHz
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−4 and Figure 5−6 show the clock timing requirements for using an external system clock source.
Table 5−4. 12-MHz, 13-MHz, and 19.2-MHz Input Clock Timing Requirements†
NO.
MIN
SCK1
tc(OSC1_IN)
Frequency
SCK2
tf(OSC1_IN)
Fall time
SCK3
tr(OSC1_IN)
Rise time
SCK4
tw(OSC1_IN)
Duty cycle (high-to-low ratio)
NOM
MAX
12 to 19.2
UNIT
MHz
5
ns
5
ns
40
60
%
−50
50
USB host function is not used
−180
† The clock signal level must not exceed CV
DD . See Section 5.2, Recommended Operating Conditions.
180
USB host function is used
SCK5
tj(OSC1_IN)
Frequency stability
ppm
SCK2
SCK1
SCK3
OSC1_IN
Figure 5−6. Input Clock Timings
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
205
Electrical Specifications
5.6
Reset Timing
This section provides the timing requirements for the OMAP5912 hardware reset signals.
5.6.1 OMAP5912 Device Reset
The PWRON_RESET signal is the active-low asynchronous reset input responsible for the reset of the entire
OMAP5912 device. When using an external crystal to supply the 32-kHz system clock, PWRON_RESET must
be asserted low a minimum of two 32-kHz clock cycles longer than the worst-case start-up time of the 32-kHz
oscillator after stable power supplies (see Figure 5−7). If an external CMOS input signal is used to source
32 kHz, PWRON_RESET must be asserted low a minimum of two 32-kHz clock cycles after stable power
supplies. See Table 5−5 and Table 5−6.
Table 5−5. OMAP5912 Device Reset Timing Requirements
NO.
RS1
†
MIN
tw(PWRON_RST)
Pulse duration, PWRON_RESET low†
MAX
800
UNIT
ms
The rising and falling edge duration of PWRON_RESET is characterized with a max tr/tf = 10 ns. (Timing value is given from 10% to 90% of the
signal.)
Table 5−6. OMAP5912 Device Reset Switching Characteristics
NO.
RS2
‡
PARAMETER
td(PWRONH-RSTH)
MIN
Delay time, PWRON_RESET high to RST_OUT high
MAX
T+
10‡
UNIT
µs
T = P*(C + 7), P = period of 32-kHz clock, C = Value of ULPD wakeup time setup register, SETUP_ULPD1_REG (Default 03FFh)
CVDDx
DVDDx
2 Cycles
Worst-case Oscillator Start-up Time
OSC32K_IN
RS1
PWRON_RESET
RS2
RST_OUT
Figure 5−7. Device Reset Timings
206
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.6.2 OMAP5912 MPU Core Reset
The MPU_RST signal is the active-low asynchronous input responsible for the reset of the OMAP5912 MPU
core. Stable power supplies are assumed prior to MPU_RST assertion. Figure 5−8 illustrates the behavior of
MPU_RST and RST_OUT. In Figure 5−8, a logic-high level is assumed on the PWRON_RESET input. In the
case where an application ties the PWRON_RESET and MPU_RST together, the behavior described in
Section 5.6.1, OMAP5912 Device Reset, will override. See Table 5−7 and Table 5−8.
Table 5−7. MPU_RST Timing Requirements
NO.
M3
MIN
tw(MPU_RST)
Pulse duration, MPU_RST low
MAX
UNIT
µs
50
Table 5−8. MPU_RST Switching Characteristics†
NO.
M1
PARAMETER
td(MPUL−RSTL)
MIN
Delay time, MPU_RST low to RST_OUT low
1
MPU_RST asserted during
OMAP5912 awake state
M2
†
td(MPUH−RSTH)
Delay time, MPU_RST high to RST_OUT high
MAX
MPU_RST asserted during
OMAP5912 deep-sleep state
UNIT
µs
10
µs
T + 10†
T = P*(C + 7), P = period of 32-kHz clock, C = Value of ULPD wakeup time setup register, SETUP_ULPD1_REG (Default 03FFh)
M3
MPU_RST
M1
M2
RST_OUT
Figure 5−8. MPU Core Reset Timings
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
207
Electrical Specifications
5.7
External Memory Interface Timing
Some EMIFF and EMIFS output terminals have the following particularity:
A serial resistor of 20 Ω is included at the output of the terminal to match with PCB line impedance and ensure
proper signal integrity. See Table 2−3 (ZDY/GDY Package Terminal Characteristics) and Table 2−4 (ZZG
Package Terminal Characteristics) for the list of terminals, which are concerned.
GZ
HHV
R
20 W
A
Y
PAD
MODE
5.7.1 EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Timing
Table 5−9 and Table 5−10 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−9 through
Figure 5−20).
Section 5.7.1.1 provides information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash
timings.
Table 5−9. EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Timing Requirements†
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
NO
MIN
UNIT
MAX
F5
tsu(DV-OEH)
Setup time, read data valid before FLASH.OE high
Async modes
20.7
ns
F6
th(OEH-DV)
Hold time, read data valid after FLASH.OE high
Async modes
−4.1
ns
2.6‡
ns
F7
tw(RDYV)
FLASH.RDY low duration
Async modes
F21
tsu(DV-AIV)
Setup time, read data valid before Address invalid
Async page mode
3P +
25.3
ns
F22
th(AIV-DV)
Hold time, read data valid after Address invalid
Async page mode
−3.5
ns
RT=0§
−3.6
RT=1§
13.54
F33
th(CLKH-DV)
Hold time, read data valid after FLASH.CLK
Sync
modes
16.4
tsu(DV-CLKH)
Setup time, read data valid before FLASH.CLK
Sync
modes
RT=0§
F34
RT=1§
1
18.4
tsu(RDYV-CLKH)
Setup time, FLASH.RDY low before FLASH.CLK
Sync
modes
RT=0§
F38
RT=1§
1.1
−4.7
th(CLKH-RDYIV)
Hold time, FLASH.RDY low after FLASH.CLK
Sync
modes
RT=0§
F39
RT=1§
10.8
ns
ns
ns
ns
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ P = EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
§ When the RT field in the EMIFS configuration register is set, input data is retimed to the external FLASH.CLK signal. The RT = 1 setting is only
valid in synchronous modes. The RT = 0 setting in synchronous modes is assured only for EMIFS clock (REF_CLK) frequencies of 50 MHz and
lower.
208
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−10. EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics†‡
NO
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
PARAMETER
MIN
F1
tw(CSV)
FLASH.CSx low duration—Read operation
F3
td(CSV-ADIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.ADV high
F4
td(CSV-OEIV)
F9
Async modes
UNIT
MAX
A−7
A+7
ns
Async modes
B − 8.2
B + 4.53
Sync modes
M − 8.2
M + 4.53
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.OE high
Async modes
C − 7.3
C + 4.11
ns
td(CSV-AV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to address valid
Async and sync
modes
−8.7
7.8
ns
F10
td(CSV-BEV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.BEx valid
Async and sync
modes
−5.4
3.9
ns
F11
td(CSIV-BEIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx high to FLASH.BEx
invalid
Async and sync
modes
−5.4
3.9
ns
F12
td(CSV-ADV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.ADV low
Async and sync
modes
−8.2
4.53
ns
F13
td(CSV-OEV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.OE low
Async
(OESETUP = 0)
and sync modes
− 7.3
4.11
ns
F14
td(CSIV-ADIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx high to FLASH.ADV high
Async modes
−8.2
4.53
ns
F15
td(CSIV-OEIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx high to FLASH.OE high
Async
(OEHOLD = 0)
and sync modes
− 7.3
4.11
ns
F16
td(CSV−OEV)
FLASH.CSx high duration—Read operation
Async modes
J−7
J+7
ns
F17
tw(CSIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.OE low
Async
(OESETUP ≠ 0)
modes
K − 7.3
K + 4.11
ns
F18
tw(CSIV)
Delay time, FLASH.OEx high to FLASH.CSx high
Async
(OEHOLD ≠ 0)
modes
L − 7.3
L + 4.11
ns
F19
tw(AV)
Address valid duration—1st access
Async modes
A − 5.6
A + 6.25
ns
duration—2nd,
3rd,
4th
ns
F20
tw(AV)
Address valid
Async modes
D − 5.6
D + 6.25
ns
F23
tw(CSV)
FLASH.CSx low duration—Write operation
Async modes
E−7
E+7
ns
F23/2
and
accesses
tw(WEV)
FLASH.WE low duration—Write operation
Async modes
G − 1.4
G + 1.4
ns
F25
td(CSV-WEV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.WE low
Async modes
F − 6.6
F + 3.29
ns
F27
td(WEIV-CSIV)
Delay time, FLASH.WE high to FLASH.CSx high
Async modes
H − 3.29
H + 6.6
ns
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ See Section 5.7.1.1 for information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash timings.
A = (RDWST + 2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
B = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
C = (RDWST – OEHOLD +2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
D = (PGWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
E = (WRWST + WELEN + 3) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
F = (WRWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
G = (WELEN + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
H = 1 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
I = 0.5 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
J = (BTWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
K = OESETUP * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
L = OEHOLD * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
M = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK) + 1 TC_CK period
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
209
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−10. EMIFS/NOR Flash Interface Switching Characteristics†‡ (Continued)
NO
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
PARAMETER
MIN
UNIT
MAX
F27/2
td(WEIV-AIV)
Delay time, FLASH.WE high to FLASH.A[25:1]
invalid
Async modes
P − 3.5
P + 6.3
ns
F27/3
td(WEIV-DIV)
Delay time, FLASH.WE high to FLASH.D[15:0]
invalid
Async modes
P − 4.4
P + 1.812
ns
F28
td(CSV-DLZ)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to data bus driven
Async modes
−13.9
0.4
ns
F29
td(CSV-DV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to data bus valid
Async modes
−12.9
2.19
ns
F30
td(CSIV-DIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx high to data bus invalid
Async modes
−12.9
2.19
ns
F31
td(CSIV-DHZ)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx high to data bus high Z
Async modes
−13.9
0.4
ns
F35
td(CLKH-BAA)
Delay time, FLASH.CLK high to FLASH.BAA
transition
Sync modes
I + 0.68
I+8
ns
FLASH.CS0
Sync modes
H − 9.3
ns
FLASH.CS1,
FLASH.CS2,
FLASH.CS3
Sync modes
H − 8.1
ns
H + 0.1
ns
F36
td(CSV-CLKV)
Delay time, FLASH.CSx low to FLASH.CLK high
F37
td(CLKIV-CSIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CLK invalid to FLASH.CSx
high
Sync modes
F40
td(OEV-DIV)
Delay time, FLASH.OE low to data bus invalid
Async and sync
modes
−4.8
0.64
ns
F41
td(OEV-DHZ)
Delay time, FLASH.OE low to data bus high Z
Async and sync
modes
−8.9
0.5
ns
F42
td(WEV-DIV)
Delay time, FLASH.WE low to data bus invalid
Async and sync
modes
−4.5
1.93
ns
F43
td(WEV-DV)
Delay time, FLASH.WE low to data bus valid
Async and sync
modes
−4.5
1.93
ns
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ See Section 5.7.1.1 for information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash timings.
A = (RDWST + 2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
B = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
C = (RDWST – OEHOLD +2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
D = (PGWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
E = (WRWST + WELEN + 3) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
F = (WRWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
G = (WELEN + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
H = 1 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
I = 0.5 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
J = (BTWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
K = OESETUP * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
L = OEHOLD * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
M = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK) + 1 TC_CK period
210
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.7.1.1
EMIFS NOR Flash Timing Calculation Example
The following registers/fields and clock settings are used to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash timings:
•
FCLKDIV. Bits [1:0] of the EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_CCS0, EMIFS_CCS1,
EMIFS_CCS2, and EMIFS_CCS3).
FCLKDIV controls the TC_CK divider REF_CLK:
•
−
If FCLKDIV = 00:
REF_CLK = TC_CK divide by 1
−
If FCLKDIV = 01:
REF_CLK = TC_CK divide by 2
−
If FCLKDIV = 10:
REF_CLK = TC_CK divide by 4
−
If FCLKDIV = 11:
REF_CLK = TC_CK divide by 6
RDWST. Bits [7:4] of the EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_CCS0, EMIFS_CCS1,
EMIFS_CCS2, and EMIFS_CCS3).
RDWST controls the wait states cycle number for asynchronous read operations and the initial idle time for
asynchronous read page mode and synchronous read mode.
Value range: 0000 to 1111
•
WRWST. Bits [11:8] of the EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_CCS0, EMIFS_CCS1,
EMIFS_CCS2, and EMIFS_CCS3).
WRWST controls the wait states cycle number for write operations.
Value range: 0000 to 1111
•
PGWSTEN. Bit [31] of the EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_CCS0, EMIFS_CCS1,
EMIFS_CCS2, and EMIFS_CCS3).
PGWSTEN is specification.
•
−
If PGWSTEN = 0:
PGWST is specified by PGWST / WELEN Bits [15:12]
−
If PGWSTEN = 1:
PGWST is specified by PGWST Bits [30:27]
PGWST / WELEN. Bits [15:12] of the EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_CCS0,
EMIFS_CCS1, EMIFS_CCS2, and EMIFS_CCS3).
PGWST / WELEN controls the wait states cycle number between accesses in a page for asynchronous
page mode. It also controls the WE pulse length during a write access.
−
If PGWSTEN = 0:
this bit specifies both PGWST and WELEN
−
If PGWSTEN = 1:
this bit specifies only PGWST
Value range: 0000 to 1111
•
BTWST. Bits [26:23] of the EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_CCS0, EMIFS_CCS1,
EMIFS_CCS2, and EMIFS_CCS3).
BTWST controls the IDLE cycle number for bus turnaround and CS high-pulse-width timing.
Value range: 0000 to 1111
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
211
Electrical Specifications
•
OE_SETUP. Bits [3:0] of the Advanced EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_ACS0,
EMIFS_ACS1, EMIFS_ACS2, and EMIFS_ACS3).
OE_SETUP controls the number of cycles inserted from CS low to OE low.
Value range: 0000 to 1111
•
OE_HOLD. Bits [7:4] of the Advanced EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_ACS0,
EMIFS_ACS1, EMIFS_ACS2, and EMIFS_ACS3).
OE_HOLD controls the number of cycles inserted from OE high to CS high.
Value range: 0000 to 1111
•
TC_CK. Traffic controller clock
•
REF_CLK. EMIFS clock period
•
ADVHOLD. Bit [8] of the Advanced EMIFS Chip-Select Configuration Registers (EMIFS_ACS0,
EMIFS_ACS1, EMIFS_ACS2, and EMIFS_ACS3).
ADVHOLD controls the ADV pulse width low.
Value range: 0 to 1
EXAMPLE
REF_CLK
= 10.42 ns
RDWST
= 0
ADVHOLD
= 0
TC_CK
= 10.42 ns
OE_HOLD
= 0
PGWST
= 0
WRWST
= 0
WELEN
= 0
BTWST
= 0
OE_SETUP = 0
FCLKDIV
= 0
Using the above register and clock settings, the following timing constraints are calculated using the EMIFS
NOR FLASH timing calculator, which is available through Texas Instruments:
P = 10.42 ns
A = 20.84 ns
B = 10.42 ns
M = 20.84 ns
C = 20.84 ns
D = 10.42 ns
E = 31.26 ns
212
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
F = 10.42 ns
G = 10.42 ns
H = 10.42 ns
I
= 5.21 ns
J
= 10.42 ns
K = 0 ns
L
= 0 ns
Table 5−11 and Table 5−12 show a sample timing calculation of the Table 5−9 and Table 5−10 parametric
values using the constraints calculated above.
Table 5−11. Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−9 Parametric Values
Using Constraints Calculated Above
DATASHEET VALUES
(FROM TABLE 5−9)
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
NO
MIN
MAX
AUTOMATIC TIMING
CALCULATIONS
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
MIN
UNIT
MAX
F5
tsu(DV-OEH)
Setup time, read data
valid before FLASH.OE
high
Async modes
20.7
20.7
ns
F6
th(OEH-DV)
Hold time, read data valid
after FLASH.OE high
Async modes
−4.1
−4.1
ns
F7
tw(RDYV)
FLASH.RDY low duration
Async modes
3P + 2.6‡
33.86
ns
F21
tsu(DV-AIV)
Setup time, read data
valid before Address
invalid
Async page mode
25.3
25.3
ns
F22
th(AIV-DV)
Hold time, read data valid
after Address invalid
Async page mode
−3.5
−3.5
ns
Sync
modes
−3.6
−3.6
th(CLKH-DV)
Hold time, read data valid
after FLASH.CLK
RT=0§
F33
RT=1§
13.54
13.54
Sync
modes
16.4
16.4
tsu(DV-CLKH)
Setup time, read data
valid before FLASH.CLK
RT=0§
F34
RT=1§
1
1
Sync
modes
18.4
18.4
tsu(RDYV-CLKH)
Setup time, FLASH.RDY
low before FLASH.CLK
RT=0§
F38
RT=1§
1.1
1.1
Sync
modes
−4.7
−4.7
th(CLKH-RDYIV)
Hold time, FLASH.RDY
low after FLASH.CLK
RT=0§
F39
RT=1§
10.8
10.8
ns
ns
ns
ns
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ P = EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
§ When the RT field in the EMIFS configuration register is set, input data is retimed to the external FLASH.CLK signal. The RT = 1 setting is only
valid in synchronous modes. The RT = 0 setting in synchronous modes is assured only for EMIFS clock (REF_CLK) frequencies of 50 MHz and
lower.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
213
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−12. Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−10 Parametric Values
Using Constraints Calculated Above
NO
DATASHEET VALUES
(FROM TABLE 5−10)
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
PARAMETER
MIN
F1
F3
tw(CSV)
FLASH.CSx low
duration—Read
operation
td(CSV-ADIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.ADV
high
MAX
AUTOMATIC TIMING
CALCULATIONS
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
MIN
UNIT
MAX
ns
Async modes
A−7
A+7
13.84
27.84
Async modes
B − 8.2
B + 4.53
2.22
14.95
Sync modes
M − 8.2
M + 4.53
12.64
25.37
Async modes
C − 7.3
C + 4.11
13.54
24.95
ns
ns
F4
td(CSV-OEIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.OE
high
F9
td(CSV-AV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to address valid
Async and sync
modes
−8.7
7.8
−8.7
7.8
ns
td(CSV-BEV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.BEx
valid
Async and sync
modes
−5.4
3.9
−5.4
3.9
ns
F11
td(CSIV-BEIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx high
to FLASH.BEx
invalid
Async and sync
modes
−5.4
3.9
−5.4
3.9
ns
F12
td(CSV-ADV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.ADV
low
Async and sync
modes
−8.2
4.53
−8.2
4.53
ns
F13
td(CSV-OEV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.OE low
Async
(OESETUP = 0)
and sync
modes
− 7.3
4.11
−7.3
4.11
ns
F14
td(CSIV-ADIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx high
to FLASH.ADV
high
Async modes
−8.2
4.53
−8.2
4.53
ns
F10
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ See Section 5.7.1.1 for information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash timings.
A = (RDWST + 2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
B = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
C = (RDWST – OEHOLD +2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
D = (PGWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
E = (WRWST + WELEN + 3) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
F = (WRWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
G = (WELEN + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
H = 1 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
I = 0.5 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
J = (BTWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
K = OESETUP * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
L = OEHOLD * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
M = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK) + 1 TC_CK period
214
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−12. Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−10 Parametric Values
Using Constraints Calculated Above (Continued)
DATASHEET VALUES
(FROM TABLE 5−10)
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
AUTOMATIC TIMING
CALCULATIONS
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
NO
PARAMETER
F15
td(CSIV-OEIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx high
to FLASH.OE
high
Async
(OEHOLD = 0)
and sync
modes
− 7.3
4.11
−7.3
4.11
ns
F16
tw(CSIV)
FLASH.CSx high
duration—Read
operation
Async modes
J−7
J+7
3.42
17.42
ns
F17
td(CSV−OEV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.OE low
Async modes
K − 7.3
K + 4.11
− 7.3
4.11
ns
F18
td(OEIV−CSIV)
Delay time,
FLASH..OE high
to FLASH.CSx
high
Async modes
L − 7.3
L + 4.11
− 7.3
4.11
ns
F19
tw(AV)
Address valid
duration—1st
access
Async modes
A − 5.6
A + 6.25
15.24
27.07
ns
F20
tw(AV)
Address valid
duration—2nd,
3rd, and 4th
accesses
Async modes
D − 5.6
D + 6.25
4.82
16.65
ns
F23
tw(CSV)
FLASH.CSx low
duration—Write
operation
Async modes
E−7
E+7
24.26
38.26
ns
F23/2
tw(WEV)
FLASH.WE low
duration—Write
operation
Async modes
G − 1.4
G + 1.4
9.02
11.82
ns
td(CSV-WEV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.WE
low
Async modes
F − 6.6
F + 3.29
3.82
13.71
ns
MIN
F25
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ See Section 5.7.1.1 for information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash timings.
A = (RDWST + 2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
B = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
C = (RDWST – OEHOLD +2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
D = (PGWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
E = (WRWST + WELEN + 3) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
F = (WRWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
G = (WELEN + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
H = 1 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
I = 0.5 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
J = (BTWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
K = OESETUP * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
L = OEHOLD * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
M = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK) + 1 TC_CK period
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
215
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−12. Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−10 Parametric Values
Using Constraints Calculated Above (Continued)
DATASHEET VALUES
(FROM TABLE 5−10)
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
PARAMETER
NO
MIN
MAX
AUTOMATIC TIMING
CALCULATIONS
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
MIN
UNIT
MAX
td(WEIV-CSIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.WE high
to FLASH.CSx
high
Async modes
H − 3.29
H + 6.6
7.13
17.02
ns
F27/2
td(WEIV-AIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.WE high
to FLASH.A[25:1]
invalid
Async modes
P − 3.5
P + 6.3
6.92
16.72
ns
F27/3
td(WEIV-DIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.WE high
to FLASH.D[15:0]
invalid
Async modes
P − 4.4
P + 1.812
6.02
12.23
ns
F28
td(CSV-DLZ)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to data bus driven
Async modes
−13.9
0.4
−13.9
0.4
ns
F29
td(CSV-DV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to data bus valid
Async modes
−12.9
2.19
−12.9
2.19
ns
td(CSIV-DIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx high
to data bus
invalid
Async modes
−12.9
2.19
−12.9
2.19
ns
td(CSIV-DHZ)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx high
to data bus high
Z
Async modes
−13.9
0.4
−13.9
0.4
ns
td(CLKH-BAA)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.BAA
transition
Sync modes
I + 0.68
I+8
5.89
13.21
ns
F27
F30
F31
F35
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ See Section 5.7.1.1 for information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash timings.
A = (RDWST + 2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
B = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
C = (RDWST – OEHOLD +2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
D = (PGWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
E = (WRWST + WELEN + 3) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
F = (WRWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
G = (WELEN + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
H = 1 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
I = 0.5 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
J = (BTWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
K = OESETUP * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
L = OEHOLD * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
M = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK) + 1 TC_CK period
216
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−12. Sample Timing Calculation of Table 5−10 Parametric Values
Using Constraints Calculated Above (Continued)
DATASHEET VALUES
(FROM TABLE 5−10)
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
PARAMETER
NO
MIN
F36
td(CSV-CLKV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CSx low
to FLASH.CLK
high
MAX
AUTOMATIC TIMING
CALCULATIONS
DVDD5 = 1.8 V/2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
MIN
UNIT
MAX
FLASH.CS0
Sync modes
H − 9.3
1.12
ns
FLASH.CS1,
FLASH.CS2,
FLASH.CS3
Sync modes
H − 8.1
2.32
ns
H + 0.1
10.52
ns
F37
td(CLKIV-CSIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK
invalid to
FLASH.CSx high
Sync modes
F40
td(OEV-DIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.OE low to
data bus invalid
Async and sync
modes
−4.8
0.64
−4.8
0.64
ns
F41
td(OEV-DHZ)
Delay time,
FLASH.OE low to
data bus high Z
Async and sync
modes
−8.9
0.5
−8.9
0.5
ns
F42
td(WEV-DIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.WE low
to data bus
invalid
Async and sync
modes
−4.5
1.93
−4.5
1.93
ns
F43
td(WEV-DV)
Delay time,
FLASH.WE low
to data bus valid
Async and sync
modes
−4.5
1.93
−4.5
1.93
ns
†
The maximum EMIFS/flash clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912, provided all EMIFS/flash timing
constraints are met.
‡ See Section 5.7.1.1 for information on and an example of how to calculate OMAP5912 EMIFS NOR Flash timings.
A = (RDWST + 2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
B = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
C = (RDWST – OEHOLD +2) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
D = (PGWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
E = (WRWST + WELEN + 3) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
F = (WRWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
G = (WELEN + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
H = 1 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
I = 0.5 * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
J = (BTWST + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
K = OESETUP * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
L = OEHOLD * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK)
M = (ADVHOLD + 1) * EMIFS clock period (REF_CLK) + 1 TC_CK period
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
217
Electrical Specifications
Internal_CLK_Ref
FLASH.CLK
F1
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:1]
Valid Address
F11
F10
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F13
F4
FLASH.OE
F6
F5
FLASH.D[15:0]
Data IN
Data IN
FLASH.RDY
NOTE: RDWST = 2, ADVHOLD = 0, OESETUP = 0, OEHOLD = 0.
Figure 5−9. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CLK
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:1]
Valid Address
F11
F10
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F15
F13
FLASH.OE
F6
F5
FLASH.D[15:0]
Data IN
Data IN
F7
FLASH.RDY
NOTE: RDWST = 2, ADVHOLD = 0, OESETUP = 0, OEHOLD = 0.
Figure 5−10. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read, Full-Handshaking Mode Timing
218
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CLK
F16
F1
F1
FLASH.CSx
F9
F9
FLASH.A[25:1]
Address 0
Address 1
F11
F10
Valid
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F12
F12
F3
F3
FLASH.ADV
F17
F18
F17
F18
FLASH.OE
F6
F5
F6
F5
FLASH.D[15:0]
Data Lower
Data Upper
FLASH.RDY
NOTE: RDWST = 4, ADVHOLD = 0, OESETUP = 1, OEHOLD = 1, BTWST = 0, BTMODE = 0.
Figure 5−11. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Asynchronous 32-Bit Read Timing
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CLK
FLASH.CSx
F9
F20
F19
FLASH.A[25:1]
Add0
F20
F19
Add1 Add2 Add3
Add5 Add6
Add4
Add7
F11
F10
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F12
F14
F13
F15
FLASH.ADV
FLASH.OE
F22
F22
F21
F21
FLASH.D[15:0]
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D7
FLASH.RDY
NOTE: RDWST = 2, PGWST = 0
Figure 5−12. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Asynchronous Read, Page Mode 8 x 16-Bit Timing
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
219
Electrical Specifications
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CLK
FLASH.CSx
F9
Valid Address
FLASH.A[25:1]
F10
F11
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F27/2
F27
F25
F23/2
FLASH.WE
F27/3
F29
F28
F30
F31
FLASH.D[15:0]
Data Out
F7
FLASH.RDY
Figure 5−13. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write Timing, Full-Handshaking Mode
220
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CLK
F23
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:1]
Valid Address
F11
F10
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F27/2
F27
F25
F23/2
FLASH.WE
F27/3
F29
F28
FLASH.D[15:0]
F30
F31
Data Out
FLASH.RDY
Figure 5−14. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
221
Electrical Specifications
FLASH.CLK
F36
F37
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:1]
Valid Address
F10
F11
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F13
F15
FLASH.OE
F33
F34
FLASH.D[15:0]
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
FLASH.RDY
F35
F35
FLASH.BAA
NOTE: RDWST = 4, ADVHOLD = 0
Figure 5−15. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming Off, Mode 4)
FLASH.CLK
F36
F37
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:1]
Valid Address
F10
F11
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F13
F15
FLASH.OE
F34
F33
FLASH.D[15:0]
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
FLASH.RDY
F35
F35
FLASH.BAA
NOTE: RDWST = 4, ADVHOLD = 0
Figure 5−16. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming On, Mode 4)
222
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
FLASH.CLK
F36
F37
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:1]
Valid Address
F10
F11
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F13
F15
FLASH.OE
F33
F34
FLASH.D[15:0]
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D7
F39
F38
FLASH.RDY
FLASH.BAA
NOTE: RDWST = 4, ADVHOLD = 0
Figure 5−17. EMIFS/NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming Off, Mode 5)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
223
Electrical Specifications
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH_CLK
F1
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:17]
Address (MSB)
F10
F11
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F4
F17
FLASH.OE
FLASH.A[16:1]
.D[15:1]
F28
F40
F29
F41
Address (LSB)
F5
F6
Data IN
Data IN
FLASH.RDY
NOTE: RDWST = 2, ADVHOLD = 0, OESETUP = 2, OEHOLD = 0
Figure 5−18. EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Read Timing
224
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CLK
F23
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:17]
Valid Address
F11
F10
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F27/2
F27
F25
F23/2
FLASH.WE
F29
F28
FLASH.A[16:1]
FLASH.D[15:0]
F27/3
F43
F42
F30
F31
Address (LSB)
Data Out
FLASH.RDY
Figure 5−19. EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Single Word Asynchronous Write Timing
FLASH.CLK
F36
F37
FLASH.CSx
F9
FLASH.A[25:17]
Valid Address (MSB)
F10
F11
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F12
F3
FLASH.ADV
F17
F15
FLASH.OE
F28
F29
FLASH.A[16:1]
.D[15:0]
Address (LSB)
F40
F41
F34
F33
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D7
FLASH.RDY
NOTE: RDWST = 4, ADVHOLD = 0, OESETUP = 4
Figure 5−20. EMIFS/Multiplexed NOR Flash—Synchronous Burst Read Timing (Retiming Off)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
225
Electrical Specifications
5.7.2 EMIFS/NAND Flash Timing
Table 5−13 and Table 5−14 assume testing over operating conditions (see Figure 5−21 through Figure 5−24).
Table 5−13. EMIFS/NAND Flash Timing Requirements
DVDD5 = 1.8 V
NOMINAL
NO
MIN
NFE14
tsu(DV-REH)
Setup time, input FLASH.D[15:0] valid before
FLASH.CS2UOE(RE) high
NFE15
th(REH-DV)
Hold time, input FLASH.D[15:0] valid after
FLASH.CS2UOE(RE) high
DVDD5 = 2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
33.75
30.75
ns
−2
−2
ns
Table 5−14. EMIFS/NAND Flash Switching Characteristics
NO
PARAMETER
DVDD5 = 1.8 V
NOMINAL
DVDD5 = 2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
UNIT
NFE1
td(CEV-CLEV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2U(CE) low to FLASH.A[1]
(CLE) high
−0.75
−0.15
−1.2
−0.15
ns
NFE2
td(CEIV-CLEIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2U(CE) high to FLASH.A[1]
(CLE) low
−1.2
−0.15
−1
−0.15
ns
NFE3
td(CEV-WEV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2U(CE) low to
FLASH.CS2UWE(WE) low
−0.6
3.15
−0.6
3.5
ns
NFE4
tw(WEV)
FLASH.CS2UWE(WE) low duration
P − 2.25†
P + 0.45†
P − 2.1†
P + 0.6†
ns
NFE5
td(WEIV-CEIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2UWE(WE) high to
FLASH.CS2U(CE) high
P − 0.9†
P + 2†
P − 0.9†
P + 1.8†
ns
NFE6
td(CEV-DV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2U(CE) low to
FLASH.D[15:0] (I/O) valid
−7.35
−0.55
−6.15
−0.65
ns
NFE7
td(CEIV-DIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2U(CE) high to
FLASH.D[15:0] (I/O) invalid
−7.2
−0.6
−6.15
−0.65
ns
NFE8
td(CEV-ALEV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2U(CE) low to FLASH.A[2]
(ALE) high
−1.65
−0.15
−1.8
−0.2
ns
NFE9
td(CEIV-ALEIV)
Delay time, FLASH.CS2U(CE) high to FLASH.A[2]
(ALE) low
−1.65
−0.2
−1.8
−0.2
ns
P − 4.5†
P + 2.25†
P − 0.6†
P + 2.1†
ns
−10.35
−0.5
−9.15
−0.6
ns
P − 3.15†
P + 3†
P − 3.15†
P + 2.85†
ns
3.15†
3.15†
2.85†
3.15†
ns
NFE10 tw(WEIV)
FLASH.CS2UWE(WE) high duration
NFE11
Delay time, FLASH.CS2UWE(WE) low to
FLASH.D[15:0] (I/O) valid/invalid
td(WEV-DV)
NFE12 tw(REV)
NFE13 tw(REIV)
†
FLASH.CS2UOE(RE) low duration
FLASH.CS2UOE(RE) high duration
P−
P+
P−
P+
P = EMIFS clock period (Ref_clk).
226
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CS2U(CE)
NFE1
NFE2
FLASH.A[1](CLE)
FLASH.A[2](ALE)
FLASH.CS2UOE(CE)
NFE3
NFE5
NFE4
FLASH.CS2UWE(WE)
NFE6
FLASH.D[15:0](I/O)
NFE7
Command
NOTES: A. FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as
a reference.
B. In case of use of a NAND CE care flash type, FLASH.CS2U is a combination of a GPIO (controlled by software—no timing) and
CS2U (internal).
Figure 5−21. EMIFS/NAND Flash—Command Latch Timing
Internal_ref_clk
FLASH.CS2U(CE)
FLASH.A[1](CLE)
NFE8
NFE9
FLASH.A[2](ALE)
FLASH.CS2UOE(RE)
NFE3
NFE10
NFE4
NFE5
FLASH.CS2UWE(WE)
NFE6
Col Add1
FLASH.D[15:0](I/O)
NFE7
NFE11
Col Add2
Row Add1
Row Add2
NOTES: A. FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as
a reference.
B. In case of use of a NAND CE care flash type, FLASH.CS2U is a combination of a GPIO (controlled by software—no timing) and
CS2U (internal).
Figure 5−22. EMIFS/NAND Flash—Address Latch Timing
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
227
Electrical Specifications
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CS2U(CE)
FLASH.A[1](CLE)
FLASH.A[2](ALE)
FLASH.CS2UOE(RE)
NFE10
NFE4
FLASH.CS2UWE(WE)
NFE11
FLASH.D[15:0](I/O)
Dout 0
Dout 1
Dout N
NOTES: A. FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as
a reference.
B. In case of use of a NAND CE care flash type, FLASH.CS2U is a combination of a GPIO (controlled by software—no timing) and
CS2U (internal).
Figure 5−23. EMIFS/NAND Flash—Memory Write Timing
Internal_Ref_clk
FLASH.CS2U(CE)
FLASH.A[1](CLE)
FLASH.A[2](ALE)
NFE13
NFE12
FLASH.CS2UOE(RE)
FLASH.CS2UWE(WE)
NFE15
NFE14
FLASH.D[15:0](I/O)
Din N
Din N+1
Din M
NOTES: A. FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as
a reference.
B. In case of use of a NAND CE care flash type, FLASH.CS2U is a combination of a GPIO (controlled by software—no timing) and
CS2U (internal).
Figure 5−24. EMIFS/NAND Flash—Memory Read Timing
228
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.8
EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Timing
Table 5−15 and Table 5−16 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−25
through Figure 5−30).
Table 5−15. EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements
DVDD4 = 1.8 V
NOMINAL†
NO
MIN
†
SD7
tsu(DV–CLKH)
Setup time, read data valid before SDRAM.CLK high
SD8
th(CLKH–DV)
Hold time, read data valid after SDRAM.CLK high
MAX
DVDD4 = 2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL†
MIN
UNIT
MAX
1
1
ns
1.5
1.5
ns
The control bit CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R of the register VOLTAGE_CTRL_0 must be set to 1 regardless of the DVDD4 voltage level.
Table 5−16. EMIFF/SDR SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics‡§
NO
PARAMETER
DVDD4 = 1.8 V
NOMINAL†
MIN
DVDD4 = 2.75 V/3.3 V
NOMINAL†
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
SD1
tc(CLK)
Cycle time, SDRAM.CLK
10.41
10.41
SD2
tw(CLK)
Pulse duration, SDRAM.CLK high or low
0.45P
SD3
td(CLKH–DQMV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.DQMx
valid
SD4
td(CLKH–DQMIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.DQMx
invalid
SD5
td(CLKH–AV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.A[13:0] address valid
SD6
td(CLKH–AIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.A[13:0] address invalid
0.5P
SD9
td(CLKH–SDCASL)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.CAS
low
0.5P
0.5P + 1.18
0.5P
0.5P + 1.40
ns
SD10
td(CLKH–SDCASH)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.CAS
high
0.5P
0.5P + 1.18
0.5P
0.5P + 1.40
ns
SD11
td(CLKH–DV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.D[15:0] data valid
0.5P + 0.75
ns
SD12
td(CLKH–DIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.D[15:0] data invalid
0.5P
SD13
td(CLKH–SDWEL)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.WE
low
0.5P
0.5P + 1.26
0.5P
0.5P + 1.44
ns
SD14
td(CLKH–SDWEH)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.WE
high
0.5P
0.5P + 1.26
0.5P
0.5P + 1.44
ns
SD15
td(CLKH–BAV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.BA[1:0] valid
0.5P + 1.55
ns
SD16
td(CLKH–BAIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.BA[1:0] invalid
0.5P
SD17
td(CLKH–RASL)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.RAS
low
0.5P
0.5P + 1.50
0.5P
0.5P + 1.78
ns
SD18
td(CLKH–RASH)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.RAS
high
0.5P
0.5P + 1.50
0.5P
0.5P + 1.78
ns
0.55P
0.45P
1.20¶
0.23¶
ns
0.55P
ns
1.22¶
ns
0.30¶
0.5P + 1.49
ns
0.5P + 1.63
0.5P
0.5P + 0.60
ns
0.5P
0.5P + 1.44
ns
ns
0.5P
ns
†
The control bit CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R of the register VOLTAGE_CTRL_0 must be set to 1 regardless of the DVDD4 voltage level.
The maximum EMIFF/SDRAM clock rate is limited to the maximum traffic controller clock rate for the OMAP5912.
§ P = SDRAM.CLK period in nanoseconds. Minimum value of P is determined by maximum traffic controller frequency.
¶ An external delay element of between 1 ns to 5 ns must be added to the OMAP5912 DQM signal for proper operation with SDRAMs.
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
229
Electrical Specifications
READ
SD2
SD2
READ
SD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SD3
SDRAM.DQMx
SD6
SD5
SDRAM.A[13:0]
CA1
CA2
SD16
SD15
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
Bank Address
SD8
SD7
SDRAM.D[15:0]
D1
D2
SDRAM.RAS
SD10
SD9
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5−25. EMIFF/SDR Two SDRAM RD (Read) Commands (Active Row)
WRITE
SD2
SD2
WRITE
SD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SD4
SD3
BE1
SDRAM.DQMx
BE2
SD15
SDRAM.A[13:0]
SD16
CA1
SD15
CA2
SD16
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
Bank Address
SD11
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD12
D1
D2
SDRAM.RAS
SD9
SD10
SD13
SD14
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5−26. EMIFF/SDR Two SDRAM WRT (Write) Commands (Active Row)
230
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
ACTV
SD2
SD2
SD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SD5
SDRAM.A[13:0]
Row Address
SD15
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
Bank Activate
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD17
SD18
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5−27. EMIFF/SDR SDRAM ACTV (Activate Row) Command
DCAB
SD2
SD2
SD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SDRAM.A[13:11,9:0]
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD5
SD6
SDRAM.A[10]
SD17
SD18
SD13
SD14
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5−28. EMIFF/SDR SDRAM DCAB (Precharge/Deactivate Row) Command
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
231
Electrical Specifications
REFR
SD2
SD2
SD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SDRAM.A[13:11,9:0]
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD6
SD5
SDRAM.A[10]
SD17
SD18
SD9
SD10
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5−29. EMIFF/SDR SDRAM REFR (Refresh) Command
MRS
SD2
SD2
SD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SD5
SDRAM.A[9:0]
SD6
MRS Value
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD5
SD6
SD17
SD18
SD9
SD10
SD13
SD14
SDRAM.A[10]
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5−30. EMIFF/SDR SDRAM MRS (Mode Register Set) Command
232
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.9
EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Timing
Table 5−17 and Table 5−18 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−31
through Figure 5−33).
Table 5−17. EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Timing Requirements
DVDD4 = 1.8 V
NOMINAL†
NO
MIN
†
‡
UNIT
MAX
DD17
tsu(DV-DQSL/H)
Setup time, SDRAM.D[15:0] input data valid to SDRAM.DQSL/H
input high or low
DLL phase‡ = 72°
−1.32
ns
DD18
th(DQSL/H-DV)
Hold time, SDRAM.DQSL/H input high or low to SDRAM.D[15:0]
input data valid before SDRAM.D[15:0] expires
DLL phase‡ = 72°
2.88
ns
The control bit CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R of the register VOLTAGE_CTRL_0 must be set to 1 regardless of the DVDD4 voltage level.
DLL phase value is defined in the EMIFF DLL read control register (DLL_PHASE bit). The delay time assume that WRITE_OFFSET bits value = 0
(in DLL_URD_CONTROL and DLL_LRD_CONTROL registers).
Table 5−18. EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM Switching Characteristics§
NO
DVDD4 = 1.8 V
NOMINAL†
PARAMETER
MIN
DD1
tc(CLK)
Cycle time, SDRAM.CLK/SDRAM.DDR-CLK
DD3
tosu(CLKH-CSL)
DD4
toh(CLKH-CSH)
UNIT
MAX
10.42
ns
Output setup time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.CS low
2.00
ns
Output hold time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.CS high
2.00
ns
DD5
tosu(CLKH-RASL)
Output setup time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.RAS low
2.00
5.21
ns
DD5A
tosu(CLKH-CASL)
Output setup time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.CAS low
2.00
5.40
ns
DD6
toh(CLKH-RASH)
Output hold time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.RAS high
2.00
6.88
ns
DD6A
toh(CLKH-CASH)
Output hold time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.CAS high
2.00
8.83
ns
DD7
tosu(CLKH-BAV)
Output setup time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.BA[1:0] bank
select valid
2.00
ns
DD8
toh(CLKH-BAIV)
Output hold time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.BA[1:0] bank
select invalid
2.00
ns
DD9
tosu(CLKH-AV)
Output setup time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.A[13:0] address
valid
1.50
ns
DD10
toh(CLKH-AIV)
Output hold time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.A[13:0] address
invalid
1.50
ns
DD11
tosu(CLKH-WEL)
Output setup time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.WE low
2.00
5.37
ns
DD12
toh(CLKH-WEH)
Output hold time, SDRAM.CLK high to SDRAM.WE high
2.00
6.47
ns
DD13
tosu(DQSL/H-DV)
Output setup time, SDRAM.DQSL/H
(DQML/U) high/low to SDRAM.D[15:0] valid
DLL phase‡ = 72°
1.00
ns
DD14
toh(DQSL/H-DIV)
Output hold time, SDRAM.DQSL/H high or
low (DQML/U) to SDRAM.D[15:0] invalid
DLL phase‡ = 72°
1.01
ns
†
The control bit CONF_VOLTAGE_SDRAM_R of the register VOLTAGE_CTRL_0 must be set to 1 regardless of the DVDD4 voltage level.
DLL phase value is defined in the EMIFF DLL read control register (DLL_PHASE bit). The delay time assume that WRITE_OFFSET bits
value = 0 (in DLL_URD_CONTROL and DLL_LRD_CONTROL registers).
§ Delay time assumes that WRITE_OFFSET bits value = 0 (in DLL_URD_CONTROL and DLL_LRD_CONTROL registers).
‡
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
233
Electrical Specifications
DD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CLKX
SDRAM.CKE
DD3
DD4
DD9
DD10
DD7
DD8
DD5
DD6
DD5A
DD6A
DD11
DD12
SDRAM.CS
SDRAM.A[13:0]
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5−31. EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Command and Address Output Timing Definition
DD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CLKX
SDRAM.DQSL/DQSH
(External)
DLL phase control
SDRAM.DQSL/DQSH
(Internal)
SDRAM.D[15:0]
Din 0
Din 1
Din N
NOTE: DQSL and DQSH internal delays are programmable in the EMIFF DLL_URD/LRD_CONTROL Register (72°)
Figure 5−32. EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Memory Read Timing
234
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
DD1
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CLKX
SDRAM.DQSL/DQSH
DD13
SDRAM.D[15:0]
DD14
Dout 0
Dout 1
Dout N
DD13
DD14
SDRAM.DQML/DQMU
NOTE: These timing includes the DLL phase effect on data, programmable in the EMIFF DLL write control register (72°), plus the device delay
time (uncertainty).
Figure 5−33. EMIFF/Mobile DDR SDRAM—Memory Write Timing
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
235
Electrical Specifications
5.10 Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Timing
5.10.1
McBSP Transmit and Receive Timing
Table 5−19 and Table 5−20 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−34 and
Figure 5−35). In Table 5−19 and Table 5−20, ext indicates that the device pin is configured as an input (slave)
driven by an external device and int indicates that the pin is configured as an output (master).
Table 5−19. McBSP Timing Requirements†‡
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
M11
tc(CKRX)
Cycle time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X ext
2P
ns
M12
tw(CKRX)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X high or CLKR/X low
CLKR/X ext
0.45P
ns
M13
M14
M15
M16
tr
tf
tsu(FRH-CKRL)
th(CKRL-FRH)
Rise time, CLKR/X, MCBSP2.FSR/X
Fall time, CLKR/X, MCBSP2.FSR/X
Setup time, external receiver frame sync
(FSR/X) high before CLKR/X low
Hold time, external receiver frame sync
(FSR/X) high after CLKR/X low
McBSP1
CLKR/X ext
18
McBSP2
CLKR/X ext
MCBSP2.FSR/X ext
18
McBSP3
CLKR/X ext
9
McBSP1
CLKR/X ext
18
McBSP2
CLKR/X ext
MCBSP2.FSR/X ext
18
McBSP3
CLKR/X ext
McBSP1
(FSX)
CLKX int§
34
CLKX ext§
1
McBSP2
(FSR)
CLKR int
25
CLKR ext
0
McBSP3
(FSX)
CLKX int§
33
CLKX ext§
1
McBSP1
(FSX)
CLKX int§
−1.5
CLKX ext§
7.5
McBSP2
(FSR)
CLKR int
−1
CLKR ext
8.5
McBSP3
(FSX)
CLKX int§
−1.25
McBSP1
M17
tsu(DRV-CKRL)
Setup time, DR valid before CLKR/X low
McBSP2
McBSP3
9
CLKX int§
33
27.75
CLKR ext
1
CLKX int§
32
CLKX ext§
1
int§
−1.5
M18
th(CKRL-DRV)
Hold time, DR valid after CLKR/X low
McBSP2
McBSP3
CLKX ext§
ns
ns
0
CLKR int
CLKX
McBSP1
ns
9
CLKX ext§
CLKX ext§
ns
ns
8
CLKR int
−1
CLKR ext
8.25
CLKX int§
−1.25
CLKX ext§
9.75
ns
†
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, the timing references of that signal are
also inverted.
‡ P = 1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP 2.
§ For McBSP1 and McBSP3, the receiver clock and frame sync inputs are driven by FSX and CLKX via internal loopback connections enabled
via software configuration.
236
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−19. McBSP Timing Requirements†‡ (Continued)
NO.
MIN
McBSP1
M19
tsu(FXH-CKXL)
Setup time, external transmit frame sync (FSX)
high before CLKX low
McBSP2
McBSP3
McBSP1
M20
th(CKXL-FXH)
Hold time, external transmit frame sync (FSX)
high after CLKX low
McBSP2
McBSP3
CLKX int§
33.5
CLKX ext§
1
CLKX int
25.25
CLKX ext
0
CLKX int§
33.25
ext§
1
CLKX int§
−1.5
CLKX ext§
7.5
CLKX
CLKR int
−1
CLKR ext
7.75
CLKX int§
−1.25
CLKX ext§
9.25
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
†
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, the timing references of that signal are
also inverted.
‡ P = 1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP 2.
§ For McBSP1 and McBSP3, the receiver clock and frame sync inputs are driven by FSX and CLKX via internal loopback connections enabled
via software configuration.
Table 5−20. McBSP Switching Characteristics†‡§
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
3.5
31.5
ns
M0
td(CKSH-CKRXH)
Delay time, CLKS high to CLKR/X high for internal
CLKR/X generated from CLKS input
M1
td(CKRX)
Cycle time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X int
2P
M2
td(CKRXH)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X high
CLKR/X int
0.90D
1.10D
ns
M3
td(CKRXL)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X low
CLKR/X int
ns
M4
td(CKRH-FRV)
Delay time, CLKR high to internal FSR valid
McBSP1
McBSP2
McBSP1
M5
td(CKXH-FXV)
Delay time, CLKX high to internal FSX valid
McBSP2
McBSP3
CLKR/X int
0.90C
1.10C
CLKR int
−7.5
5.5
CLKR ext
3
24
CLKX int
−8
7.5
CLKX ext
3.5
32
CLKX int
−6.5
7
CLKX ext
3
24
CLKX int
−10.5
8.5
CLKX ext
3.25
37.75
ns
ns
†
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, the timing references of that signal are also
inverted.
‡ P = 1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
§ T = CLKRX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKRX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even
D = CLKRX high pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2 + 1) * P when CLKGDV is even
¶ Only DXENA = 0 is supported for all OMAP5912 McBSPs.
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
237
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−20. McBSP Switching Characteristics†‡§ (Continued)
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
−8
10.25
CLKX ext
3.5
34.75
CLKX int
−6.75
9.75
CLKX ext
2.75
26.75
CLKX int
−9.75
9.75
CLKX ext
3
CLKX int
McBSP1
Delay time, CLKX high to DX valid.
M7
td(CKXH-DXV)
McBSP2
This applies to all bits except the first bit transmitted
when in data delay 0 (XDATDLY = 00b) mode.
McBSP3
McBSP1
Delay time, FSX high to DX valid¶
M9
td(FXH-DXV)
Only applies to first bit transmitted when in data delay 0
(XDATDLY = 00b) mode.
McBSP2
McBSP3
UNIT
ns
39
FSX int
29.5
FSX ext
35.75
FSX int
19.75
FSX ext
24.25
FSX int
15
FSX ext
18
ns
†
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, the timing references of that signal are also
inverted.
‡ P = 1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
§ T = CLKRX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKRX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even
D = CLKRX high pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2 + 1) * P when CLKGDV is even
¶ Only DXENA = 0 is supported for all OMAP5912 McBSPs.
MCBSP1.CLKS
M0
M1, M11
M3, M12
M2, M12
MCBSPx.CLKR/X
M4
M4
MCBSP2.FSR(internal)
M16
M15
MCBSPx.FSR/X(ext)
M18
M17
MCBSPx.DR(RDATDLY=00b)
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
Bit (n−2)
Bit (n−3)
M18
M17
MCBSPx.DR(RDATDLY=01b)
Bit (n−1)
M17
M18
MCBSPx.DR(RDATDLY=10b)
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
NOTE: For McBSP1 and McBSP3, the receiver clock and frame sync inputs are driven by FSX and CLKX via internal loopback connections
enabled via software configuration.
Figure 5−34. McBSP Receive Timing
238
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
M1, M11
M3, M12
M2, M12
MCBSPx.CLKX
M5
M5
MCBSPx.FSX(internal)
M20
M19
MCBSPx.FSX(ext)
M7
M9
MCBSPx.DX(XDATDLY=00b)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
M7
MCBSPx.DX(XDATDLY=01b)
Bit 0
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
Bit (N−2)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
M7
Bit (n−1)
M7
MCBSPx.DX(XDATDLY=10b)
Bit 0
Figure 5−35. McBSP Transmit Timing
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
239
Electrical Specifications
5.10.2
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing
Table 5−21 to Table 5−28 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−36 to
Figure 5−39).
Table 5−21. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
MASTER
NO.
MIN
M30
tsu(DRV-CKXL)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX low
M31
th(CKXL-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX low
M32
M33
tsu(BFXL-CKXH)
tc(CKX)
Setup time, MCBSPx.FSX low before
MCBSPx.CLKX high
MAX
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
UNIT
33.25
0
ns
−1
6P + 9
ns
McBSP1
5
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
6
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
2P
ns
16P
ns
†
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
‡ For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
Table 5−22. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
MASTER
NO.
PARAMETER
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
th(CKXL-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX low§¶
C − 10.5
P + 8.25
M25
td(FXL-CKXH)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX
high§#
2C − 10.5
P + 8.25
M26
td(CKXH-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX high to MCBSPx.DX valid
−9.75
10.25
M24
MIN
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
2.75
5P + 34.5
ns
†
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
‡ For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
§ T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even.
¶ FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
# MCBSPx.FSX must be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
LSB
MSB
M32
M33
MCBSPx.CLKX
M24
M25
MCBSPx.FSX
M26
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Master)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
M30
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Slave)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
M31
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
Figure 5−36. McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0
240
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−23. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
MASTER
NO.
M39
tsu(DRV-CKXH)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX high
M40
th(CKXH-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX high
M41
M42
†
‡
MIN
tsu(FXL-CKXH)
tc(CKX)
Setup time, MCBSPx.FSX low before
MCBSPx.CLKX high
MAX
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
UNIT
33.25
0
ns
−1
6P + 9
ns
McBSP1
5
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
6
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
2P
ns
16P
ns
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
Table 5−24. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
MASTER
NO.
PARAMETER
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
th(CKXL-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX low§¶
2C − 10.5
P + 8.25
M35
td(FXL-CKXH)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX
high§#
C − 10.5
P + 8.25
M36
td(CKXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
−9.75
10.25
M34
MIN
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
2.75
5P + 34.5
ns
†
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
‡ For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
§ T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even.
¶ FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
# MCBSPx.FSX must be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
LSB
MSB
M41
M42
MCBSPx.CLKX
M34
M35
MCBSPx.FSX
M36
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Master)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
M39
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Slave)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
M40
Bit (n−2)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
Figure 5−37. McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
241
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−25. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
MASTER
NO.
M49
tsu(DRV-CKXH)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX high
M50
th(CKXH-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX high
M51
M52
†
‡
MIN
tsu(FXL-CKXL)
tc(CKX)
Setup time, MCBSPx.FSX low before
MCBSPx.CLKX low
MAX
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
UNIT
33.25
0
ns
−1
6P + 9
ns
McBSP1
5
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
6
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
2P
ns
16P
ns
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
Table 5−26. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
MASTER
NO.
PARAMETER
M43
th(CKXH-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX
high§¶
M44
td(FXL-CKXL)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX low§#
M45
td(CKXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
C − 10.5
P + 8.25
ns
2C − 10.5
P + 8.25
ns
−9.75
10.25
2.75
MAX
UNIT
MIN
5P + 34.5
ns
†
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
‡ For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
§ T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even.
¶ FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
# MCBSPx.FSX must be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
LSB
MSB
M51
M52
MCBSPx.CLKX
M43
M44
MCBSPx.FSX
M45
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Master)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
M49
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Slave)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
M50
Bit (n−2)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
Figure 5−38. McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1
242
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
Table 5−27. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
MASTER
NO.
M58
tsu(DRV-CKXL)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX low
M59
th(CKXL-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX low
M60
M61
†
‡
MIN
tsu(FXL-CKXL)
tc(CKX)
Setup time, MCBSPx.FSX low before
MCBSPx.CLKX low
MAX
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
UNIT
33.25
0
ns
−1
6P + 9
ns
McBSP1
5
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
6
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
2P
ns
16P
ns
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
Table 5−28. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
MASTER
NO.
PARAMETER
M53
th(CKXH-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX
high§¶
M54
td(FXL-CKXL)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX low§#
M55
td(CKXH-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX high to MCBSPx.DX valid
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
2C − 10.5
P + 8.25
ns
C − 10.5
P + 8.25
ns
−9.75
10.25
2.75
MAX
UNIT
MIN
5P + 34.5
ns
†
P =1/(DSPPER_CK or DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP2.
‡ For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
§ T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even.
¶ FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
# MCBSPx.FSX must be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
LSB
MSB
M60
M61
MCBSPx.CLKX
M53
M54
MCBSPx.FSX
M55
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Master)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−2)
M58
MCBSPx.DX_or
_DR_(Slave)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
M59
Bit (n−2)
Bit (n−3)
Bit (n−4)
Figure 5−39. McBSP Timings as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
243
Electrical Specifications
5.11 Multichannel Serial Interface (MCSI) Timing
Table 5−29 and Table 5−30 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−40 and
Figure 5−41).
Table 5−29. MCSI Timing Requirements
NO.
MC5
MIN
1/[tc(CLK)]
Operating frequency, MCSIx.CLK†
MAX
UNIT
B‡
MHz
Slave
0.45P§
0.55P§
ns
18
ns
18
ns
MC6
tw(CLK)
Pulse duration, MCSIx.CLK high or low
Slave
MC7
tr(CLK)
Rise time, MCSIx.CLK
Slave
MC8
tf(CLK)
Fall time, MCSIx.CLK
Slave
MC9
tsu(FSH-CLKL)
Setup time, external MCSIx.SYNC high before MCSIx.CLK low¶
Slave
12
ns
MC10
th(CLKL-FSH)
Hold time, external MCSIx.SYNC high after MCSIx.CLK low¶
Slave
5
ns
Master
18
MC11
tsu(DIV-CLKL)
Setup time, MCSIx.DIN valid before MCSIx.CLK low
Slave
12
MC12
th(CLKL-DIV)
Hold time, MCSIx.DIN valid after MCSIx.CLK low
Master
Slave
ns
0
ns
5.8
†
The clock polarity can be configured by software (bit CLOCK_POLARITY of MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG register).
B = System clock frequency of OMAP5912 (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz)
§ P = MCSIx.CLK period tc(CLK) in nanoseconds
¶ The frame synchro polarity can be configured by software (bit FRAME_POLARITY of MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG register).
‡
Table 5−30. MCSI Switching Characteristics
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
0.5B‡
MHz
0.45P§
0.55P§
ns
Master
−2.5
4
ns
Master
−2.5
3
Slave
2.5
24
MC1
1/[tc(CLK)]
Operating frequency, MCSIx.CLK†
Master
MC2
tw(CLK)
Pulse duration, MCSIx.CLK high or low
Master
MC3
MC4
td(CLKH-FS)
td(CLKH-DOV)
Delay time, MCSIx.CLK high to MCSIx.SYNC
transition¶
Delay time, MCSIx.CLK high to MCSIx.DOUT valid
ns
†
The clock polarity can be configured by software (bit CLOCK_POLARITY of MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG register).
B = System clock frequency of OMAP5912 (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz)
§ P = MCSIx.CLK period tc(CLK) in nanoseconds
¶ The frame synchro polarity can be configured by software (bit FRAME_POLARITY of MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG register).
‡
244
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
MC1
MC2
MC2
MCSIx.CLK
MC3
MC3
MCSIx.SYNC
(Norm._short)
MC3
MC3
MSCIx.SYNC(Alt._short)
MC3
MC3
MCSIx.SYNC(Norm._long)
MC3
MC3
MCSIx.SYNC(Alt._long)
MC4
MCSIx.DOUT
Bit (n)
Bit (n−1)
MC12
MC11
MCSIx.DIN
Bit (n)
Bit (n−1)
Bit (0)
Bit (0)
Figure 5−40. MCSI Master Mode Timing
MC5
MC6
MC6
MCSIx.CLK
MC10
MC9
MCSI.SYNC
(Norm._short)
MC9
MC10
MSCIx.SYNC(Alt._short)
MC9
MC10
MCSIx.SYNC(Norm._long)
MC9
MC10
MCSIx.SYNC(Alt._long)
MC4
MCSIx.DOUT
Bit (n)
MC11
MCSIx.DIN
Bit (n)
Bit (n−1)
MC12
Bit (n−1)
Bit (0)
Bit (0)
Figure 5−41. MCSI Slave Mode Timing
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
245
Electrical Specifications
5.12 Serial Port Interface (SPI) Timing
Table 5−31 and Table 5−32 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−42)
Table 5−31. SPI Interface Timing Requirements
NO.
SPI1
SPI2
MIN
1/tc(SCLK)
Operating frequency, SPIF.SCK
tw(SCLKH)
Slave mode
Pulse duration, SPIF.SCK high or low
Slave mode
SPI5
tsu(DV-CLKH)
Setup time, SPIF.DIN valid before SPIF.SCK active edge§
SPI6
th(CLKH-DV)
Hold time, SPIF.DIN valid after SPIF.SCK active edge§
0.45P‡
Master mode
15
Slave mode
1
Master mode
−3
Slave mode
1
MAX
UNIT
B†
MHz
0.55P‡
ns
ns
ns
†
B = System clock frequency of OMAP5912 (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz)
P = SPIF.SCK period tc(CLK) in nanoseconds
§ The polarity of SPIF.SCK and the active clock edge (rising or falling) on which DOUT is driven and DIN data is latched is all software configurable.
These timing applies to all configurations regardless of SPIF.SCK polarity and which clock edges are used to drive output data and capture input
data.
‡
Table 5−32. SPI Interface Switching Characteristics
NO.
†
‡
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
B†
MHz
SPI1
1/tc(SCLK)
Operating frequency, SPIF.SCK
Master mode
SPI2
tw(SCLKH)
Pulse duration, SPIF.SCK high or low
Master mode
0.45P‡
0.55P‡
ns
SPI3
td(CS-SCLK)
Delay time, SPIF.CSx active to SPIF.SCK active
Master mode
P‡
P + 5‡
ns
Master mode
1
6
SPI4
td(SCLK-DOUT)
Delay time, SPIF.SCK active edge to SPIF.DOUT transition
Slave mode
5
17
ns
B = System clock frequency of OMAP5912 (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz)
P = SPIF.SCK period tc(CLK) in nanoseconds
SPIF.CSx
SPI2
SPI3
SPI1
SPI2
SPI3
SPIF.SCK
SPI4
SPIF.DOUT
Bit out (n)
Bit out (n−1)
Bit out (n−2)
Bit out (0)
Bit in (n−2)
Bit in (0)
SPI6
SPI5
SPIF.DIN
Bit in (n)
Bit in (n−1)
Figure 5−42. SPI Interface—Transmit and Receive in Master or Slave Timing
246
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.13 Parallel Camera Interface Timing
Table 5−33 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−43).
Table 5−33. Camera Interface Timing Requirements
NO.
MIN
C1
1/[tc(LCLK)]
Operating frequency, CAM.LCLK
C3
tw(LCLK)
Pulse duration, CAM.LCLK high or low
0.45P1†
CAM.LCLK‡
C5
tr(LCLK)
Rise time,
C6
tf(LCLK)
Fall time, CAM.LCLK‡
MAX
UNIT
80
MHz
0.55P1†
ns
0.25P1†
ns
0.25P1†
ns
C9
tsu(DV-LCLKH)
Setup time, CAM.D[7:0] data valid before CAM.LCLK high
1§
C10
th(LCLKH-DV)
Hold time, CAM.D[7:0] data valid after CAM.LCLK high
6§
ns
C11
tsu(CAM.VS/HS-LCLKH)
Setup time, CAM.VS/CAM.HS active before CAM.LCLK high
1§
ns
Hold time, CAM.VS/CAM.HS active after CAM.LCLK high
6§
ns
C12
th(LCLKH-CAM.VS/HS)
ns
†
P1 = Period of CAM.LCLK in nanoseconds (ns).
‡ In this table, the timing values of parameters C5 and C6 (CAM.LCLK) are given by considering the CMOS thresholds: 0.3DV
DD to 0.7DVDD. By
considering tr and tf time from 10% to 90% of DVDD, tr and tf = 0.45P1 for parameters C5 and C6.
§ The polarity of CAM.LCLK is selectable via the POLCLK bit in the CTRLCLOCK register. Although data is latched on rising CAM.LCLK in the
timing diagrams, these timing parameters also apply to falling CAM.LCLK when POLCLK = 1.
C3
C1
C3
CAM.LCLK
C11
C12
CAM.VS
C11
C12
CAM.HS
C10
C10
C9
CAM.D[7:0]
C9
U1
Y1
V1
Yn
Figure 5−43. Camera Interface Timing
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
247
Electrical Specifications
5.14 LCD Controller and LCDCONV Interfaces Timing
Table 5−34 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−44 and Figure 5−45).
Table 5−34. LCD Controller and LCDCONV Switching Characteristics†
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
L1
1/[tc(PCLK)]
Operating frequency, LCD.PCLK
L2
tw(PCLK)
Pulse duration, LCD.PCLK high or low
L3
tr(PCLK)
L4
tf(PCLK)
L5
td(CLK-VS)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK to LCD.VS transition
L6
td(CLK-HS)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK to LCD.HS transition
L7
L8
L9
td(CLK-PV)
td(CLK-PIV)
td(CLK-AC)
UNIT
20
MHz
0.6P‡§
ns
Rise time, LCD.PCLK
15
ns
Fall time, LCD.PCLK
15
ns
−1
1.5
ns
−1
1.5
ns
Delay time, LCD.PCLK to pixel data
valid (LCD.P[15:0])
Delay time, LCD.PCLK to pixel data
invalid (LCD.P[15:0])
0.4P‡§
MAX
LCD 16-bit mode (LCDCONV
bypassed)
2
LCD 18-bit mode through LCDCONV
(LCD.RED0 and LCD.BLUE0)
7
LCD 16-bit mode (LCDCONV
bypassed)
LCD 18-bit mode through LCDCONV
(LCD.RED0 and LCD.BLUE0)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK to LCD.AC transition
ns
−1
ns
−3.5
B − 2¶
B + 1¶
ns
†
Although timing diagrams illustrate the logical function of the TFT mode, static timing applies to all supported modes of operation. Likewise,
LCD.HS, LCD.VS, and LCD.AC are shown as active-low, but each can optionally be configured as active-high.
‡ P = Period of the LCD pixel clock
§ The pixel clock is created in a divider that may also be programmed to divide by odd numbers. In such case, the duty cycle at the output of the
divider is influenced by the division ratio.
¶ B = Period of internal undivided pixel clock
248
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
VSW
HFP
LCD_clock(internal)
VBP
HBP
HFP
PPL
LCD.PCLK
L5
L5
LCD.VS
L6
L6
LCD.HS
L8
L7
LCD.RED,BLUE,P[15:0]
D2
D1
Dn
L9
L9
LCD.AC
NOTES: A. Different combinations of LCD signals behaviors can be attained by programming the LCD_TIMING_2 register. This figure
corresponds to bits combination: PHSVSRF = 0, IEO = 1, IPC = 0, IHS = 1, IVS = 1, and PCD = 2.
B. Delays for HSW (LCD.HS width), VSW (LCD.VS width), VBP (vertical back porch), HFP (horizontal front porch), HBP (horizontal
back porch), and PPL (pixels per line) are programmable in number of LCD.PCLK cycles via the LCD configuration registers.
C. Pins LCD.RED0 and LCD.BLUE0 have the same behavior than LCD.P[15:0] signals. They are only available in 18-bit LCD mode
(through LCDCONV interface).
Figure 5−44. TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Falling and LCD.Px on Rising LCD.PCLK—PCD = 2)
VSW
HFP
VBP
HBP
HFP
PPL
LCD_clock(internal)
LCD.PCLK
L5
L5
LCD.VS
L6
L6
LCD.HS
L8
L7
LCD.RED,BLUE,P[15:0]
D1
L9
D2
Dn
L9
LCD.AC
NOTES: A. Different combinations of LCD signals behavior are available by programming the LCD_TIMING_2 register. This figure
corresponds to bits combination: PHSVSRF = 1, IEO = 1, IPC = 1, IHS = 1, IVS = 1, and PCD = 3.
B. Delays for HSW (LCD.HS width), VSW (LCD.VS width), VBP (vertical back porch), HFP (horizontal front porch), HBP (horizontal
back porch), and PPL (pixels per line) are programmable in number of LCD.PCLK cycles via the LCD configuration registers.
C. Pins LCD.RED0 and LCD.BLUE0 have the same behavior as the LCD.P[15:0] signals. They are only available in 18-bit LCD mode
(through LCDCONV interface).
Figure 5−45. TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Rising and LCD.Px on Falling LCD.PCLK—PCD = 3)
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
249
Electrical Specifications
5.15 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Timing
Table 5−35 and Table 5−36 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−46
through Figure 5−49).
Table 5−35. MMC/SD Timing Requirements
NO.
MIN
M1
tsu(CMDV-CLKH)
Setup time, MMC.CMD valid before MMC.CLK high
M2
th(CLKH-CMDV)
Hold time, MMC.CMD valid after MMC.CLK high
M3
tsu(DATV-CLKH)
Setup time, MMC.DATx valid before MMC.CLK high
M4
th(CLKH-DATV)
Hold time, MMC.DATx valid after MMC.CLK high
MAX
UNIT
10
ns
2
ns
10
ns
2
ns
Table 5−36. MMC/SD Switching Characteristics
NO.
†
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
MMC Card
20
MHz
SD Card
25
ns
M7
1/[tc(CLK)]
Operating frequency, MMC.CLK
M8
tw(CLKH)
Pulse Duration, MMC.CLK low
0.45P†
0.55P†
ns
0.45P†
0.55P†
ns
M9
tw(CLKL)
Pulse Duration, MMC.CLK high
M10
td(CLKL-CMD)
Delay time, MMC.CLK low to MMC.CMD transition
−1
5
ns
M11
td(CLKL-DAT)
Delay time, MMC.CLK low to MMC.DATx transition
−1
5
ns
P is the period of the MMC.CLK clock.
M8
M7
M9
MMC.CLK
M10
M10
START
MMC.CMD
M10
XMIT
Valid
Valid
M10
Valid
END
Figure 5−46. MMC/SD Host Command Timing
M7
M8
M9
MMC.CLK
M1
M2
MMC.CMD
START
M1
M2
XMIT
Valid
Valid
Valid
END
Figure 5−47. MMC/SD Card Response Timing
250
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
M8
M9
M7
MMC.CLK
M11
M11
M11
START
MMC.DATx
D0
D1
M11
Dx
END
Figure 5−48. MMC/SD Host Write Timing
M8
M9
M7
MMC.CLK
M4
M4
M3
MMC.DATx
Start
M3
D0
D1
Dx
End
Figure 5−49. MMC/SD Host Read and Card CRC Status Timing
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
251
Electrical Specifications
5.16 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Timing
Table 5−37 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−50).
Table 5−37. I2C Signals (I2C.SDA and I2C.SCL) Switching Characteristics
NO.
STANDARD
MODE
PARAMETER
MIN
FAST
MODE
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
IC1
tc(SCL)
Cycle time, I2C.SCL
10†
2.5
µs
IC2
tsu(SCLH-SDAL)
Setup time, I2C.SCL high before I2C.SDA low (for a repeated
START condition)
4.7
0.6
µs
IC3
th(SCLL-SDAL)
Hold time, I2C.SCL low after I2C.SDA low (for a repeated START
condition)
4
0.6
µs
IC4
tw(SCLL)
Pulse duration, I2C.SCL low
4.7
1.3
µs
IC5
tw(SCLH)
Pulse duration, I2C.SCL high
4
0.6
µs
IC6
tsu(SDA-SDLH)
Setup time, I2C.SDA valid before I2C.SCL high
100
ns
250
I2C
IC7
th(SDA-SDLL)
Hold time, I2C.SDA valid after I2C.SCL low (for
IC8
tw(SDAH)
Pulse duration, I2C.SDA high between STOP and START conditions
bus devices)
‡
0
0
4.7
1.3
0.9
µs
µs
IC9
tr(SDA)
Rise time, I2C.SDA
1000§
IC10
tr(SCL)
Rise time, I2C.SCL
1000§
300§
ns
IC11
tf(SDA)
Fall time, I2C.SDA
300§
300§
ns
300§
300§
IC12
tf(SCL)
Fall time, I2C.SCL
IC13
tsu(SCLH-SDAH)
Setup time, I2C.SCL high before I2C.SDA high (for STOP condition)
IC14
tw(SP)
Pulse duration, spike (must be suppressed)
IC15
Cb¶
Capacitive load for each bus line
4.0
300§
ns
0
400
ns
µs
0.6
50
ns
400
pF
In the master-only I2C operating mode of OMAP5912, minimum cycle time for I2C.SCL is 12 µs.
‡ The maximum t
h(SCLL-SDAL) has only to be met if the device does not stretch the low period (tw(SCLL)) of the I2C.SCL signal.
§ Max of fall and rise times were measured while considering an internal pullup value of 520 Ω.
¶ C = The total capacitance of one bus line in pF.
b
†
I2C.SDA
IC6
IC8
IC14
IC4
IC13
IC5
IC10
I2C.SCL
IC1
IC12
IC3
IC2
IC7
IC3
Stop
Start
Repeated
Start
Stop
NOTES: A. A device must internally provide a hold time of at least 300 ns for the I2C.SDA signal (referred to the VIHmin of the I2C.SCL signal)
to bridge the undefined region of the falling edge of I2C.SCL.
B. The maximum th(SCLL−SDAL) has only to be met if the device does not stretch the LOW period (tw(SCLL)) of the I2C.SCL signal.
C. A Fast-mode I2C-bus device can be used in a Standard-mode I2C-bus system, but the requirement tsu(SDA−SDLH) • 250 ns must
then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the I2C.SCL signal. If such a device
does stretch the LOW period of the I2C.SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the I2C.SDA line tr max + tsu(SDA−SDLH) =
1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the standard-mode I2C-bus specification) before the I2C.SCL line is released.
D. Cb = total capacitance of one bus line in pF. If mixed with fast-mode devices, faster fall times are allowed.
Figure 5−50. I2C Timings
252
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.17 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Timing
All OMAP5912 USB interfaces are compliant with Universal Serial Bus Specifications, Revision 1.1.
Table 5−38 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−51).
Table 5−38. USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Switching Characteristics
NO.
U1
LOW SPEED
1.5 Mbsp
PARAMETER
tr
Rise time, USB.DP and USB.DM signals†
signals†
FULL SPEED
12 Mbsp
UNIT
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
75†
300†
4†
20†
ns
75†
300†
4†
20†
ns
U2
tf
Fall time, USB.DP and USB.DM
U3
tRFM
Rise/Fall time matching‡
80‡
125‡
90‡
111.11‡
%
U4
VCRS
Output signal cross-over voltage†
1.3†
2†
1.3†
2†
V
−25§
25§
−2§
2§
ns
12
MHz
U5
tjr
Differential propagation
U6
fop
Operating frequency¶
jitter§
1.5
†
Low speed: CL = 200 pF. High speed: CL = 50 pF.
tRFM = (tr/tf) × 100
§t =t
jr
px(1) − tpx(0)
¶ f = 1/t
op
per
‡
REF clock†
tpx(0)
USB.DM
VCRS
USB.DP
VOH
VOL
10%
U1
†
tpx(1)
tper − tjr
90%
U2
“REF clock” is not an actual device signal, but an ideal reference clock against which relative timings are specified. REF clock is assumed to
be 12 MHz for full-speed mode or 1.5 MHz for low-speed mode.
Figure 5−51. USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Timings
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
253
Electrical Specifications
5.18 MICROWIRE Interface Timing
Table 5−39 and Table 5−40 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−52).
Table 5−39. MICROWIRE Timing Requirements
NO.
†
MIN
edge†
W5
tsu(SDI-SCLK)
Setup time, UWIRE.SDI valid before UWIRE.SCLK active
W6
th(SCLK-SDI)
Hold time, UWIRE.SDI invalid after UWIRE.SCLK active edge†
MAX
UNIT
16
ns
1
ns
Polarity of UWIRE.SCLK and the active clock edge (rising or falling) on which SDO data is driven and SDI data is latched is all
software-configurable. These timings apply to all configurations regardless of UWIRE.SCLK polarity and which clock edges are used to drive
output data and capture input data.
Table 5−40. MICROWIRE Switching Characteristics
NO.
PARAMETER
MIN
W1
fop(SCLK)
Operating frequency, UWIRE.SCLK
W2
tw(SCLK)
Pulse duration, UWIRE.SCLK high/low
transition†
W3
td(SCLK-SDO)
Delay time, UWIRE.SCLK active edge to UWIRE.SDO
W4
td(CS-SCLK)
Delay time, UWIRE.CSx active to UWIRE.SCLK active†
MAX
UNIT
0.25B‡
MHz
0.45P§
0.55P§
ns
−2
6
ns
1.5P§
ns
†
Polarity of UWIRE.SCLK and the active clock edge (rising or falling) on which SDO data is driven and SDI data is latched is all
software-configurable. These timings apply to all configurations regardless of UWIRE.SCLK polarity and which clock edges are used to drive
output data and capture input data.
‡ B = system clock of the OMAP5912 (12, 13, or 19.2 MHz).
§ P = UWIRE.SCLK cycle time in nanoseconds (ns).
UWIRE.CSx
W2
W4
[1/W1]
W2
W4
UWIRE.SCLK
W3
W3
UWIRE.SDO
Valid
Valid
Valid
W5
UWIRE.SDI
W6
Valid
Valid
Valid
NOTE: The polarities of UWIRE.CSx and UWIRE.SCLK and the active UWIRE.SCLK edges on which SDO is driven and SDI is sampled are
all software-configurable.
Figure 5−52. MICROWIRE Timings
254
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.19 HDQ/1-Wire Interface Timing
Table 5−41 and Table 5−42 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5−53
through Figure 5−59).
Table 5−41. HDQ/1-Wire Timing Requirements†
SYSTEM CLOCK =
12 MHz
NO.
MIN
†
H1
t(CYCH)
Read bit windows timing
H2
t(HW1)
Read bit−one time
H3
t(HW0)
Read bit−zero time
W2
t(PDH)
Presence pulse delay
W3
t(PDL)
Presence pulse low
W6
t(RDV) + t(REL)
Read bit cycle time
SYSTEM CLOCK =
13 MHz
MAX
253
MIN
SYSTEM CLOCK =
19.2 MHz
MAX
MIN
234
180
63
42
166
63
63 − W2
42
µs
µs
42 – W2
102
µs
µs
112
68
68 – W2
µs
158
68
UNIT
MAX
94
63
µs
HDQ timing is OMAP5912 default. 1-Wire timing is selectable through software.
Table 5−42. HDQ/1-Wire Switching Characteristics
NO.
PARAMETER
SYSTEM CLOCK =
12 MHz
SYSTEM CLOCK =
13 MHz
SYSTEM CLOCK =
19.2 MHz
UNIT
H5
t(CYCD)
Write bit windows timing
232
214
145
µs
H6
t(DW1)
Write bit-one time
1.3
1.2
0.81
µs
H7
t(DW0)
Write bit-zero time
101
93
63
µs
H8
t(B)
Break timing
192
178
120
µs
H9
t(BR)
Break recovery time
63
58
39
µs
W1
t(RSTL)
Reset time low
484
447
302
µs
W4
t(RSTH)
Reset time high
484
447
302
µs
W5
t(LOWR)
Read bit strobe time
13
12
8
µs
W7
t(REC)
Recovery time
134
124
83
µs
W8
t(LOW1)
Write bit-one time
1.3
1.2
0.8
µs
W9
t(LOW0)
Write bit-zero time
101
93
63
µs
W10
t(SLOT)
Write bit cycle time
102
94
63
µs
H8
H9
HDQ
Figure 5−53. HDQ Break (Reset) Timing
H1
H3
H2
HDQ
Read 1
Read 0
Figure 5−54. HDQ Interface Reading From HDQ Slave Device
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
255
Electrical Specifications
H5
H7
H6
HDQ
Write 1
Write 0
Figure 5−55. HDQ Interface Writing to HDQ Slave Device
COMMAND_BYTE_WRITTEN
DATA_BYTE_RECEIVED
0_(LSB)
Break
t(RSPS)
1
6
1
7_(MSB)
0_(LSB)
6
HDQ
Figure 5−56. Typical Communication Between OMAP5912 HDQ and HDQ Slave
W4
1−WIRE
W1
W2
W3
Figure 5−57. HDQ/1-Wire Break (Reset) Timing
W7
1−WIRE
W5
W6
Figure 5−58. 1-Wire Interface Reading from 1-Wire Slave Device
W7
1−WIRE
W8
W9
W10
Figure 5−59. 1-Wire Interface Writing to 1-Wire Slave Device
256
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Electrical Specifications
5.20 Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) Interface Timing
Table 5−43 assumes testing over recommended operating operations (see Figure 5−60 through
Figure 5−61).
Table 5−43. ETM Interface Switching Characteristics
NO.
1/tc(CLKI)
Operating frequency, ETM internal clock
ETM2
1/tc(CLK)
Operating frequency, ETM.CLK (external) clock
ETM3
ETM4
ETM5
†
PARAMETER
ETM1
td(CLKIH-SYNCV)
Delay time, ETM clock high to ETM.SYNCx valid
td(CLKIH-SYNCIV)
Delay time, ETM clock high to ETM.SYNCx invalid
td(CLKH-PSTATV)
Delay time, ETM clock high to ETM.PSTATx valid
td(CLKH-PSTATIV)
Delay time, ETM clock high to ETM.PSTATx invalid
td(CLKH-DV)
Delay time, ETM clock high to ETM.Dx valid
td(CLKH-DIV)
Delay time, ETM clock high to ETM.Dx invalid
MIN
MAX
UNIT
192
MHz
96
MHz
0.5P +
0.7†
0.5P − 0.8†
ns
0.5P + 0.82†
0.5P −
ns
1.75†
ns
ns
0.5P +
1.6†
0.5P − 1.8†
ns
ns
P = Internal clock period
ETM1
INTERNAL_ETM_CLK
ETM2
ETM.CLK
ETM3
ETM3
ETM4
ETM4
ETM5
ETM5
ETM.SYNC
ETM.PSTAT[2:0]
ETM.D[7:0]
NOTE: Internal_ETM_CLK signal represents the internal ETM clock signal given as reference to express delay time.
Figure 5−60. Normal Mode—Half Rate Clock, Rising and Falling Clock Edge
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
257
Electrical Specifications
ETM1
INTERNAL_ETM_CLK
ETM2
ETM.CLK
ETM3
ETM3
ETM4
ETM4
ETM5
ETM5
ETM.SYNC[0]_A
ETM.PSTAT[2:0]_A
ETM.D[3:0]_A
ETM3
ETM3
ETM4
ETM4
ETM5
ETM5
ETM.SYNC[1]_B
ETM.PSTAT[5:3]_B
ETM.D[7:4]_B
NOTE: Internal_ETM_CLK signal represents the internal ETM clock signal given as reference to express delay time.
Figure 5−61. Demultiplexed Mode of Full Rate Clock—Rising Clock Edge
258
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Glossary
6
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
3DES
triple data encryption security
AAC
Advanced Audio Coding (standard) (ISO/IEC 13818-7)
AC97
Interface Standard for Codecs
ALE
address latch enable
ALU
arithmetic/logic unit
AMR
adaptive multi-rate
APE
application chip
APLL
analog phase-locked loop
ASRAM
asynchronous static random-access memory
AU
address unit
BCD
binary coded decimal
BGA
ball grid array
BIST
built-in self-test
CBC
cipher block chaining
CE
chip enable
CFB
cipher feedback
CLE
common latch enable
CMOS
complementary metal oxide semiconductor
CMT
cellular mobile telephone
CP15
coprocessor 15
CPU
central processing unit
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
CS
chip select
CSL
Chip Support Library
CTS
clear-to-send
DARAM
dual-access random-access memory
DCDL
digitally controlled delay element
DCT
discrete cosine transform
DDR
dual data rate
DES
data encryption security
DMA
direct memory access
DPLL
digital phase-locked loop
DSP
digital signal processor
DSPLIB
DSP Library
DSR
data-set-ready
DTR
data-terminal-ready
DU
data unit
ECB
electronic codebook
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
259
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
EEPROM
electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
EMIFF
external memory interface fast
EMIFS
external memory interface slow
EOF
end of file
EP
endpoint
ESD
electrostatic discharge
ETM
Embedded Trace Macrocell
FAC
frame adjustment counter
FFT
Fast Fourier Transform
FIFO
first-in first out
FIQ
fast interrupt request
FIR
fast infrared
GP
general-purpose
GPIO
general-purpose input/output
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
GSM
Global System for Mobile Communications
H.26x
an ITU-TSS standard
HBM
Human Body Model
HC
host controller
HCI
host controller interface
HOM
host-only mode
HS
high-speed
I-cache
instruction cache
I2C
Inter-integrated circuit
I2S
Inter-IC Sound (specification)
iDCT
Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform
IDE
integrated development environment
I/F
interface
IFR
Interrupt Flag Register
IMGLIB
Image/Video Processing Library
IMR
Interrupt Mask Register
IO
input/output
IOM-2
ISDN Oriented Modular Interface Revision 2
IrDA
infrared data adapter
IRQ
interrupt request
IU
instruction unit
IV
initialization vector
JPEG
Joint Photographic Experts Group
JTAG
Joint Test Action Group, IEEE 1149.1 standard
260
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
LB
local bus
LCD
liquid-crystal display
LH
local host
LPG
LED pulse generator
light pulse generation
LSB
least significant bit
LVCMOS
low-voltage CMOS
MAC
multiply-accumulate
McBSP
multichannel buffered serial port
MCSI
multichannel serial interface
MD5
Message-Digest Algorithm developed by R. Rivest
MIR
medium infrared
MMC
multimedia card
MMC/SD
multimedia card/secure digital
multimedia card/secure data
MMU
memory management unit
MPEG
Moving Picture Experts Group
MPU
microprocessor unit
MPUI
microprocessor unit interface
MPUIO
microprocessor unit I/O
MSB
most significant bit
MVIP
multi-vendor integration protocol
OCP
open core protocol
ODM
original design manufacturer
OEM
original equipment manufacturer
OFB
output feedback
OHCI
open host controller interface
OS
operating system
OTG
on-the-go
PCM
pulse code modulation
PI
pixel interpolation
PU
program unit
PWL
pulse-width light
pulse width length
PWM
pulse width modulation
PWT
pulse-width tone
pulse width time
R/B
read/busy
RAM
random-access memory
RE
read enable
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
261
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
RGB
red green blue
RISC
reduced instruction set computer
RNG
random number generator
ROM
read-only memory
RTC
real-time clock
RTS
request-to-send
RX
receive
SAM
shared-access mode
SARAM
single-access random-access memory
SD
secure digital
SDR
single data rate
SDRAM
synchronous dynamic random-access memory
SDW
short distance wireless
SIR
slow infrared
SPI
serial port interface
serial peripheral interface
SRAM
static random-access memory
SRG
Sample Rate Generator
STN
super twisted nematic
T1/E1
T1 is a digital transmission link with a capacity of 1.544 Mbps. It uses two pairs of normal twisted-wires and can handle 24-voice conversations, each digitized using mu-law
coding at 64 kbps. T1 is used in USA, Canada, Hong Kong, and Japan. E1 is a digital
transmission link with a capacity of 2.048 Mbps. It is the European equivalent of T1. It
can handle 30-voice conversations, each digitized using A-law coding at 64 kbps.
TAP
test access port
TC
traffic controller
TDES
triple data encryption security
TFT
thin-film transistor
TI
Texas Instruments
TIPB
TI peripheral bus
TLB
Translation Look-Aside Buffer
TTB
Translation Table Base
TX
transmit
UART
universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
ULPD
ultra low-power device
URL
uniform resource locator
USB
universal serial bus
VIA
versatile interconnection architecture
VIVT
virtual index virtual tag
WB
write buffer
262
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
WDT
watchdog timer
WE
write enable
WMA
Windows Media Audio
WMV
Windows Media Video
WP
write protect
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
SPRS231E
263
Mechanical Data
7
Mechanical Data
7.1
Package Thermal Resistance Characteristics
Table 7−1 and Table 7−2 provide the thermal resistance characteristics for the recommended package types
used on the OMAP5912 device.
Table 7−1. OMAP5912 Thermal Resistance Characteristics (ZZG)
†
RQJA (°C/W)
RQJB (°C/W)
RQJC (°C/W)
BOARD TYPE†
32.2
10.9
10.4
High-K
Board types are as defined by JEDEC. Reference JEDEC Standard JESD51−2, Test Boards for Area Array Surface-Mount Package Thermal
Measurements.
Table 7−2. OMAP5912 Thermal Resistance Characteristics (ZDY/GDY)
†
RQJA (°C/W)
RQJB (°C/W)
RQJC (°C/W)
BOARD TYPE†
24.6
14.1
12.6
High-K
Board types are as defined by JEDEC. Reference JEDEC Standard JESD51−2, Test Boards for Area Array Surface-Mount Package Thermal
Measurements.
7.2
Packaging Information
The following packaging information reflects the most current released data available for the designated
device(s). This data is subject to change without notice and without revision of this document.
264
SPRS231E
December 2003 − Revised December 2005
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
25-Oct-2016
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
OMAP5912ZDY
NRND
BGA
ZDY
289
OMAP5912ZDYA
OBSOLETE
BGA
ZDY
289
OMAP5912ZZG
NRND
BGA
MICROSTAR
ZZG
289
84
160
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Pb-Free
(RoHS)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-4-260C-72 HR
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
OMAP5912
OMAP
ZDY
OMAP5912ZZG
OMAP
TM
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.
Addendum-Page 1
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
25-Oct-2016
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 2
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation
www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom
www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated